Effexor XR 150 MG 24 HR Extended Release Oral Capsule

Generic Name: VENLAFAXINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Brand Name: Effexor XR
  • Substance Name(s):
  • VENLAFAXINE HYDROCHLORIDE

WARNINGS

Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk Patients with major depressive disorder (MDD), both adult and pediatric, may experience worsening of their depression and/or the emergence of suicidal ideation and behavior (suicidality) or unusual changes in behavior, whether or not they are taking antidepressant medications, and this risk may persist until significant remission occurs.

Suicide is a known risk of depression and certain other psychiatric disorders, and these disorders themselves are the strongest predictors of suicide.

There has been a long standing concern, however, that antidepressants may have a role in inducing worsening of depression and the emergence of suicidality in certain patients during the early phases of treatment.

Pooled analyses of short-term placebo-controlled trials of antidepressant drugs (SSRIs and others) showed that these drugs increase the risk of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults (ages 18–24) with major depressive disorder (MDD) and other psychiatric disorders.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescents with MDD, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 24 short-term trials of 9 antidepressant drugs in over 4400 patients.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in adults with MDD or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 295 short-term trials (median duration of 2 months) of 11 antidepressant drugs in over 77,000 patients.

There was considerable variation in risk of suicidality among drugs, but a tendency toward an increase in the younger patients for almost all drugs studied.

There were differences in absolute risk of suicidality across the different indications, with the highest incidence in MDD.

The risk differences (drug vs placebo), however, were relatively stable within age strata and across indications.

These risk differences (drug-placebo difference in the number of cases of suicidality per 1000 patients treated) are provided in Table 1.

Table 1 Age Range Drug-Placebo Difference in Number of Cases of Suicidality per 1000 Patients Treated Increases Compared to Placebo <18 14 additional cases 18–24 5 additional cases Decreases Compared to Placebo 25–64 1 fewer case ≥65 6 fewer cases No suicides occurred in any of the pediatric trials.

There were suicides in the adult trials, but the number was not sufficient to reach any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

It is unknown whether the suicidality risk extends to longer-term use, i.e., beyond several months.

However, there is substantial evidence from placebo-controlled maintenance trials in adults with depression that the use of antidepressants can delay the recurrence of depression.

All patients being treated with antidepressants for any indication should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, and unusual changes in behavior, especially during the initial few months of a course of drug therapy, or at times of dose changes, either increases or decreases.

The following symptoms, anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, and mania, have been reported in adult and pediatric patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder as well as for other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric.

Although a causal link between the emergence of such symptoms and either the worsening of depression and/or the emergence of suicidal impulses has not been established, there is concern that such symptoms may represent precursors to emerging suicidality.

Consideration should be given to changing the therapeutic regimen, including possibly discontinuing the medication, in patients whose depression is persistently worse, or who are experiencing emergent suicidality or symptoms that might be precursors to worsening depression or suicidality, especially if these symptoms are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

If the decision has been made to discontinue treatment, medication should be tapered, as rapidly as is feasible, but with recognition that abrupt discontinuation can be associated with certain symptoms (see PRECAUTIONS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION, Discontinuation of Treatment with Effexor XR , for a description of the risks of discontinuation of Effexor XR).

Families and caregivers of patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder or other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric, should be alerted about the need to monitor patients for the emergence of agitation, irritability, unusual changes in behavior, and the other symptoms described above, as well as the emergence of suicidality, and to report such symptoms immediately to health care providers.

Such monitoring should include daily observation by families and caregivers.

Prescriptions for Effexor XR should be written for the smallest quantity of capsules consistent with good patient management, in order to reduce the risk of overdose.

Screening Patients for Bipolar Disorder A major depressive episode may be the initial presentation of bipolar disorder.

It is generally believed (though not established in controlled trials) that treating such an episode with an antidepressant alone may increase the likelihood of precipitation of a mixed/manic episode in patients at risk for bipolar disorder.

Whether any of the symptoms described above represent such a conversion is unknown.

However, prior to initiating treatment with an antidepressant, patients with depressive symptoms should be adequately screened to determine if they are at risk for bipolar disorder; such screening should include a detailed psychiatric history, including a family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression.

It should be noted that Effexor XR is not approved for use in treating bipolar depression.

Potential for Interaction with Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors Adverse reactions, some of which were serious, have been reported in patients who have recently been discontinued from a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI) and started on venlafaxine, or who have recently had venlafaxine therapy discontinued prior to initiation of an MAOI.

These reactions have included tremor, myoclonus, diaphoresis, nausea, vomiting, flushing, dizziness, hyperthermia with features resembling neuroleptic malignant syndrome, seizures, and death.

In patients receiving antidepressants with pharmacological properties similar to venlafaxine in combination with an MAOI, there have also been reports of serious, sometimes fatal, reactions.

For a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, these reactions have included hyperthermia, rigidity, myoclonus, autonomic instability with possible rapid fluctuations of vital signs, and mental status changes that include extreme agitation progressing to delirium and coma.

Some cases presented with features resembling neuroleptic malignant syndrome.

Severe hyperthermia and seizures, sometimes fatal, have been reported in association with the combined use of tricyclic antidepressants and MAOIs.

These reactions have also been reported in patients who have recently discontinued these drugs and have been started on an MAOI.

The effects of combined use of venlafaxine and MAOIs have not been evaluated in humans or animals.

Therefore, because venlafaxine is an inhibitor of both norepinephrine and serotonin reuptake, it is recommended that Effexor XR (venlafaxine hydrochloride) extended-release capsules not be used in combination with an MAOI, or within at least 14 days of discontinuing treatment with an MAOI.

Based on the half-life of venlafaxine, at least 7 days should be allowed after stopping venlafaxine before starting an MAOI.

Serotonin Syndrome or Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS)-like Reactions The development of a potentially life-threatening serotonin syndrome or Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS)-like reactions have been reported with SNRIs and SSRIs alone, including Effexor XR treatment, but particularly with concomitant use of serotonergic drugs (including triptans) with drugs which impair metabolism of serotonin (including MAOIs, eg, methylene blue), or with antipsychotics or other dopamine antagonists.

Serotonin syndrome symptoms may include mental status changes (e.g., agitation, hallucinations, coma), autonomic instability (e.g., tachycardia, labile blood pressure, hyperthermia), neuromuscular aberrations (e.g., hyperreflexia, incoordination) and/or gastrointestinal symptoms [e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea] (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions ).

Serotonin syndrome, in its most severe form can resemble neuroleptic malignant syndrome, which includes hyperthermia, muscle rigidity, autonomic instability with possible rapid fluctuation of vital signs, and mental status changes.

Patients should be monitored for the emergence of serotonin syndrome or NMS-like signs and symptoms.

The concomitant use of Effexor XR with MAOIs intended to treat depression is contraindicated (see CONTRAINDICATIONS and , Potential for Interaction with Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors ).

If concomitant treatment of Effexor XR with a 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor agonist (triptan) is clinically warranted, careful observation of the patient is advised, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions ).

The concomitant use of Effexor XR with serotonin precursors (such as tryptophan) is not recommended (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions ).

Treatment with Effexor XR and any concomitant serotonergic or antidopaminergic agents, including antipsychotics, should be discontinued immediately if the above events occur and supportive symptomatic treatment should be initiated.

Sustained Hypertension Effexor XR treatment is associated with sustained hypertension (defined as treatment-emergent supine diastolic blood pressure (SDBP) ≥90 mm Hg and ≥10 mm Hg above baseline for 3 consecutive on-therapy visits (see Table 2).

An analysis for patients in Effexor (immediate release) studies meeting criteria for sustained hypertension revealed a dose-dependent increase in the incidence of sustained hypertension for Effexor (immediate release) (see Table 3).

An insufficient number of patients received mean doses of Effexor XR over 300 mg/day to fully evaluate the incidence of sustained increases in blood pressure at these higher doses.

Table 2 Number (%) of Sustained Elevations in SDBP in Effexor XR Premarketing Studies by Indication MDD (75–375 mg/day) GAD (37.5–225 mg/day) Social Anxiety Disorder (75–225 mg/day) Panic Disorder (75–225 mg/day) MDD = major depressive disorderGAD = generalized anxiety disorder 19/705 (3) 5/1011 (0.5) 5/771 (0.6) 9/973 (0.9) Table 3 Incidence (%) of Sustained Elevations in SDBP in Effexor Immediate Release Studies Effexor mg/day Incidence 100 to ≤200 5% >200 to ≤300 7% >300 13% In premarketing major depressive disorder studies, 0.7% (5/705) of the Effexor XR-treated patients discontinued treatment because of elevated blood pressure.

Among these patients, most of the blood pressure increases were in a modest range (12 to 16 mm Hg, SDBP).

In premarketing GAD studies up to 8 weeks and up to 6 months, 0.7% (10/1381) and 1.3% (7/535) of the Effexor XR-treated patients, respectively, discontinued treatment because of elevated blood pressure.

Among these patients, most of the blood pressure increases were in a modest range (12 to 25 mm Hg, SDBP up to 8 weeks; 8 to 28 mm Hg up to 6 months).

In premarketing Social Anxiety Disorder studies up to 6 months, 0.6% (5/771) of the Effexor XR-treated patients discontinued treatment because of elevated blood pressure.

In these patients, the blood pressure increases were modest (1–24 mm Hg, SDBP).

In premarketing panic disorder studies up to 12 weeks, 0.5% (5/1001) of the Effexor XR-treated patients discontinued treatment because of elevated blood pressure.

In these patients, the blood pressure increases were in a modest range (7 to 19 mm Hg, SDBP).

Sustained increases of SDBP could have adverse consequences.

Cases of elevated blood pressure requiring immediate treatment have been reported in post marketing experience.

Pre-existing hypertension should be controlled before treatment with venlafaxine.

It is recommended that patients receiving Effexor XR have regular monitoring of blood pressure.

For patients who experience a sustained increase in blood pressure while receiving venlafaxine, either dose reduction or discontinuation should be considered.

Elevations in Systolic and Diastolic Blood Pressure In placebo-controlled premarketing studies, there were changes in mean blood pressure (see Table 4 for mean changes in supine systolic and supine diastolic blood pressure).

Across most indications, a dose-related increase in supine systolic and diastolic blood pressure was evident in Effexor XR-treated patients.

Table 4 Final On-Therapy Mean Changes from Baseline in Supine Systolic and Diastolic Blood Pressure (mm Hg) Results by Indication, Study Duration, and Dose in Placebo-Controlled Trials Effexor XR mg/day Placebo ≤75 >75 SSBPSupine Systolic Blood Pressure SDBPSupine Diastolic Blood Pressure SSBP SDBP SSBP SDBP Major Depressive Disorder 8–12 weeks -0.28 0.37 2.93 3.56 -1.08 -0.10 Generalized Anxiety Disorder 8 weeks -0.28 0.02 2.40 1.68 -1.26 -0.92 6 months 1.27 -0.69 2.06 1.28 -1.29 -0.74 Social Anxiety Disorder 12 weeks -0.29 -1.26 1.18 1.34 -1.96 -1.22 6 months -0.98 -0.49 2.51 1.96 -1.84 -0.65 Panic Disorder 10–12 weeks -1.15 0.97 -0.36 0.16 -1.29 -0.99 Across all clinical trials in MDD, GAD, Social Anxiety Disorder and panic disorder, 1.4% of patients in the Effexor XR-treated groups experienced a ≥15 mm Hg increase in supine diastolic blood pressure with blood pressure ≥105 mm Hg compared to 0.9% of patients in the placebo groups.

Similarly, 1% of patients in the Effexor XR-treated groups experienced a ≥20 mm Hg increase in supine systolic blood pressure with blood pressure ≥180 mm Hg compared to 0.3% of patients in the placebo groups.

Mydriasis Mydriasis has been reported in association with venlafaxine; therefore patients with raised intraocular pressure or those at risk of acute narrow-angle glaucoma (angle-closure glaucoma) should be monitored (see PRECAUTIONS, Information for Patients ).

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions As with all drugs, the potential for interaction by a variety of mechanisms is a possibility.

Alcohol A single dose of ethanol (0.5 g/kg) had no effect on the pharmacokinetics of venlafaxine or O-desmethylvenlafaxine (ODV) when venlafaxine was administered at 150 mg/day in 15 healthy male subjects.

Additionally, administration of venlafaxine in a stable regimen did not exaggerate the psychomotor and psychometric effects induced by ethanol in these same subjects when they were not receiving venlafaxine.

Cimetidine Concomitant administration of cimetidine and venlafaxine in a steady-state study for both drugs resulted in inhibition of first-pass metabolism of venlafaxine in 18 healthy subjects.

The oral clearance of venlafaxine was reduced by about 43%, and the exposure (AUC) and maximum concentration (Cmax) of the drug were increased by about 60%.

However, coadministration of cimetidine had no apparent effect on the pharmacokinetics of ODV, which is present in much greater quantity in the circulation than venlafaxine.

The overall pharmacological activity of venlafaxine plus ODV is expected to increase only slightly, and no dosage adjustment should be necessary for most normal adults.

However, for patients with pre-existing hypertension, and for elderly patients or patients with hepatic dysfunction, the interaction associated with the concomitant use of venlafaxine and cimetidine is not known and potentially could be more pronounced.

Therefore, caution is advised with such patients.

Diazepam Under steady-state conditions for venlafaxine administered at 150 mg/day, a single 10 mg dose of diazepam did not appear to affect the pharmacokinetics of either venlafaxine or ODV in 18 healthy male subjects.

Venlafaxine also did not have any effect on the pharmacokinetics of diazepam or its active metabolite, desmethyldiazepam, or affect the psychomotor and psychometric effects induced by diazepam.

Haloperidol Venlafaxine administered under steady-state conditions at 150 mg/day in 24 healthy subjects decreased total oral-dose clearance (Cl/F) of a single 2 mg dose of haloperidol by 42%, which resulted in a 70% increase in haloperidol AUC.

In addition, the haloperidol Cmax increased 88% when coadministered with venlafaxine, but the haloperidol elimination half-life (t1/2) was unchanged.

The mechanism explaining this finding is unknown.

Lithium The steady-state pharmacokinetics of venlafaxine administered at 150 mg/day were not affected when a single 600 mg oral dose of lithium was administered to 12 healthy male subjects.

ODV also was unaffected.

Venlafaxine had no effect on the pharmacokinetics of lithium (see also CNS-Active Drugs, below).

Drugs Highly Bound to Plasma Proteins Venlafaxine is not highly bound to plasma proteins; therefore, administration of Effexor XR to a patient taking another drug that is highly protein bound should not cause increased free concentrations of the other drug.

Drugs that Interfere with Hemostasis (e.g., NSAIDs, Aspirin, and Warfarin) Serotonin release by platelets plays an important role in hemostasis.

Epidemiological studies of the case-control and cohort design that have demonstrated an association between use of psychotropic drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and the occurrence of upper gastrointestinal bleeding have also shown that concurrent use of an NSAID or aspirin may potentiate this risk of bleeding.

Altered anticoagulant effects, including increased bleeding, have been reported when SSRIs and SNRIs are coadministered with warfarin.

Patients receiving warfarin therapy should be carefully monitored when Effexor XR is initiated or discontinued.

Drugs that Inhibit Cytochrome P450 Isoenzymes CYP2D6 Inhibitors In vitro and in vivo studies indicate that venlafaxine is metabolized to its active metabolite, ODV, by CYP2D6, the isoenzyme that is responsible for the genetic polymorphism seen in the metabolism of many antidepressants.

Therefore, the potential exists for a drug interaction between drugs that inhibit CYP2D6-mediated metabolism of venlafaxine, reducing the metabolism of venlafaxine to ODV, resulting in increased plasma concentrations of venlafaxine and decreased concentrations of the active metabolite.

CYP2D6 inhibitors such as quinidine would be expected to do this, but the effect would be similar to what is seen in patients who are genetically CYP2D6 poor metabolizers (see Metabolism and Excretion under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Therefore, no dosage adjustment is required when venlafaxine is coadministered with a CYP2D6 inhibitor.

Ketoconazole A pharmacokinetic study with ketoconazole 100 mg b.i.d.

with a single dose of venlafaxine 50 mg in extensive metabolizers (EM; n = 14) and 25 mg in poor metabolizers (PM; n = 6) of CYP2D6 resulted in higher plasma concentrations of both venlafaxine and O-desmethylvenlafaxine (ODV) in most subjects following administration of ketoconazole.

Venlafaxine Cmax increased by 26% in EM subjects and 48% in PM subjects.

Cmax values for ODV increased by 14% and 29% in EM and PM subjects, respectively.

Venlafaxine AUC increased by 21% in EM subjects and 70% in PM subjects (range in PMs -2% to 206%), and AUC values for ODV increased by 23% and 33% in EM and PM (range in PMs -38% to 105%) subjects, respectively.

Combined AUCs of venlafaxine and ODV increased on average by approximately 23% in EMs and 53% in PMs (range in PMs 4% to 134%).

Concomitant use of CYP3A4 inhibitors and venlafaxine may increase levels of venlafaxine and ODV.

Therefore, caution is advised if a patient’s therapy includes a CYP3A4 inhibitor and venlafaxine concomitantly.

Drugs Metabolized by Cytochrome P450 Isoenzymes CYP2D6 In vitro studies indicate that venlafaxine is a relatively weak inhibitor of CYP2D6.

These findings have been confirmed in a clinical drug interaction study comparing the effect of venlafaxine with that of fluoxetine on the CYP2D6-mediated metabolism of dextromethorphan to dextrorphan.

Imipramine Venlafaxine did not affect the pharmacokinetics of imipramine and 2-OH-imipramine.

However, desipramine AUC, Cmax, and Cmin increased by about 35% in the presence of venlafaxine.

The 2-OH-desipramine AUC’s increased by at least 2.5 fold (with venlafaxine 37.5 mg q12h) and by 4.5 fold (with venlafaxine 75 mg q12h).

Imipramine did not affect the pharmacokinetics of venlafaxine and ODV.

The clinical significance of elevated 2-OH-desipramine levels is unknown.

Metoprolol Concomitant administration of venlafaxine (50 mg every 8 hours for 5 days) and metoprolol (100 mg every 24 hours for 5 days) to 18 healthy male subjects in a pharmacokinetic interaction study for both drugs resulted in an increase of plasma concentrations of metoprolol by approximately 30–40% without altering the plasma concentrations of its active metabolite, α-hydroxymetoprolol.

Metoprolol did not alter the pharmacokinetic profile of venlafaxine or its active metabolite, O-desmethylvenlafaxine.

Venlafaxine appeared to reduce the blood pressure lowering effect of metoprolol in this study.

The clinical relevance of this finding for hypertensive patients is unknown.

Caution should be exercised with co-administration of venlafaxine and metoprolol.

Venlafaxine treatment has been associated with dose-related increases in blood pressure in some patients.

It is recommended that patients receiving Effexor XR have regular monitoring of blood pressure (see WARNINGS ).

Risperidone Venlafaxine administered under steady-state conditions at 150 mg/day slightly inhibited the CYP2D6-mediated metabolism of risperidone (administered as a single 1 mg oral dose) to its active metabolite, 9-hydroxyrisperidone, resulting in an approximate 32% increase in risperidone AUC.

However, venlafaxine coadministration did not significantly alter the pharmacokinetic profile of the total active moiety (risperidone plus 9-hydroxyrisperidone).

CYP3A4 Venlafaxine did not inhibit CYP3A4 in vitro.

This finding was confirmed in vivo by clinical drug interaction studies in which venlafaxine did not inhibit the metabolism of several CYP3A4 substrates, including alprazolam, diazepam, and terfenadine.

Indinavir In a study of 9 healthy volunteers, venlafaxine administered under steady-state conditions at 150 mg/day resulted in a 28% decrease in the AUC of a single 800 mg oral dose of indinavir and a 36% decrease in indinavir Cmax.

Indinavir did not affect the pharmacokinetics of venlafaxine and ODV.

The clinical significance of this finding is unknown.

CYP1A2 Venlafaxine did not inhibit CYP1A2 in vitro.

This finding was confirmed in vivo by a clinical drug interaction study in which venlafaxine did not inhibit the metabolism of caffeine, a CYP1A2 substrate.

CYP2C9 Venlafaxine did not inhibit CYP2C9 in vitro.

In vivo, venlafaxine 75 mg by mouth every 12 hours did not alter the pharmacokinetics of a single 500 mg dose of tolbutamide or the CYP2C9 mediated formation of 4-hydroxy-tolbutamide.

CYP2C19 Venlafaxine did not inhibit the metabolism of diazepam, which is partially metabolized by CYP2C19 (see Diazepam above).

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors See CONTRAINDICATIONS and WARNINGS .

CNS-Active Drugs The risk of using venlafaxine in combination with other CNS-active drugs has not been systematically evaluated (except in the case of those CNS-active drugs noted above).

Consequently, caution is advised if the concomitant administration of venlafaxine and such drugs is required.

Serotonergic Drugs Based on the mechanism of action of Effexor XR and the potential for serotonin syndrome, caution is advised when Effexor XR is co-administered with other drugs that may affect the serotonergic neurotransmitter systems, such as triptans, SSRIs, other SNRIs, linezolid (an antibiotic which is a reversible non-selective MAOI), lithium, tramadol, or St.

John’s Wort and methylene blue (see WARNINGS, Serotonin Syndrome ).

If concomitant treatment of Effexor XR with these drugs is clinically warranted, careful observation of the patient is advised, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases (see WARNINGS, Serotonin Syndrome ).

The concomitant use of Effexor XR with tryptophan supplements is not recommended (see WARNINGS, Serotonin Syndrome ).

Triptans There have been rare postmarketing reports of serotonin syndrome with use of an SSRI and a triptan.

If concomitant treatment of Effexor XR with a triptan is clinically warranted, careful observation of the patient is advised, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases (see WARNINGS, Serotonin Syndrome ).

OVERDOSAGE

Human Experience Among the patients included in the premarketing evaluation of Effexor XR, there were 2 reports of acute overdosage with Effexor XR in major depressive disorder trials, either alone or in combination with other drugs.

One patient took a combination of 6 g of Effexor XR and 2.5 mg of lorazepam.

This patient was hospitalized, treated symptomatically, and recovered without any untoward effects.

The other patient took 2.85 g of Effexor XR.

This patient reported paresthesia of all four limbs but recovered without sequelae.

There were 2 reports of acute overdose with Effexor XR in GAD trials.

One patient took a combination of 0.75 g of Effexor XR and 200 mg of paroxetine and 50 mg of zolpidem.

This patient was described as being alert, able to communicate, and a little sleepy.

This patient was hospitalized, treated with activated charcoal, and recovered without any untoward effects.

The other patient took 1.2 g of Effexor XR.

This patient recovered and no other specific problems were found.

The patient had moderate dizziness, nausea, numb hands and feet, and hot-cold spells 5 days after the overdose.

These symptoms resolved over the next week.

There were no reports of acute overdose with Effexor XR in Social Anxiety Disorder trials.

There were 2 reports of acute overdose with Effexor XR in panic disorder trials.

One patient took 0.675 g of Effexor XR once, and the other patient took 0.45 g of Effexor XR for 2 days.

No signs or symptoms were associated with either overdose, and no actions were taken to treat them.

Among the patients included in the premarketing evaluation with Effexor (immediate release), there were 14 reports of acute overdose with venlafaxine, either alone or in combination with other drugs and/or alcohol.

The majority of the reports involved ingestion in which the total dose of venlafaxine taken was estimated to be no more than several-fold higher than the usual therapeutic dose.

The 3 patients who took the highest doses were estimated to have ingested approximately 6.75 g, 2.75 g, and 2.5 g.

The resultant peak plasma levels of venlafaxine for the latter 2 patients were 6.24 and 2.35 μg/mL, respectively, and the peak plasma levels of O-desmethylvenlafaxine were 3.37 and 1.30 μg/mL, respectively.

Plasma venlafaxine levels were not obtained for the patient who ingested 6.75 g of venlafaxine.

All 14 patients recovered without sequelae.

Most patients reported no symptoms.

Among the remaining patients, somnolence was the most commonly reported symptom.

The patient who ingested 2.75 g of venlafaxine was observed to have 2 generalized convulsions and a prolongation of QTc to 500 msec, compared with 405 msec at baseline.

Mild sinus tachycardia was reported in 2 of the other patients.

In postmarketing experience, overdose with venlafaxine has occurred predominantly in combination with alcohol and/or other drugs.

The most commonly reported events in overdosage include tachycardia, changes in level of consciousness (ranging from somnolence to coma), mydriasis, seizures, and vomiting.

Electrocardiogram changes (eg, prolongation of QT interval, bundle branch block, QRS prolongation), ventricular tachycardia, bradycardia, hypotension, rhabdomyolysis, vertigo, liver necrosis, serotonin syndrome, and death have been reported.

Published retrospective studies report that venlafaxine overdosage may be associated with an increased risk of fatal outcomes compared to that observed with SSRI antidepressant products, but lower than that for tricyclic antidepressants.

Epidemiological studies have shown that venlafaxine-treated patients have a higher pre-existing burden of suicide risk factors than SSRI-treated patients.

The extent to which the finding of an increased risk of fatal outcomes can be attributed to the toxicity of venlafaxine in overdosage as opposed to some characteristic(s) of venlafaxine-treated patients is not clear.

Prescriptions for Effexor XR should be written for the smallest quantity of capsules consistent with good patient management, in order to reduce the risk of overdose.

Management of Overdosage Treatment should consist of those general measures employed in the management of overdosage with any antidepressant.

Ensure an adequate airway, oxygenation, and ventilation.

Monitor cardiac rhythm and vital signs.

General supportive and symptomatic measures are also recommended.

Induction of emesis is not recommended.

Gastric lavage with a large bore orogastric tube with appropriate airway protection, if needed, may be indicated if performed soon after ingestion or in symptomatic patients.

Activated charcoal should be administered.

Due to the large volume of distribution of this drug, forced diuresis, dialysis, hemoperfusion, and exchange transfusion are unlikely to be of benefit.

No specific antidotes for venlafaxine are known.

In managing overdosage, consider the possibility of multiple drug involvement.

The physician should consider contacting a poison control center for additional information on the treatment of any overdose.

Telephone numbers for certified poison control centers are listed in the Physicians’ Desk Reference® (PDR).

DESCRIPTION

Effexor XR is an extended-release capsule for oral administration that contains venlafaxine hydrochloride, a structurally novel antidepressant.

It is designated (R/S)-1-[2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl] cyclohexanol hydrochloride or (±)-1-[α- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-p-methoxybenzyl] cyclohexanol hydrochloride and has the empirical formula of C17H27NO2 HCl.

Its molecular weight is 313.87.

The structural formula is shown below.

Venlafaxine hydrochloride is a white to off-white crystalline solid with a solubility of 572 mg/mL in water (adjusted to ionic strength of 0.2 M with sodium chloride).

Its octanol:water (0.2 M sodium chloride) partition coefficient is 0.43.

Effexor XR is formulated as an extended-release capsule for once-a-day oral administration.

Drug release is controlled by diffusion through the coating membrane on the spheroids and is not pH dependent.

Capsules contain venlafaxine hydrochloride equivalent to 37.5 mg, 75 mg, or 150 mg venlafaxine.

Inactive ingredients consist of cellulose, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hypromellose, iron oxide, and titanium dioxide.

Chemical Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

Clinical Trials Major Depressive Disorder The efficacy of Effexor XR (venlafaxine hydrochloride) extended-release capsules as a treatment for major depressive disorder was established in two placebo-controlled, short-term, flexible-dose studies in adult outpatients meeting DSM-III-R or DSM-IV criteria for major depressive disorder.

A 12-week study utilizing Effexor XR doses in a range 75 to 150 mg/day (mean dose for completers was 136 mg/day) and an 8-week study utilizing Effexor XR doses in a range 75 to 225 mg/day (mean dose for completers was 177 mg/day) both demonstrated superiority of Effexor XR over placebo on the HAM-D total score, HAM-D Depressed Mood Item, the MADRS total score, the Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) Severity of Illness item, and the CGI Global Improvement item.

In both studies, Effexor XR was also significantly better than placebo for certain factors of the HAM-D, including the anxiety/somatization factor, the cognitive disturbance factor, and the retardation factor, as well as for the psychic anxiety score.

A 4-week study of inpatients meeting DSM-III-R criteria for major depressive disorder with melancholia utilizing Effexor (immediate release) in a range of 150 to 375 mg/day (t.i.d.

schedule) demonstrated superiority of Effexor over placebo.

The mean dose in completers was 350 mg/day.

Examination of gender subsets of the population studied did not reveal any differential responsiveness on the basis of gender.

In one longer-term study, adult outpatients meeting DSM-IV criteria for major depressive disorder who had responded during an 8-week open trial on Effexor XR (75, 150, or 225 mg, qAM) were randomized to continuation of their same Effexor XR dose or to placebo, for up to 26 weeks of observation for relapse.

Response during the open phase was defined as a CGI Severity of Illness item score of ≤3 and a HAM-D-21 total score of ≤10 at the day 56 evaluation.

Relapse during the double-blind phase was defined as follows: (1) a reappearance of major depressive disorder as defined by DSM-IV criteria and a CGI Severity of Illness item score of ≥4 (moderately ill), (2) 2 consecutive CGI Severity of Illness item scores of ≥4, or (3) a final CGI Severity of Illness item score of ≥4 for any patient who withdrew from the study for any reason.

Patients receiving continued Effexor XR treatment experienced significantly lower relapse rates over the subsequent 26 weeks compared with those receiving placebo.

In a second longer-term trial, adult outpatients meeting DSM-III-R criteria for major depressive disorder, recurrent type, who had responded (HAM-D-21 total score ≤12 at the day 56 evaluation) and continued to be improved [defined as the following criteria being met for days 56 through 180: (1) no HAM-D-21 total score ≥20; (2) no more than 2 HAM-D-21 total scores >10, and (3) no single CGI Severity of Illness item score ≥4 (moderately ill)] during an initial 26 weeks of treatment on Effexor (immediate release) [100 to 200 mg/day, on a b.i.d.

schedule] were randomized to continuation of their same Effexor dose or to placebo.

The follow-up period to observe patients for relapse, defined as a CGI Severity of Illness item score ≥4, was for up to 52 weeks.

Patients receiving continued Effexor treatment experienced significantly lower relapse rates over the subsequent 52 weeks compared with those receiving placebo.

Generalized Anxiety Disorder The efficacy of Effexor XR capsules as a treatment for Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) was established in two 8-week, placebo-controlled, fixed-dose studies, one 6-month, placebo-controlled, fixed-dose study, and one 6-month, placebo-controlled, flexible-dose study in adult outpatients meeting DSM-IV criteria for GAD.

One 8-week study evaluating Effexor XR doses of 75, 150, and 225 mg/day, and placebo showed that the 225 mg/day dose was more effective than placebo on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety (HAM-A) total score, both the HAM-A anxiety and tension items, and the Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scale.

While there was also evidence for superiority over placebo for the 75 and 150 mg/day doses, these doses were not as consistently effective as the highest dose.

A second 8-week study evaluating Effexor XR doses of 75 and 150 mg/day and placebo showed that both doses were more effective than placebo on some of these same outcomes; however, the 75 mg/day dose was more consistently effective than the 150 mg/day dose.

A dose-response relationship for effectiveness in GAD was not clearly established in the 75 to 225 mg/day dose range utilized in these two studies.

Two 6-month studies, one evaluating Effexor XR doses of 37.5, 75, and 150 mg/day and the other evaluating Effexor XR doses of 75 to 225 mg/day, showed that daily doses of 75 mg or higher were more effective than placebo on the HAM-A total, both the HAM-A anxiety and tension items, and the CGI scale during 6 months of treatment.

While there was also evidence for superiority over placebo for the 37.5 mg/day dose, this dose was not as consistently effective as the higher doses.

Examination of gender subsets of the population studied did not reveal any differential responsiveness on the basis of gender.

Social Anxiety Disorder (Social Phobia) The efficacy of Effexor XR capsules as a treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder (also known as Social Phobia) was established in four double-blind, parallel-group, 12-week, multicenter, placebo-controlled, flexible-dose studies and one double-blind, parallel-group, 6-month, placebo-controlled, fixed/flexible-dose study in adult outpatients meeting DSM-IV criteria for Social Anxiety Disorder.

Patients received doses in a range of 75 to 225 mg/day.

Efficacy was assessed with the Liebowitz Social Anxiety Scale (LSAS).

In these five trials, Effexor XR was significantly more effective than placebo on change from baseline to endpoint on the LSAS total score.

There was no evidence for any greater effectiveness of the 150 to 225 mg/day group compared to the 75 mg/day group in the 6-month study.

Examination of subsets of the population studied did not reveal any differential responsiveness on the basis of gender.

There was insufficient information to determine the effect of age or race on outcome in these studies.

Panic Disorder The efficacy of Effexor XR capsules as a treatment for panic disorder was established in two double-blind, 12-week, multicenter, placebo-controlled studies in adult outpatients meeting DSM-IV criteria for panic disorder, with or without agoraphobia.

Patients received fixed doses of 75 or 150 mg/day in one study and 75 or 225 mg/day in the other study.

Efficacy was assessed on the basis of outcomes in three variables: (1) percentage of patients free of full-symptom panic attacks on the Panic and Anticipatory Anxiety Scale (PAAS); (2) mean change from baseline to endpoint on the Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS) total score; and (3) percentage of patients rated as responders (much improved or very much improved) on the Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) Improvement scale.

In these two trials, Effexor XR was significantly more effective than placebo in all three variables.

In the two 12-week studies described above, one evaluating Effexor XR doses of 75 and 150 mg/day and the other evaluating Effexor XR doses of 75 and 225 mg/day, efficacy was established for each dose.

A dose-response relationship for effectiveness in patients with panic disorder was not clearly established in fixed-dose studies.

Examination of subsets of the population studied did not reveal any differential responsiveness on the basis of gender.

There was insufficient information to determine the effect of age or race on outcome in these studies.

In a longer-term study, adult outpatients meeting DSM-IV criteria for panic disorder who had responded during a 12-week open phase with Effexor XR (75 to 225 mg/day) were randomly assigned to continue the same Effexor XR dose (75, 150, or 225 mg) or switch to placebo for observation for relapse under double-blind conditions.

Response during the open phase was defined as ≤ 1 full-symptom panic attack per week during the last 2 weeks of the open phase and a CGI Improvement score of 1 (very much improved) or 2 (much improved).

Relapse during the double-blind phase was defined as having 2 or more full-symptom panic attacks per week for 2 consecutive weeks or having discontinued due to loss of effectiveness as determined by the investigators during the study.

Randomized patients were in response status for a mean time of 34 days prior to being randomized.

In the randomized phase following the 12-week open-label period, patients receiving continued Effexor XR experienced a significantly longer time to relapse.

HOW SUPPLIED

Effexor XR (venlafaxine hydrochloride) extended-release capsules are available as follows: 37.5 mg, grey cap/peach body with W and “Effexor XR” on the cap and “37.5” on the body.

NDC 0008-0837-20, bottle of 15 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0837-21, bottle of 30 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0837-22, bottle of 90 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0837-03, carton of 10 Redipak® blister strips of 10 capsules each.

75 mg, peach cap and body with W and “Effexor XR” on the cap and “75” on the body.

NDC 0008-0833-20, bottle of 15 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0833-21, bottle of 30 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0833-22, bottle of 90 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0833-03, carton of 10 Redipak® blister strips of 10 capsules each.

150 mg, dark orange cap and body with W and “Effexor XR” on the cap and “150” on the body.

NDC 0008-0836-20, bottle of 15 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0836-21, bottle of 30 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0836-22, bottle of 90 capsules in unit of use package.

NDC 0008-0836-03, carton of 10 Redipak® blister strips of 10 capsules each.

Store at controlled room temperature, 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F).

The unit of use package is intended to be dispensed as a unit.

The appearance of these capsules is a trademark of Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

LAB-0466-3.0 August 2012 LOGO

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Approximately 4% (14/357), 6% (77/1381), 1% (10/819), and 2% (16/1001) of Effexor XR-treated patients in placebo-controlled premarketing major depressive disorder, GAD, Social Anxiety Disorder trials, and panic disorder trials, respectively, were 65 years of age or over.

Of 2,897 Effexor-treated (immediate release) patients in premarketing phase major depressive disorder studies, 12% (357) were 65 years of age or over.

No overall differences in effectiveness or safety were observed between geriatric patients and younger patients, and other reported clinical experience generally has not identified differences in response between the elderly and younger patients.

However, greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

SSRIs and SNRIs, including Effexor XR have been associated with cases of clinically significant hyponatremia in elderly patients, who may be at greater risk for this adverse event (see PRECAUTIONS, Hyponatremia ).

The pharmacokinetics of venlafaxine and ODV are not substantially altered in the elderly (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

No dose adjustment is recommended for the elderly on the basis of age alone, although other clinical circumstances, some of which may be more common in the elderly, such as renal or hepatic impairment, may warrant a dose reduction (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Major Depressive Disorder Effexor XR (venlafaxine hydrochloride) extended-release capsules is indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder.

The efficacy of Effexor XR in the treatment of major depressive disorder was established in 8- and 12-week controlled trials of adult outpatients whose diagnoses corresponded most closely to the DSM-III-R or DSM-IV category of major depressive disorder (see Clinical Trials ).

A major depressive episode (DSM-IV) implies a prominent and relatively persistent (nearly every day for at least 2 weeks) depressed mood or the loss of interest or pleasure in nearly all activities, representing a change from previous functioning, and includes the presence of at least five of the following nine symptoms during the same two-week period: depressed mood, markedly diminished interest or pleasure in usual activities, significant change in weight and/or appetite, insomnia or hypersomnia, psychomotor agitation or retardation, increased fatigue, feelings of guilt or worthlessness, slowed thinking or impaired concentration, a suicide attempt or suicidal ideation.

The efficacy of Effexor (immediate release) in the treatment of major depressive disorder in adult inpatients meeting diagnostic criteria for major depressive disorder with melancholia was established in a 4-week controlled trial (see Clinical Trials ).

The safety and efficacy of Effexor XR in hospitalized depressed patients have not been adequately studied.

The efficacy of Effexor XR in maintaining a response in major depressive disorder for up to 26 weeks following 8 weeks of acute treatment was demonstrated in a placebo-controlled trial.

The efficacy of Effexor (immediate release) in maintaining a response in patients with recurrent major depressive disorder who had responded and continued to be improved during an initial 26 weeks of treatment and were then followed for a period of up to 52 weeks was demonstrated in a second placebo-controlled trial (see Clinical Trials ).

Nevertheless, the physician who elects to use Effexor/Effexor XR for extended periods should periodically re-evaluate the long-term usefulness of the drug for the individual patient (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

Generalized Anxiety Disorder Effexor XR is indicated for the treatment of Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) as defined in DSM-IV.

Anxiety or tension associated with the stress of everyday life usually does not require treatment with an anxiolytic.

The efficacy of Effexor XR in the treatment of GAD was established in 8-week and 6-month placebo-controlled trials in adult outpatients diagnosed with GAD according to DSM-IV criteria (see Clinical Trials ).

Generalized Anxiety Disorder (DSM-IV) is characterized by excessive anxiety and worry (apprehensive expectation) that is persistent for at least 6 months and which the person finds difficult to control.

It must be associated with at least 3 of the following 6 symptoms: restlessness or feeling keyed up or on edge, being easily fatigued, difficulty concentrating or mind going blank, irritability, muscle tension, sleep disturbance.

Although the effectiveness of Effexor XR has been demonstrated in 6-month clinical trials in patients with GAD, the physician who elects to use Effexor XR for extended periods should periodically re-evaluate the long-term usefulness of the drug for the individual patient (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

Social Anxiety Disorder Effexor XR is indicated for the treatment of Social Anxiety Disorder, also known as Social Phobia, as defined in DSM-IV (300.23).

Social Anxiety Disorder (DSM-IV) is characterized by a marked and persistent fear of 1 or more social or performance situations in which the person is exposed to unfamiliar people or to possible scrutiny by others.

Exposure to the feared situation almost invariably provokes anxiety, which may approach the intensity of a panic attack.

The feared situations are avoided or endured with intense anxiety or distress.

The avoidance, anxious anticipation, or distress in the feared situation(s) interferes significantly with the person’s normal routine, occupational or academic functioning, or social activities or relationships, or there is a marked distress about having the phobias.

Lesser degrees of performance anxiety or shyness generally do not require psychopharmacological treatment.

The efficacy of Effexor XR in the treatment of Social Anxiety Disorder was established in four 12-week and one 6-month placebo-controlled trials in adult outpatients with Social Anxiety Disorder (DSM-IV) (see Clinical Trials ).

Although the effectiveness of Effexor XR has been demonstrated in a 6-month clinical trial in patients with Social Anxiety Disorder, the physician who elects to use Effexor XR for extended periods should periodically re-evaluate the long-term usefulness of the drug for the individual patient (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

Panic Disorder Effexor XR is indicated for the treatment of panic disorder, with or without agoraphobia, as defined in DSM-IV.

Panic disorder is characterized by the occurrence of unexpected panic attacks and associated concern about having additional attacks, worry about the implications or consequences of the attacks, and/or a significant change in behavior related to the attacks.

Panic disorder (DSM-IV) is characterized by recurrent, unexpected panic attacks, ie, a discrete period of intense fear or discomfort, in which four (or more) of the following symptoms develop abruptly and reach a peak within 10 minutes: 1) palpitations, pounding heart, or accelerated heart rate; 2) sweating; 3) trembling or shaking; 4) sensations of shortness of breath or smothering; 5) feeling of choking; 6) chest pain or discomfort; 7) nausea or abdominal distress; 8) feeling dizzy, unsteady, lightheaded, or faint; 9) derealization (feelings of unreality) or depersonalization (being detached from oneself); 10) fear of losing control; 11) fear of dying; 12) paresthesias (numbness or tingling sensations); 13) chills or hot flushes.

The efficacy of Effexor XR in the treatment of panic disorder was established in two 12-week placebo-controlled trials in adult outpatients with panic disorder (DSM-IV).

The efficacy of Effexor XR in prolonging time to relapse in panic disorder among responders following 12 weeks of open-label acute treatment was demonstrated in a placebo-controlled study (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY, Clinical Trials ).

Nevertheless, the physician who elects to use Effexor XR for extended periods should periodically re-evaluate the long-term usefulness of the drug for the individual patient (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in the pediatric population have not been established (see BOX WARNING and WARNINGS, Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk ).

Two placebo-controlled trials in 766 pediatric patients with MDD and two placebo-controlled trials in 793 pediatric patients with GAD have been conducted with Effexor XR, and the data were not sufficient to support a claim for use in pediatric patients.

Anyone considering the use of Effexor XR in a child or adolescent must balance the potential risks with the clinical need.

Although no studies have been designed to primarily assess Effexor XR’s impact on the growth, development, and maturation of children and adolescents, the studies that have been done suggest that Effexor XR may adversely affect weight and height (see PRECAUTIONS, General, Changes in Height and Changes in Weight ).

Should the decision be made to treat a pediatric patient with Effexor XR, regular monitoring of weight and height is recommended during treatment, particularly if it is to be continued long term.

The safety of Effexor XR treatment for pediatric patients has not been systematically assessed for chronic treatment longer than six months in duration.

In the studies conducted in pediatric patients (ages 6–17), the occurrence of blood pressure and cholesterol increases considered to be clinically relevant in pediatric patients was similar to that observed in adult patients.

Consequently, the precautions for adults apply to pediatric patients (see WARNINGS, Sustained Hypertension , and PRECAUTIONS, General, Serum Cholesterol Elevation ).

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects – Pregnancy Category C Venlafaxine did not cause malformations in offspring of rats or rabbits given doses up to 2.5 times (rat) or 4 times (rabbit) the maximum recommended human daily dose on a mg/m2 basis.

However, in rats, there was a decrease in pup weight, an increase in stillborn pups, and an increase in pup deaths during the first 5 days of lactation, when dosing began during pregnancy and continued until weaning.

The cause of these deaths is not known.

These effects occurred at 2.5 times (mg/m2) the maximum human daily dose.

The no effect dose for rat pup mortality was 0.25 times the human dose on a mg/m2 basis.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women.

Because animal reproduction studies are not always predictive of human response, this drug should be used during pregnancy only if clearly needed.

Non-teratogenic Effects Neonates exposed to Effexor XR, other SNRIs (Serotonin and Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors), or SSRIs (Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors), late in the third trimester have developed complications requiring prolonged hospitalization, respiratory support, and tube feeding.

Such complications can arise immediately upon delivery.

Reported clinical findings have included respiratory distress, cyanosis, apnea, seizures, temperature instability, feeding difficulty, vomiting, hypoglycemia, hypotonia, hypertonia, hyperreflexia, tremor, jitteriness, irritability, and constant crying.

These features are consistent with either a direct toxic effect of SSRIs and SNRIs or, possibly, a drug discontinuation syndrome.

It should be noted that, in some cases, the clinical picture is consistent with serotonin syndrome (see PRECAUTIONS-Drug Interactions-CNS-Active Drugs ).

When treating a pregnant woman with Effexor XR during the third trimester, the physician should carefully consider the potential risks and benefits of treatment (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers Venlafaxine and ODV have been reported to be excreted in human milk.

Because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants from Effexor XR, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or to discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

BOXED WARNING

Suicidality and Antidepressant Drugs Antidepressants increased the risk compared to placebo of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults in short-term studies of Major Depressive Disorder (MDD) and other psychiatric disorders.

Anyone considering the use of Effexor XR or any other antidepressant in a child, adolescent, or young adult must balance this risk with the clinical need.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction in risk with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

Depression and certain other psychiatric disorders are themselves associated with increases in the risk of suicide.

Patients of all ages who are started on antidepressant therapy should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, or unusual changes in behavior.

Families and caregivers should be advised of the need for close observation and communication with the prescriber.

Effexor XR is not approved for use in pediatric patients.

(See WARNINGS: Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk, PRECAUTIONS: Information for Patients, and PRECAUTIONS: Pediatric Use)

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients Prescribers or other health professionals should inform patients, their families, and their caregivers about the benefits and risks associated with treatment with Effexor XR and should counsel them in its appropriate use.

A patient Medication Guide about “Antidepressant Medicines, Depression and Other Serious Mental Illness, and Suicidal Thoughts or Actions” is available for Effexor XR.

The prescriber or health professional should instruct patients, their families, and their caregivers to read the Medication Guide and should assist them in understanding its contents.

Patients should be given the opportunity to discuss the contents of the Medication Guide and to obtain answers to any questions they may have.

The complete text of the Medication Guide is reprinted at the end of this document.

Patients should be advised of the following issues and asked to alert their prescriber if these occur while taking Effexor XR.

Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk Patients, their families, and their caregivers should be encouraged to be alert to the emergence of anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, mania, other unusual changes in behavior, worsening of depression, and suicidal ideation, especially early during antidepressant treatment and when the dose is adjusted up or down.

Families and caregivers of patients should be advised to look for the emergence of such symptoms on a day-to-day basis, since changes may be abrupt.

Such symptoms should be reported to the patient’s prescriber or health professional, especially if they are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Symptoms such as these may be associated with an increased risk for suicidal thinking and behavior and indicate a need for very close monitoring and possibly changes in the medication.

Interference with Cognitive and Motor Performance Clinical studies were performed to examine the effects of venlafaxine on behavioral performance of healthy individuals.

The results revealed no clinically significant impairment of psychomotor, cognitive, or complex behavior performance.

However, since any psychoactive drug may impair judgment, thinking, or motor skills, patients should be cautioned about operating hazardous machinery, including automobiles, until they are reasonably certain that venlafaxine therapy does not adversely affect their ability to engage in such activities.

Concomitant Medication Patients should be advised to inform their physicians if they are taking, or plan to take, any prescription or over-the-counter drugs, including herbal preparations and nutritional supplements, since there is a potential for interactions.

Patients should be cautioned about the risk of serotonin syndrome with the concomitant use of Effexor XR and triptans, tramadol, tryptophan supplements or other serotonergic agents (see WARNINGS, Serotonin Syndrome and PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions, CNS-Active Drugs ).

Patients should be cautioned about the concomitant use of Effexor XR and NSAIDs, aspirin, warfarin, or other drugs that affect coagulation since combined use of psychotropic drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and these agents has been associated with an increased risk of bleeding (see PRECAUTIONS, Abnormal Bleeding ).

Alcohol Although venlafaxine has not been shown to increase the impairment of mental and motor skills caused by alcohol, patients should be advised to avoid alcohol while taking venlafaxine.

Allergic Reactions Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they develop a rash, hives, or a related allergic phenomenon.

Pregnancy Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during therapy.

Nursing Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they are breast-feeding an infant.

Mydriasis Mydriasis (prolonged dilation of the pupils of the eye) has been reported with venlafaxine.

Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they have a history of glaucoma or a history of increased intraocular pressure (see WARNINGS ).

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Effexor XR should be administered in a single dose with food either in the morning or in the evening at approximately the same time each day.

Each capsule should be swallowed whole with fluid and not divided, crushed, chewed, or placed in water, or it may be administered by carefully opening the capsule and sprinkling the entire contents on a spoonful of applesauce.

This drug/food mixture should be swallowed immediately without chewing and followed with a glass of water to ensure complete swallowing of the pellets.

Initial Treatment Major Depressive Disorder For most patients, the recommended starting dose for Effexor XR is 75 mg/day, administered in a single dose.

In the clinical trials establishing the efficacy of Effexor XR in moderately depressed outpatients, the initial dose of venlafaxine was 75 mg/day.

For some patients, it may be desirable to start at 37.5 mg/day for 4 to 7 days, to allow new patients to adjust to the medication before increasing to 75 mg/day.

While the relationship between dose and antidepressant response for Effexor XR has not been adequately explored, patients not responding to the initial 75 mg/day dose may benefit from dose increases to a maximum of approximately 225 mg/day.

Dose increases should be in increments of up to 75 mg/day, as needed, and should be made at intervals of not less than 4 days, since steady state plasma levels of venlafaxine and its major metabolites are achieved in most patients by day 4.

In the clinical trials establishing efficacy, upward titration was permitted at intervals of 2 weeks or more; the average doses were about 140 to 180 mg/day (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

It should be noted that, while the maximum recommended dose for moderately depressed outpatients is also 225 mg/day for Effexor (immediate release), more severely depressed inpatients in one study of the development program for that product responded to a mean dose of 350 mg/day (range of 150 to 375 mg/day).

Whether or not higher doses of Effexor XR are needed for more severely depressed patients is unknown; however, the experience with Effexor XR doses higher than 225 mg/day is very limited.

(See PRECAUTIONS-General-Use in Patients with Concomitant Illness .) Generalized Anxiety Disorder For most patients, the recommended starting dose for Effexor XR is 75 mg/day, administered in a single dose.

In clinical trials establishing the efficacy of Effexor XR in outpatients with Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD), the initial dose of venlafaxine was 75 mg/day.

For some patients, it may be desirable to start at 37.5 mg/day for 4 to 7 days, to allow new patients to adjust to the medication before increasing to 75 mg/day.

Although a dose-response relationship for effectiveness in GAD was not clearly established in fixed-dose studies, certain patients not responding to the initial 75 mg/day dose may benefit from dose increases to a maximum of approximately 225 mg/day.

Dose increases should be in increments of up to 75 mg/day, as needed, and should be made at intervals of not less than 4 days.

(See the Use in Patients with Concomitant Illness section of PRECAUTIONS .) Social Anxiety Disorder (Social Phobia) The recommended dose is 75 mg/day, administered in a single dose.

There was no evidence that higher doses confer any additional benefit.

(See the Use in Patients with Concomitant Illness section of PRECAUTIONS .) Panic Disorder It is recommended that initial single doses of 37.5 mg/day of Effexor XR be used for 7 days.

In clinical trials establishing the efficacy of Effexor XR in outpatients with panic disorder, initial doses of 37.5 mg/day for 7 days were followed by doses of 75 mg/day and subsequent weekly dose increases of 75 mg/day to a maximum dose of 225 mg/day.

Although a dose-response relationship for effectiveness in patients with panic disorder was not clearly established in fixed-dose studies, certain patients not responding to 75 mg/day may benefit from dose increases to a maximum of approximately 225 mg/day.

Dose increases should be in increments of up to 75 mg/day, as needed, and should be made at intervals of not less than 7 days.

(See the Use in Patients with Concomitant Illness section of PRECAUTIONS .) Switching Patients from Effexor Tablets Depressed patients who are currently being treated at a therapeutic dose with Effexor (immediate release) may be switched to Effexor XR at the nearest equivalent dose (mg/day), eg, 37.5 mg venlafaxine two-times-a-day to 75 mg Effexor XR once daily.

However, individual dosage adjustments may be necessary.

Special Populations Treatment of Pregnant Women During the Third Trimester Neonates exposed to Effexor XR, other SNRIs, or SSRIs, late in the third trimester have developed complications requiring prolonged hospitalization, respiratory support, and tube feeding (see PRECAUTIONS ).

When treating pregnant women with Effexor XR during the third trimester, the physician should carefully consider the potential risks and benefits of treatment.

The physician may consider tapering Effexor XR in the third trimester.

Patients with Hepatic Impairment Given the decrease in clearance and increase in elimination half-life for both venlafaxine and ODV that is observed in patients with hepatic cirrhosis and mild and moderate hepatic impairment compared with normal subjects (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ), it is recommended that the total daily dose be reduced by 50% in patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment.

Since there was much individual variability in clearance between subjects with cirrhosis, it may be necessary to reduce the dose even more than 50%, and individualization of dosing may be desirable in some patients.

Patients with Renal Impairment Given the decrease in clearance for venlafaxine and the increase in elimination half-life for both venlafaxine and ODV that is observed in patients with renal impairment (GFR = 10 to 70 mL/min) compared with normal subjects (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ), it is recommended that the total daily dose be reduced by 25% to 50%.

In patients undergoing hemodialysis, it is recommended that the total daily dose be reduced by 50%.

Because there was much individual variability in clearance between patients with renal impairment, individualization of dosage may be desirable in some patients.

Elderly Patients No dose adjustment is recommended for elderly patients solely on the basis of age.

As with any drug for the treatment of major depressive disorder, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Social Anxiety Disorder, or panic disorder, however, caution should be exercised in treating the elderly.

When individualizing the dosage, extra care should be taken when increasing the dose.

Maintenance Treatment There is no body of evidence available from controlled trials to indicate how long patients with major depressive disorder, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Social Anxiety Disorder, or panic disorder, should be treated with Effexor XR.

It is generally agreed that acute episodes of major depressive disorder require several months or longer of sustained pharmacological therapy beyond response to the acute episode.

In one study, in which patients responding during 8 weeks of acute treatment with Effexor XR were assigned randomly to placebo or to the same dose of Effexor XR (75, 150, or 225 mg/day, qAM) during 26 weeks of maintenance treatment as they had received during the acute stabilization phase, longer-term efficacy was demonstrated.

A second longer-term study has demonstrated the efficacy of Effexor in maintaining a response in patients with recurrent major depressive disorder who had responded and continued to be improved during an initial 26 weeks of treatment and were then randomly assigned to placebo or Effexor for periods of up to 52 weeks on the same dose (100 to 200 mg/day, on a b.i.d.

schedule) (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Based on these limited data, it is not known whether or not the dose of Effexor/Effexor XR needed for maintenance treatment is identical to the dose needed to achieve an initial response.

Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the need for maintenance treatment and the appropriate dose for such treatment.

In patients with Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Effexor XR has been shown to be effective in 6-month clinical trials.

The need for continuing medication in patients with GAD who improve with Effexor XR treatment should be periodically reassessed.

In patients with Social Anxiety Disorder, Effexor XR has been shown to be effective in a 6-month clinical trial.

The need for continuing medication in patients with Social Anxiety Disorder who improve with Effexor XR treatment should be periodically reassessed.

In a study of panic disorder in which patients responding during 12 weeks of acute treatment with Effexor XR were assigned randomly to placebo or to the same dose of Effexor XR (75, 150, or 225 mg/day), patients continuing Effexor XR experienced a significantly longer time to relapse than patients randomized to placebo.

The need for continuing medication in patients with panic disorder who improve with Effexor XR treatment should be periodically reassessed.

Discontinuing Effexor XR Symptoms associated with discontinuation of Effexor XR, other SNRIs, and SSRIs, have been reported (see PRECAUTIONS ).

Patients should be monitored for these symptoms when discontinuing treatment.

A gradual reduction in the dose rather than abrupt cessation is recommended whenever possible.

If intolerable symptoms occur following a decrease in the dose or upon discontinuation of treatment, then resuming the previously prescribed dose may be considered.

Subsequently, the physician may continue decreasing the dose but at a more gradual rate.

In clinical trials with Effexor XR, tapering was achieved by reducing the daily dose by 75 mg at 1 week intervals.

Individualization of tapering may be necessary.

Switching Patients To or From a Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor At least 14 days should elapse between discontinuation of an MAOI and initiation of therapy with Effexor XR.

In addition, at least 7 days should be allowed after stopping Effexor XR before starting an MAOI (see CONTRAINDICATIONS and WARNINGS ).

Levofloxacin 750 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: LEVOFLOXACIN
Brand Name: Levofloxacin
  • Substance Name(s):
  • LEVOFLOXACIN

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Interacting Drug Interaction Multivalent cation-containing products including antacids, metal cations or didanosine Absorption of levofloxacin is decreased when the tablet formulation is taken within 2 hours of these products.

(2.4, 7.1) Warfarin Effect may be enhanced.

Monitor prothrombin time, INR, watch for bleeding (7.2) Antidiabetic agents Carefully monitor blood glucose (5.11, 7.3) 7.1 Chelation Agents: Antacids, Sucralfate, Metal Cations, Multivitamins While the chelation by divalent cations is less marked than with other fluoroquinolones, concurrent administration of levofloxacin tablets with antacids containing magnesium, or aluminum, as well as sucralfate, metal cations such as iron, and multivitamin preparations with zinc may interfere with the gastrointestinal absorption of levofloxacin, resulting in systemic levels considerably lower than desired.

Tablets with antacids containing magnesium, aluminum, as well as sucralfate, metal cations such as iron, and multivitamins preparations with zinc or didanosine may substantially interfere with the gastrointestinal absorption of levofloxacin, resulting in systemic levels considerably lower than desired.

These agents should be taken at least two hours before or two hours after oral levofloxacin administration.

7.2 Warfarin No significant effect of levofloxacin on the peak plasma concentrations, AUC, and other disposition parameters for R- and S- warfarin was detected in a clinical study involving healthy volunteers.

Similarly, no apparent effect of warfarin on levofloxacin absorption and disposition was observed.

However, there have been reports during the postmarketing experience in patients that levofloxacin enhances the effects of warfarin.

Elevations of the prothrombin time in the setting of concurrent warfarin and levofloxacin use have been associated with episodes of bleeding.

Prothrombin time, International Normalized Ratio (INR), or other suitable anticoagulation tests should be closely monitored if levofloxacin is administered concomitantly with warfarin.

Patients should also be monitored for evidence of bleeding [see Adverse Reactions (6.3 ); Patient Counseling Information (17.4)].

7.3 Antidiabetic Agents Disturbances of blood glucose, including hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia, have been reported in patients treated concomitantly with fluoroquinolones and an antidiabetic agent.

Therefore, careful monitoring of blood glucose is recommended when these agents are co-administered [see Warnings and Precautions (5.11); Adverse Reactions (6.2), Patient Counseling Information (17.4)].

7.4 Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs The concomitant administration of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug with a fluoroquinolone, including levofloxacin, may increase the risk of CNS stimulation and convulsive seizures [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6) ].

7.5 Theophylline No significant effect of levofloxacin on the plasma concentrations, AUC, and other disposition parameters for theophylline was detected in a clinical study involving healthy volunteers.

Similarly, no apparent effect of theophylline on levofloxacin absorption and disposition was observed.

However, concomitant administration of other fluoroquinolones with theophylline has resulted in prolonged elimination half-life, elevated serum theophylline levels, and a subsequent increase in the risk of theophylline-related adverse reactions in the patient population.

Therefore, theophylline levels should be closely monitored and appropriate dosage adjustments made when levofloxacin is coadministered.

Adverse reactions, including seizures, may occur with or without an elevation in serum theophylline levels [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6) ].

7.6 Cyclosporine No significant effect of levofloxacin on the peak plasma concentrations, AUC, and other disposition parameters for cyclosporine was detected in a clinical study involving healthy volunteers.

However, elevated serum levels of cyclosporine have been reported in the patient population when co-administered with some other fluoroquinolones.

Levofloxacin Cmax and ke were slightly lower while Tmax and t½ were slightly longer in the presence of cyclosporine than those observed in other studies without concomitant medication.

The differences, however, are not considered to be clinically significant.

Therefore, no dosage adjustment is required for levofloxacin or cyclosporine when administered concomitantly.

7.7 Digoxin No significant effect of levofloxacin on the peak plasma concentrations, AUC, and other disposition parameters for digoxin was detected in a clinical study involving healthy volunteers.

Levofloxacin absorption and disposition kinetics were similar in the presence or absence of digoxin.

Therefore, no dosage adjustment for levofloxacin or digoxin is required when administered concomitantly.

7.8 Probenecid and Cimetidine No significant effect of probenecid or cimetidine on the Cmax of levofloxacin was observed in a clinical study involving healthy volunteers.

The AUC and t½ of levofloxacin were higher while CL/F and CLR were lower during concomitant treatment of levofloxacin with probenecid or cimetidine compared to levofloxacin alone.

However, these changes do not warrant dosage adjustment for levofloxacinwhen probenecid or cimetidine is co-administered.

7.9 Interactions with Laboratory or Diagnostic Testing Some fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, may produce false-positive urine screening results for opiates using commercially available immunoassay kits.

Confirmation of positive opiate screens by more specific methods may be necessary.

OVERDOSAGE

10 In the event of an acute overdosage, the stomach should be emptied.

The patient should be observed and appropriate hydration maintained.

Levofloxacin is not efficiently removed by hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis.

Levofloxacin exhibits a low potential for acute toxicity.

Mice, rats, dogs and monkeys exhibited the following clinical signs after receiving a single high dose of levofloxacin: ataxia, ptosis, decreased locomotor activity, dyspnea, prostration, tremors, and convulsions.

Doses in excess of 1500 mg/kg orally and 250 mg/kg IV produced significant mortality in rodents.

DESCRIPTION

11 Levofloxacin is a synthetic broad-spectrum antibacterial agent for oral and intravenous administration.

Chemically, levofloxacin, a chiral fluorinated carboxyquinolone, is the pure (-)-(S)-enantiomer of the racemic drug substance ofloxacin.

The chemical name is (-)-(S)-9fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-methyl-10-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-7-oxo-7H-pyrido[1,2,3-de]-1,4benzoxazine-6-carboxylic acid hemihydrate.

Figure 1: The Chemical Structure of Levofloxacin The molecular formula is C18H20FN3O4 • ½ H2O and the molecular weight is 370.38.

Levofloxacin USP is a light yellowish-white to yellow-white crystal or crystalline powder.

The molecule exists as a zwitterion at the pH conditions in the small intestine.

The data demonstrate that from pH 0.6 to 5.8, the solubility of levofloxacin is essentially constant (approximately 100 mg/mL).

Levofloxacin is considered soluble to freely soluble in this pH range, as defined by USP nomenclature.

Above pH 5.8, the solubility increases rapidly to its maximum at pH 6.7 (272 mg/mL) and is considered freely soluble in this range.

Above pH 6.7, the solubility decreases and reaches a minimum value (about 50 mg/mL) at a pH of approximately 6.9.

Levofloxacin has the potential to form stable coordination compounds with many metal ions.

This in vitro chelation potential has the following formation order: Al+3>Cu+2>Zn+2>Mg+2>Ca+2.

Excipients and Description of Dosage Forms Levofloxacin tablets are available as film-coated tablets and contain the following inactive ingredients: 250 mg (as expressed in the anhydrous form): colloidal silicon dioxide, corn starch, crospovidone, hypromellose, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol and titanium dioxide.

500 mg (as expressed in the anhydrous form): colloidal silicon dioxide, corn starch, crospovidone, FD&C yellow no.

5 aluminum lake, FD&C yellow no.

6 aluminum lake, hypromellose, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol and titanium dioxide.

750 mg (as expressed in the anhydrous form): colloidal silicon dioxide, corn starch, crospovidone, hypromellose, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, synthetic yellow iron oxide and titanium dioxide.

figure1

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Nosocomial Pneumonia Adult patients with clinically and radiologically documented nosocomial pneumonia were enrolled in a multicenter, randomized, open-label study comparing intravenous levofloxacin (750 mg once daily) followed by oral levofloxacin (750 mg once daily) for a total of 7 to 15 days to intravenous imipenem/cilastatin (500 to 1000 mg every 6 to 8 hours daily) followed by oral ciprofloxacin (750 mg every 12 hours daily) for a total of 7 to 15 days.

Levofloxacin-treated patients received an average of 7 days of intravenous therapy (range: 1 to 16 days); comparator-treated patients received an average of 8 days of intravenous therapy (range: 1 to 19 days).

Overall, in the clinically and microbiologically evaluable population, adjunctive therapy was empirically initiated at study entry in 56 of 93 (60.2%) patients in the levofloxacin arm and 53 of 94 (56.4%) patients in the comparator arm.

The average duration of adjunctive therapy was 7 days in the levofloxacin arm and 7 days in the comparator.

In clinically and microbiologically evaluable patients with documented Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection, 15 of 17 (88.2%) received ceftazidime (N=11) or piperacillin/tazobactam (N=4) in the levofloxacin arm and 16 of 17 (94.1%) received an aminoglycoside in the comparator arm.

Overall, in clinically and microbiologically evaluable patients, vancomycin was added to the treatment regimen of 37 of 93 (39.8%) patients in the levofloxacin arm and 28 of 94 (29.8%) patients in the comparator arm for suspected methicillin-resistant S.

aureus infection.

Clinical success rates in clinically and microbiologically evaluable patients at the posttherapy visit (primary study endpoint assessed on day 3 to 15 after completing therapy) were 58.1% for levofloxacin and 60.6% for comparator.

The 95% CI for the difference of response rates (levofloxacin minus comparator) was [-17.2, 12].

The microbiological eradication rates at the posttherapy visit were 66.7% for levofloxacin and 60.6% for comparator.

The 95% CI for the difference of eradication rates (levofloxacin minus comparator) was [-8.3, 20.3].

Clinical success and microbiological eradication rates by pathogen are detailed in Table 13.

Table 13: Clinical Success Rates and Bacteriological Eradication Rates (Nosocomial Pneumonia) Pathogen N Levofloxacin No.

(%) of Patients Microbiologic/ Clinical Outcomes N Imipenem/Cilastatin No.

(%) of Patients Microbiologic/ Clinical Outcomes MSSA* 21 14 (66.7)/13 (61.9) 19 13 (68.4)/15 (78.9) P.

aeruginosa† 17 10 (58.8)/11 (64.7) 17 5 (29.4)/7 (41.2) S.

marcescens 11 9 (81.8)/7 (63.6) 7 2 (28.6)/3 (42.9) E.

coli 12 10 (83.3)/7 (58.3) 11 7 (63.6)/8 (72.7) K.

pneumoniae‡ 11 9 (81.8)/5 (45.5) 7 6 (85.7)/3 (42.9) H.

influenzae 16 13 (81.3)/10 (62.5) 15 14 (93.3)/11 (73.3) S.

pneumoniae 4 3 (75.0)/3 (75.0) 7 5 (71.4)/4 (57.1) * Methicillin-susceptible S.

aureus †See above text for use of combination therapy ‡The observed differences in rates for the clinical and microbiological outcomes may reflect other factors that were not accounted for in the study 14.2 Community-Acquired Pneumonia: 7 to 14 day Treatment Regimen Adult inpatients and outpatients with a diagnosis of community-acquired bacterial pneumonia were evaluated in 2 pivotal clinical studies.

In the first study, 590 patients were enrolled in a prospective, multi-center, unblinded randomized trial comparing levofloxacin 500 mg once daily orally or intravenously for 7 to 14 days to ceftriaxone 1 to 2 grams intravenously once or in equally divided doses twice daily followed by cefuroxime axetil 500 mg orally twice daily for a total of 7 to 14 days.

Patients assigned to treatment with the control regimen were allowed to receive erythromycin (or doxycycline if intolerant of erythromycin) if an infection due to atypical pathogens was suspected or proven.

Clinical and microbiologic evaluations were performed during treatment, 5 to 7 days posttherapy, and 3 to 4 weeks posttherapy.

Clinical success (cure plus improvement) with levofloxacin at 5 to 7 days posttherapy, the primary efficacy variable in this study, was superior (95%) to the control group (83%).

The 95% CI for the difference of response rates (levofloxacin minus comparator) was [-6, 19].

In the second study, 264 patients were enrolled in a prospective, multi-center, non-comparative trial of 500 mg levofloxacin administered orally or intravenously once daily for 7 to 14 days.

Clinical success for clinically evaluable patients was 93%.

For both studies, the clinical success rate in patients with atypical pneumonia due to Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, and Legionella pneumophila were 96%, 96%, and 70%, respectively.

Microbiologic eradication rates across both studies are presented in Table 14.

Table 14: Bacteriological Eradication Rates Across 2 Community Acquired Pneumonia Clinical Studies Pathogen No.

Pathogens Bacteriological Eradication Rate (%) H.

influenzae 55 98 S.

pneumoniae 83 95 S.

aureus 17 88 M.

catarrhalis 18 94 H.

parainfluenzae 19 95 K.

pneumoniae 10 100 Community-Acquired Pneumonia Due to Multi-Drug Resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae Levofloxacin was effective for the treatment of community-acquired pneumonia caused by multi-drug resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae (MDRSP).

MDRSP isolates are isolates resistant to two or more of the following antibacterials: penicillin (MIC ≥2 mcg/mL), 2nd generation cephalosporins (e.g., cefuroxime, macrolides, tetracyclines and trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole).

Of 40 microbiologically evaluable patients with MDRSP isolates, 38 patients (95%) achieved clinical and bacteriologic success at post-therapy.

The clinical and bacterial success rates are shown in Table 15.

Table 15: Clinical and Bacterial Success Rates for levofloxacin-Treated MDRSP in Community Acquired Pneumonia Patients (Population Valid for Efficacy) Screening Susceptibility Clinical Success Bacteriological Success‡ n/N* % n/N† % Penicillin-resistant 16/17 94.1 16/17 94.1 2nd generation Cephalosporin resistant 31/32 96.9 31/32 96.9 Macrolide-resistant 28/29 96.6 28/29 96.6 Trimethoprim/ Sulfamethoxazole resistant 17/19 89.5 17/19 89.5 Tetracycline-resistant 12/12 100 12/12 100 * One patient had a respiratory isolate that was resistant to tetracycline, cefuroxime, macrolides and TMP/SMX and intermediate to penicillin and a blood isolate that was intermediate to penicillin and cefuroxime and resistant to the other classes.

The patient is included in the database based on respiratory isolate.

†n=the number of microbiologically evaluable patients who were clinical successes; N=number of microbiologically evaluable patients in the designated resistance group.

‡n=the number of MDRSP isolates eradicated or presumed eradicated in microbiologically evaluable patients; N=number of MDRSP isolates in a designated resistance group.

Not all isolates were resistant to all antimicrobial classes tested.

Success and eradication rates are summarized in Table 16.

Table 16: Clinical Success and Bacteriologic Eradication Rates for Resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae (Community Acquired Pneumonia) Type of Resistance Clinical Success Bacteriologic Eradication Resistant to 2 antibacterials 17/18 (94.4%) 17/18 (94.4%) Resistant to 3 antibacterials 14/15 (93.3%) 14/15 (93.3%) Resistant to 4 antibacterials 7/7 (100%) 7/7 (100%) Resistant to 5 antibacterials 0 0 Bacteremia with MDRSP 8/9 (89%) 8/9 (89%) 14.3 Community-Acquired Pneumonia: 5 Day Treatment Regimen To evaluate the safety and efficacy of the higher dose and shorter course of levofloxacin, 528 outpatient and hospitalized adults with clinically and radiologically determined mild to severe community-acquired pneumonia were evaluated in a double-blind, randomized, prospective, multicenter study comparing levofloxacin 750 mg, IV or orally, every day for five days or levofloxacin 500 mg IV or orally, every day for 10 days.

Clinical success rates (cure plus improvement) in the clinically evaluable population were 90.9% in the levofloxacin 750 mg group and 91.1% in the levofloxacin 500 mg group.

The 95% CI for the difference of response rates (levofloxacin 750 minus levofloxacin 500) was [-5.9, 5.4].

In the clinically evaluable population (31 to 38 days after enrollment) pneumonia was observed in 7 out of 151 patients in the levofloxacin 750 mg group and 2 out of 147 patients in the levofloxacin 500 mg group.

Given the small numbers observed, the significance of this finding cannot be determined statistically.

The microbiological efficacy of the 5-day regimen was documented for infections listed in Table 17.

Table 17: Bacteriological Eradication Rates (Community-Acquired Pneumonia) S.

pneumoniae 19/20 (95%) Haemophilus influenzae 12/12 (100%) Haemophilus parainfluenzae 10/10 (100%) Mycoplasma pneumoniae 26/27 (96%) Chlamydophila pneumoniae 13/15 (87%) 14.4 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis: 5 day and 10 to 14 day Treatment Regimens Levofloxacin is approved for the treatment of acute bacterial sinusitis (ABS) using either 750 mg by mouth x 5 days or 500 mg by mouth once daily x 10 to 14 days.

To evaluate the safety and efficacy of a high dose short course of levofloxacin, 780 outpatient adults with clinically and radiologically determined acute bacterial sinusitis were evaluated in a double-blind, randomized, prospective, multicenter study comparing levofloxacin 750 mg by mouth once daily for five days to levofloxacin 500 mg by mouth once daily for 10 days.

Clinical success rates (defined as complete or partial resolution of the pre-treatment signs and symptoms of ABS to such an extent that no further antibiotic treatment was deemed necessary) in the microbiologically evaluable population were 91.4% (139/152) in the levofloxacin 750 mg group and 88.6% (132/149) in the levofloxacin 500 mg group at the test-of-cure (TOC) visit (95% CI [-4.2, 10] for levofloxacin 750 mg minus levofloxacin 500 mg).

Rates of clinical success by pathogen in the microbiologically evaluable population who had specimens obtained by antral tap at study entry showed comparable results for the five- and ten-day regimens at the test-of-cure visit 22 days post treatment.

Table 18: Clinical Success Rate by Pathogen at the TOC in Microbiologically Evaluable Subjects Who Underwent Antral Puncture (Acute Bacterial Sinusitis) Pathogen Levofloxacin 750 mg x 5 days Levofloxacin 500 mg x 10 days Streptococcus pneumoniae* 25/27 (92.6%) 26/27 (96.3%) Haemophilus influenzae* 19/21 (90.5%) 25/27 (92.6%) Moraxella catarrhalis* 10/11 (90.9%) 13/13 (100%) * Note: Forty percent of the subjects in this trial had specimens obtained by sinus endoscopy.

The efficacy data for subjects whose specimen was obtained endoscopically were comparable to those presented in the above table 14.5 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections Three hundred ninety-nine patients were enrolled in an open-label, randomized, comparative study for complicated skin and skin structure infections.

The patients were randomized to receive either levofloxacin 750 mg once daily (IV followed by oral), or an approved comparator for a median of 10 ± 4.7 days.

As is expected in complicated skin and skin structure infections, surgical procedures were performed in the levofloxacin and comparator groups.

Surgery (incision and drainage or debridement) was performed on 45% of the levofloxacin-treated patients and 44% of the comparator treated patients, either shortly before or during antibiotic treatment and formed an integral part of therapy for this indication.

Among those who could be evaluated clinically 2 to 5 days after completion of study drug, overall success rates (improved or cured) were 116/138 (84.1%) for patients treated with levofloxacin and 106/132 (80.3%) for patients treated with the comparator.

Success rates varied with the type of diagnosis ranging from 68% in patients with infected ulcers to 90% in patients with infected wounds and abscesses.

These rates were equivalent to those seen with comparator drugs.

14.6 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis Adult patients with a clinical diagnosis of prostatitis and microbiological culture results from urine sample collected after prostatic massage (VB3) or expressed prostatic secretion (EPS) specimens obtained via the Meares-Stamey procedure were enrolled in a multicenter, randomized, double-blind study comparing oral levofloxacin 500 mg, once daily for a total of 28 days to oral ciprofloxacin 500 mg, twice daily for a total of 28 days.

The primary efficacy endpoint was microbiologic efficacy in microbiologically evaluable patients.

A total of 136 and 125 microbiologically evaluable patients were enrolled in the levofloxacin and ciprofloxacin groups, respectively.

The microbiologic eradication rate by patient infection at 5 to 18 days after completion of therapy was 75% in the levofloxacin group and 76.8% in the ciprofloxacin group (95% CI [-12.58, 8.98] for levofloxacin minus ciprofloxacin).

The overall eradication rates for pathogens of interest are presented in Table 19.

Table 19: Bacteriological Eradication Rates (Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis) Levofloxacin(N=136) Ciprofloxacin (N=125) Pathogen N Eradication N Eradication E.

coli 15 14 (93.3%) 11 9 (81.8%) E.

faecalis 54 39 (72.2%) 44 33 (75%) S.

epidermidis* 11 9 (81.8%) 14 11 (78.6%) * Eradication rates shown are for patients who had a sole pathogen only; mixed cultures were excluded.

Eradication rates for S.

epidermidis when found with other co-pathogens are consistent with rates seen in pure isolates.

Clinical success (cure + improvement with no need for further antibiotic therapy) rates in microbiologically evaluable population 5 to 18 days after completion of therapy were 75% for levofloxacin-treated patients and 72.8% for ciprofloxacin-treated patients (95% CI [-8.87, 13.27] for levofloxacin minus ciprofloxacin).

Clinical long-term success (24 to 45 days after completion of therapy) rates were 66.7% for the levofloxacin-treated patients and 76.9% for the ciprofloxacin-treated patients (95% CI [-23.40, 2.89] for levofloxacin minus ciprofloxacin).

14.7 Complicated Urinary Tract Infections and Acute Pyelonephritis: 5 day Treatment Regimen To evaluate the safety and efficacy of the higher dose and shorter course of levofloxacin, 1109 patients with cUTI and AP were enrolled in a randomized, double-blind, multicenter clinical trial conducted in the US from November 2004 to April 2006 comparing levofloxacin 750 mg IV or orally once daily for 5 days (546 patients) with ciprofloxacin 400 mg IV or 500 mg orally twice daily for 10 days (563 patients).

Patients with AP complicated by underlying renal diseases or conditions such as complete obstruction, surgery, transplantation, concurrent infection or congenital malformation were excluded.

Efficacy was measured by bacteriologic eradication of the baseline organism(s) at the post-therapy visit in patients with a pathogen identified at baseline.

The post-therapy (test-of-cure) visit occurred 10 to 14 days after the last active dose of levofloxacin and 5 to 9 days after the last dose of active ciprofloxacin.

The bacteriologic cure rates overall for levofloxacin and control at the test-of-cure (TOC) visit for the group of all patients with a documented pathogen at baseline (modified intent to treat or mITT) and the group of patients in the mITT population who closely followed the protocol (Microbiologically Evaluable) are summarized in Table 20.

Table 20: Bacteriological Eradication at Test-of-Cure Levofloxacin 750 mg orally orIV once daily for 5 days Ciprofloxacin 400mg IV/500 mg orally twice daily for 10 days Overall Difference [95% CI] n/N % n/N % Levofloxacin-Ciprofloxacin mITT Population * Overall (cUTI or AP) 252/333 75.7 239/318 75.2 0.5 (-6.1, 7.1) cUTI 168/230 73.0 157/213 73.7 AP 84/103 81.6 82/105 78.1 Microbiologically Evaluable Population† Overall (cUTI or AP) 228/265 86.0 215/241 89.2 -3.2 [-8.9, 2.5] cUTI 154/185 83.2 144/165 87.3 AP 74/80 92.5 71/76 93.4 * The mITT population included patients who received study medication and who had a positive (≥105 CFU/mL) urine culture with no more than 2 uropathogens at baseline.

Patients with missing response were counted as failures in this analysis.

† The Microbiologically Evaluable population included patients with a confirmed diagnosis of cUTI or AP, a causative organism(s) at baseline present at ≥ 105 CFU/mL, a valid test-of-cure urine culture, no pathogen isolated from blood resistant to study drug, no premature discontinuation or loss to follow-up, and compliance with treatment (among other criteria).Microbiologic eradication rates in the Microbiologically Evaluable population at TOC for individual pathogens recovered from patients randomized to levofloxacin treatment are presented in Table 21.

Table 21: Bacteriological Eradication Rates for Individual Pathogens Recovered From Patients Randomized to levofloxacin 750 mg QD for 5 Days Treatment Pathogen Bacteriological Eradication Rate (n/N) % Escherichia coli* 155/172 90 Klebsiella pneumoniae 20/23 87 Proteus mirabilis 12/12 100 * The predominant organism isolated from patients with AP was E.

coli: 91% (63/69) eradication in AP and 89% (92/103) in patients with cUTI.

14.8 Complicated Urinary Tract Infections and Acute Pyelonephritis: 10 day Treatment Regimen To evaluate the safety and efficacy of the 250 mg dose, 10 day regimen of levofloxacin, 567 patients with uncomplicated UTI, mild-to-moderate cUTI, and mild-to-moderate AP were enrolled in a randomized, double-blind, multicenter clinical trial conducted in the US from June 1993 to January 1995 comparing levofloxacin 250 mg orally once daily for 10 days (285 patients) with ciprofloxacin 500 mg orally twice daily for 10 days (282 patients).

Patients with a resistant pathogen, recurrent UTI, women over age 55 years, and with an indwelling catheter were initially excluded, prior to protocol amendment which took place after 30% of enrollment.

Microbiological efficacy was measured by bacteriologic eradication of the baseline organism(s) at 1 to 12 days post-therapy in patients with a pathogen identified at baseline.

The bacteriologic cure rates overall for levofloxacin and control at the test-of-cure (TOC) visit for the group of all patients with a documented pathogen at baseline (modified intent to treat or mITT) and the group of patients in the mITT population who closely followed the protocol (Microbiologically Evaluable) are summarized in Table 22.

Table 22.

Bacteriological Eradication Overall (cUTI or AP) at Test-Of-Cure* Levofloxacin 250 mg once daily for 10 days Ciprofloxacin 500 mg twice daily for 10 days n/N % n/N % mITT Population † 174/209 83.3 184/219 84 Microbiologically Evaluable Population‡ 164/177 92.7 159/171 93 * 1 to 9 days posttherapy for 30% of subjects enrolled prior to a protocol amendment; 5 to 12 days posttherapy for 70% of subjects.

† The mITT population included patients who had a pathogen isolated at baseline.

Patients with missingresponse were counted as failures in this analysis.

‡The Microbiologically Evaluable population included mITT patients who met protocol-specified evaluability criteria.

14.9 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure) The effectiveness of levofloxacin for this indication is based on plasma concentrations achieved in humans, a surrogate endpoint reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit.

Levofloxacin has not been tested in humans for the post-exposure prevention of inhalation anthrax.

The mean plasma concentrations of levofloxacin associated with a statistically significant improvement in survival over placebo in the rhesus monkey model of inhalational anthrax are reached or exceeded in adult and pediatric patients receiving the recommended oral and intravenous dosage regimens [see Indications and Usage (1.13); Dosage and Administration (2.1, 2.2)].

Levofloxacin pharmacokinetics have been evaluated in adult and pediatric patients.

The mean (± SD) steady state peak plasma concentration in human adults receiving 500 mg orally or intravenously once daily is 5.7 ± 1.4 and 6.4 ± 0.8 mcg/mL, respectively; and the corresponding total plasma exposure (AUC0-24) is 47.5 ± 6.7 and 54.6 ± 11.1 mcg.h/mL, respectively.

The predicted steady-state pharmacokinetic parameters in pediatric patients ranging in age from 6 months to 17 years receiving 8 mg/kg orally every 12 hours (not to exceed 250 mg per dose) were calculated to be comparable to those observed in adults receiving 500 mg orally once daily [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

In adults, the safety of levofloxacin for treatment durations of up to 28 days is well characterized.

However, information pertaining to extended use at 500 mg daily up to 60 days is limited.

Prolonged levofloxacin therapy in adults should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

In pediatric patients, the safety of levofloxacin for treatment durations of more than 14 days has not been studied.

An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events (arthralgia, arthritis, tendinopathy, gait abnormality) compared to controls has been observed in clinical studies with treatment duration of up to 14 days.

Long-term safety data, including effects on cartilage, following the administration of levofloxacin to pediatric patients is limited [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10) , Use in Specific Populations (8.4) ].

A placebo-controlled animal study in rhesus monkeys exposed to an inhaled mean dose of 49 LD50 (~2.7 X 106) spores (range 17 – 118 LD50) of B.

anthracis (Ames strain) was conducted.

The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of levofloxacin for the anthrax strain used in this study was 0.125 mcg/mL.

In the animals studied, mean plasma concentrations of levofloxacin achieved at expected Tmax (1 hour post-dose) following oral dosing to steady state ranged from 2.79 to 4.87 mcg/mL.

Steady state trough concentrations at 24 hours post-dose ranged from 0.107 to 0.164 mcg/mL.

Mean (SD) steady state AUC0-24 was 33.4 ± 3.2 mcg.h/mL (range 30.4 to 36 mcg.h/mL).

Mortality due to anthrax for animals that received a 30 day regimen of oral levofloxacin beginning 24 hrs post exposure was significantly lower (1/10), compared to the placebo group (9/10) [P=0.0011, 2-sided Fisher’s Exact Test].

The one levofloxacin treated animal that died of anthrax did so following the 30-day drug administration period.

14.10 Plague Efficacy studies of levofloxacin could not be conducted in humans with pneumonic plague for ethical and feasibility reasons.

Therefore, approval of this indication was based on an efficacy study conducted in animals.

The mean plasma concentrations of levofloxacin associated with a statistically significant improvement in survival over placebo in an African green monkey model of pneumonic plague are reached or exceeded in adult and pediatric patients receiving the recommended oral and intravenous dosage regimens [see Indications and Usage (1.14), Dosage and Administration (2.1), (2.2) ].

Levofloxacin pharmacokinetics have been evaluated in adult and pediatric patients.

The mean (± SD) steady state peak plasma concentration in human adults receiving 500 mg orally or intravenously once daily is 5.7 ± 1.4 and 6.4 ± 0.8 mcg/mL, respectively; and the corresponding total plasma exposure (AUC0-24) is 47.5 ± 6.7 and 54.6 ± 11.1 mcg.h/mL, respectively.

The predicted steady-state pharmacokinetic parameters in pediatric patients ranging in age from 6 months to 17 years receiving 8 mg/kg orally every 12 hours (not to exceed 250 mg per dose) were calculated to be comparable to those observed in adults receiving 500 mg orally once daily [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

A placebo-controlled animal study in African green monkeys exposed to an inhaled mean dose of 65 LD50 (range 3 to 145 LD50) of Yersinia pestis (CO92 strain) was conducted.

The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of levofloxacin for the Y.

pestis strain used in this study was 0.03 mcg/mL.

Mean plasma concentrations of levofloxacin achieved at the end of a single 30-min infusion ranged from 2.84 to 3.50 mcg/mL in African green monkeys.

Trough concentrations at 24 hours post-dose ranged from <0.03 to 0.06 mcg/mL.

Mean (SD) AUC0-24 was 11.9 (3.1) mcg.h/mL (range 9.50 to 16.86 mcg.h/mL).

Animals were randomized to receive either a 10-day regimen of i.v.

levefloxacin or placebo beginning within 6 hrs of the onset of telemetered fever (≥ 39°C for more than 1 hour).

Mortality in the levofloxacin group was significantly lower (1/17) compared to the placebo group (7/7) [p<0.001, Fisher’s Exact Test; exact 95% confidence interval (-99.9%, -55.5%) for the difference in mortality].

One levofloxacin-treated animal was euthanized on Day 9 post-exposure to Y.

pestis due to a gastric complication; it had a blood culture positive for Y.

pestis on Day 3 and all subsequent daily blood cultures from Day 4 through Day 7 were negative.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Levofloxacin tablets 250 mg are white colored, modified capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets debossed with ‘RDY’ on one side and ‘279’ on other side and are supplied: Overbagged with 10 tablets per bag, NDC 55154-6898-0 Levofloxacin tablets 500 mg are orange colored, modified capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets debossed with ‘RDY’ on one side and ‘280’ on other side and are supplied : Overbagged with 10 tablets per bag, NDC 55154-5897-0 Levofloxacin tablets 750 mg are yellow colored, modified capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets debossed with ‘RDY’ on one side and ‘281’ on other side and are supplied : Overbagged with 10 tablets per bag, NDC 55154-5898-0 Levofloxacin tablets should be stored at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) (See Controlled Room Temperature) in well-closed containers.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Warnings and Precautions •Peripheral Neuropathy (5.8) 07/2013

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Levofloxacin tablets 250 mg are white colored, modified capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets debossed with ‘RDY’ on one side and ‘279’ on other side.

Levofloxacin tablets 500 mg are orange colored, modified capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets debossed with ‘RDY’ on one side and ‘280’ on other side.

Levofloxacin tablets 750 mg are yellow colored, modified capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets debossed with ‘RDY’ on one side and ‘281’ on other side.

Formulation (3) Strength Tablets 250 mg, 500 mg, and 750 mg

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Levofloxacin is a member of the fluoroquinolone class of antibacterial agents [see Microbiology (12.4)].

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 To reduce the development of drug-resistant bacteria and maintain the effectiveness of levofloxacin and other antibacterial drugs, levofloxacin should be used only to treat or prevent infections that are proven or strongly suspected to be caused by susceptible bacteria.

When culture and susceptibility information are available, they should be considered in selecting or modifying antibacterial therapy.

In the absence of such data, local epidemiology and susceptibility patterns may contribute to the empiric selection of therapy.

Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of adults (≥18 years of age) with mild, moderate, and severe infections caused by susceptible isolates of the designated microorganisms in the conditions listed in this section.

Culture and susceptibility testing Appropriate culture and susceptibility tests should be performed before treatment in order to isolate and identify organisms causing the infection and to determine their susceptibility to levofloxacin [see Microbiology (12.4) ].

Therapy with levofloxacin may be initiated before results of these tests are known; once results become available, appropriate therapy should be selected.

As with other drugs in this class, some isolates of Pseudomonas aeruginosa may develop resistance fairly rapidly during treatment with levofloxacin.

Culture and susceptibility testing performed periodically during therapy will provide information about the continued susceptibility of the pathogens to the antimicrobial agent and also the possible emergence of bacterial resistance.

Levofloxacin is a fluoroquinolone antibacterial indicated in adults (≥18 years of age) with infections caused by designated, susceptible bacteria (1, 12.4).

•Pneumonia: nosocomial (1.1) and community acquired (1.2, 1.3) •Acute bacterial sinusitis (1.4) •Acute bacterial exacerbation of chronic bronchitis (1.5) •Skin and skin structure infections: complicated (1.6) and uncomplicated (1.7) •Chronic bacterial prostatitis (1.8) •Urinary tract infections: complicated (1.9, 1.10) and uncomplicated (1.12) •Acute pyelonephritis (1.11) •Inhalational anthrax, post-exposure (1.13).

•Plague (1.14) 1.1 Nosocomial Pneumonia Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of nosocomial pneumonia due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Serratia marcescens, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, or Streptococcus pneumoniae.

Adjunctive therapy should be used as clinically indicated.

Where Pseudomonas aeruginosa is a documented or presumptive pathogen, combination therapy with an anti-pseudomonal β-lactam is recommended [see Clinical Studies (14.1 ) ].

1.2 Community-Acquired Pneumonia: 7 to 14 day Treatment Regimen Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of community-acquired pneumonia due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae (including multi-drug-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, or Mycoplasma pneumoniae [see Dosage and Administration (2.1) and Clinical Studies (14.2) ].

MDRSP isolates are isolates resistant to two or more of the following antibacterials: penicillin (MIC ≥2 mcg/mL), 2nd generation cephalosporins, e.g., cefuroxime, macrolides, tetracyclines and trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole.

1.3 Community-Acquired Pneumonia: 5 day Treatment Regimen Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of community-acquired pneumonia due to Streptococcus pneumoniae (excluding multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, or Chlamydophila pneumoniae [see Dosage and Administration (2.1) and Clinical Studies (14.3) ].

1.4 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis: 5 day and 10 to 14 day Treatment Regimens Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of acute bacterial sinusitis due to Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, or Moraxella catarrhalis [see Clinical Studies (14.4)].

1.5 Acute Bacterial Exacerbation of Chronic Bronchitis Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of acute bacterial exacerbation of chronic bronchitis due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, or Moraxella catarrhalis.

1.6 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of complicated skin and skin structure infections due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis, Streptococcus pyogenes, or Proteus mirabilis [see Clinical Studies (14.5) ].

1.7 Uncomplicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections (mild to moderate) including abscesses, cellulitis, furuncles, impetigo, pyoderma, wound infections, due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, or Streptococcus pyogenes.

1.8 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of chronic bacterial prostatitis due to Escherichia coli, Enterococcus faecalis, or methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus epidermidis [see Clinical Studies (14.6) ].

1.9 Complicated Urinary Tract Infections: 5 day Treatment Regimen Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of complicated urinary tract infections due to Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, or Proteus mirabilis [see Clinical Studies (14.7) ].

1.10 Complicated Urinary Tract Infections: 10 day Treatment Regimen Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of complicated urinary tract infections (mild to moderate) due to Enterococcus faecalis, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis, or Pseudomonas aeruginosa [see Clinical Studies (14.8) ].

1.11 Acute Pyelonephritis: 5 or 10 day Treatment Regimen Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of acute pyelonephritis caused by Escherichia coli, including cases with concurrent bacteremia [see Clinical Studies (14.7, 14.8) ].

1.12 Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infections Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for the treatment of uncomplicated urinary tract infections (mild to moderate) due to Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, or Staphylococcus saprophyticus.

1.13 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure) Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for inhalational anthrax (post-exposure) to reduce the incidence or progression of disease following exposure to aerosolized Bacillus anthracis.

The effectiveness of levofloxacin is based on plasma concentrations achieved in humans, a surrogate endpoint reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit.

Levofloxacin has not been tested in humans for the post-exposure prevention of inhalation anthrax.

The safety of levofloxacin in adults for durations of therapy beyond 28 days or in pediatric patients for durations of therapy beyond 14 days has not been studied.

Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk [see Dosage and Administration (2.1, 2.2) and Clinical Studies (14.9)].

1.14 Plague Levofloxacin tablets are indicated for treatment of plague, including pneumonic and septicemic plague, due to Yersinia pestis (Y.

pestis) and prophylaxis for plague in adults and pediatric patients, 6 months of age and older.

Efficacy studies of levofloxacin tablets could not be conducted in humans with plague for ethical and feasibility reasons.

Therefore, approval of this indication was based on an efficacy study conducted in animals [see Dosage and Administration (2.1, 2.2) and Clinical Studies (14.10)].

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Quinolones, including levofloxacin, cause arthropathy and osteochondrosis in juvenile animals of several species.

[see Warnings and Precautions (5.10) and Animal Toxicology and/or Pharmacology (13.2)].

Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure) Levofloxacin is indicated in pediatric patients 6 months of age and older, for inhalational anthrax (post-exposure).

The risk-benefit assessment indicates that administration of levofloxacin to pediatric patients is appropriate.

The safety of levofloxacin in pediatric patients treated for more than 14 days has not been studied [see Indications and Usage (1.13), Dosage and Administration (2.2) and Clinical Studies (14.9) ].

Plague Levofloxacin is indicated in pediatric patients, 6 months of age and older, for treatment of plague, including pneumonic and septicemic plague due to Yersinia pestis (Y.

pestis) and prophylaxis for plague.

Efficacy studies of levofloxacin could not be conducted in humans with pneumonic plague for ethical and feasibility reasons.

Therefore, approval of this indication was based on an efficacy study conducted in animals.

The risk-benefit assessment indicates that administration of levofloxacin to pediatric patients is appropriate [see Indications and Usage (1.14), Dosage and Administration (2.2) and Clinical Studies (14.10)].

Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients below the age of six months have not been established.

Adverse Events In clinical trials, 1534 children (6 months to 16 years of age) were treated with oral and intravenous levofloxacin.

Children 6 months to 5 years of age received levofloxacin10 mg/kg twice a day and children greater than 5 years of age received 10 mg/kg once a day (maximum 500 mg per day) for approximately 10 days.

A subset of children in the clinical trials (1340 levofloxacin-treated and 893 non-fluoroquinolone-treated) enrolled in a prospective, long-term surveillance study to assess the incidence of protocol-defined musculoskeletal disorders (arthralgia, arthritis, tendinopathy, gait abnormality) during 60 days and 1 year following the first dose of the study drug.

Children treated with levofloxacin had a significantly higher incidence of musculoskeletal disorders when compared to the non-fluoroquinolone-treated children as illustrated in Table 9.

Table 9: Incidence of Musculoskeletal Disorders in Pediatric Clinical Trial Follow-up Period LevofloxacinN = 1340 Non-Fluoroquinolone*N = 893 p-value† 60 days 28 (2.1%) 8 (0.9%) p = 0.038 1 year‡ 46 (3.4%) 16 (1.8%) p = 0.025 *Non-Fluoroquinolone: ceftriaxone, amoxicillin/ clavulanate, clarithromycin † 2-sided Fisher’s Exact Test ‡There were 1199 levofloxacin-treated and 804 non-fluoroquinolone-treated children who had a one-year evaluation visit.

However, the incidence of musculoskeletal disorders was calculated using all reported events during the specified period for all children enrolled regardless of whether they completedthe 1-year evaluation visit.

Arthralgia was the most frequently occurring musculoskeletal disorder in both treatment groups.

Most of the musculoskeletal disorders in both groups involved multiple weight-bearing joints.

Disorders were moderate in 8/46 (17%) children and mild in 35/46 (76%) levofloxacin-treated children and most were treated with analgesics.

The median time to resolution was 7 days for levofloxacin-treated children and 9 for non-fluoroquinolone-treated children (approximately 80% resolved within 2 months in both groups).

No child had a severe or serious disorder and all musculoskeletal disorders resolved without sequelae.

Vomiting and diarrhea were the most frequently reported adverse events, occurring in similar frequency in the levofloxacin-treated and non-fluoroquinolone-treated children.

In addition to the events reported in pediatric patients in clinical trials, events reported in adults during clinical trials or post-marketing experience [see Adverse Reactions (6) ] may also be expected to occur in pediatric patients.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category C.

Levofloxacin was not teratogenic in rats at oral doses as high as 810 mg/kg/day which corresponds to 9.4 times the highest recommended human dose based upon relative body surface area, or at intravenous doses as high as 160 mg/kg/day corresponding to 1.9 times the highest recommended human dose based upon relative body surface area.

The oral dose of 810 mg/kg/day to rats caused decreased fetal body weight and increased fetal mortality.

No teratogenicity was observed when rabbits were dosed orally as high as 50 mg/kg/day which corresponds to 1.1 times the highest recommended human dose based upon relative body surface area, or when dosed intravenously as high as 25 mg/kg/day, corresponding to 0.5 times the highest recommended human dose based upon relative body surface area.

There are, however, no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women.

Levofloxacin should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Based on data on other fluoroquinolones and very limited data on levofloxacin, it can be presumed that levofloxacin will be excreted in human milk.

Because of the potential for serious adverse reactions from levofloxacin in nursing infants, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or to discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: Fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, are associated with an increased risk of tendinitis and tendon rupture in all ages.

This risk is further increased in older patients usually over 60 years of age, in patients taking corticosteroid drugs, and in patients with kidney, heart or lung transplants [See Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, may exacerbate muscle weakness in persons with myasthenia gravis.

Avoid levofloxacin in patients with a known history of myasthenia gravis [SeeWarnings and Precautions (5.2)].

WARNING: See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, are associated with an increased risk of tendinitis and tendon rupture in all ages.

This risk is further increased in older patients usually over 60 years of age, in patients taking corticosteroid drugs, and in patients with kidney, heart or lung transplants [See Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, may exacerbate muscle weakness in persons with myasthenia gravis.

Avoid levofloxacin in patients with a known history of myasthenia gravis [SeeWarnings and Precautions (5.2)].

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS •Risk of tendinitis and tendon rupture is increased.

This risk is further increased in older patients usually over 60 years of age, in patients taking corticosteroids, and in patients with kidney, heart or lung transplants.

Discontinue if pain or inflammation in a tendon occurs (5.1, 8.5) •May exacerbate muscle weakness in persons with myasthenia gravis.

Avoid use in patients with a known history of myasthenia gravis (5.2).

•Anaphylactic reactions and allergic skin reactions, serious, occasionally fatal, may occur after first dose (4, 5.3) •Hematologic (including agranulocytosis, thrombocytopenia), and renal toxicities may occur after multiple doses (5.4) •Hepatotoxicity: Severe, and sometimes fatal, hepatoxicity has been reported.

Discontinue immediately if signs and symptoms of hepatitis occur (5.5) •Central nervous system effects, including convulsions, anxiety, confusion, depression, and insomnia may occur after the first dose.

Use with caution in patients with known or suspected disorders that may predispose them to seizures or lower the seizure threshold.

Increased intracranial pressure (pseudotumorcerebri) has been reported (5.6) • Clostridium difficile-associated colitis: evaluate if diarrhea occurs (5.7) •Peripheral neuropathy: discontinue immediately if symptoms occur in order to prevent irreversibility (5.8) •Prolongation of the QT interval and isolated cases of torsade de pointes have been reported.

Avoid use in patients with known prolongation, those with hypokalemia, and with other drugs that prolong the QT interval (5.9, 8.5) 5.1 Tendinopathy and Tendon Rupture Fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, are associated with an increased risk of tendinitis and tendon rupture in all ages.

This adverse reaction most frequently involves the Achilles tendon, and rupture of the Achilles tendon may require surgical repair.

Tendinitis and tendon rupture in the rotator cuff (the shoulder), the hand, the biceps, the thumb, and other tendon sites have also been reported.

The risk of developing fluoroquinolone-associated tendinitis and tendon rupture is further increased in older patients usually over 60 years of age, in those taking corticosteroid drugs, and in patients with kidney, heart or lung transplants.

Factors, in addition to age and corticosteroid use, that may independently increase the risk of tendon rupture include strenuous physical activity, renal failure, and previous tendon disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis.

Tendinitis and tendon rupture have been reported in patients taking fluoroquinolones who do not have the above risk factors.

Tendon rupture can occur during or after completion of therapy; cases occurring up to several months after completion of therapy have been reported.

Levofloxacin should be discontinued if the patient experiences pain, swelling, inflammation or rupture of a tendon.

Patients should be advised to rest at the first sign of tendinitis or tendon rupture, and to contact their healthcare provider regarding changing to a non-quinolone antimicrobial drug.

[see Adverse Reactions (6.3); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.2 Exacerbation of Myasthenia Gravis Fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, have neuromuscular blocking activity and may exacerbate muscle weakness in persons with myasthenia gravis.

Postmarketing serious adverse events, including deaths and requirement for ventilatory support, have been associated with fluoroquinolone use in persons with myasthenia gravis.

Avoid levofloxacinin patients with a known history of myasthenia gravis [see Adverse Reactions (6.3); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.3 Hypersensitivity Reactions Serious and occasionally fatal hypersensitivity and/or anaphylactic reactions have been reported in patients receiving therapy with fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin.

These reactions often occur following the first dose.

Some reactions have been accompanied by cardiovascular collapse, hypotension/shock, seizure, loss of consciousness, tingling, angioedema (including tongue, laryngeal, throat, or facial edema/swelling), airway obstruction (including bronchospasm, shortness of breath, and acute respiratory distress), dyspnea, urticaria, itching, and other serious skin reactions.

Levofloxacin should be discontinued immediately at the first appearance of a skin rash or any other sign of hypersensitivity.

Serious acute hypersensitivity reactions may require treatment with epinephrine and other resuscitative measures, including oxygen, intravenous fluids, antihistamines, corticosteroids, pressor amines, and airway management, as clinically indicated [see Adverse Reactions (6); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.4 Other Serious and Sometimes Fatal Reactions Other serious and sometimes fatal events, some due to hypersensitivity, and some due to uncertain etiology, have been reported rarely in patients receiving therapy with fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin.

These events may be severe and generally occur following the administration of multiple doses.

Clinical manifestations may include one or more of the following: •fever, rash, or severe dermatologic reactions (e.g., toxic epidermal necrolysis, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome); •vasculitis; arthralgia; myalgia; serum sickness; •allergic pneumonitis; •interstitial nephritis; acute renal insufficiency or failure; •hepatitis; jaundice; acute hepatic necrosis or failure; •anemia, including hemolytic and aplastic; thrombocytopenia, including thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura; leukopenia; agranulocytosis; pancytopenia; and/or other hematologic abnormalities.

The drug should be discontinued immediately at the first appearance of skin rash, jaundice, or any other sign of hypersensitivity and supportive measures instituted [see Adverse Reactions (6); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.5 Hepatotoxicity Post-marketing reports of severe hepatotoxicity (including acute hepatitis and fatal events) have been received for patients treated with levofloxacin.

No evidence of serious drug-associated hepatotoxicity was detected in clinical trials of over 7,000 patients.

Severe hepatotoxicity generally occurred within 14 days of initiation of therapy and most cases occurred within 6 days.

Most cases of severe hepatotoxicity were not associated with hypersensitivity [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4) ].

The majority of fatal hepatotoxicity reports occurred in patients 65 years of age or older and most were not associated with hypersensitivity.

Levofloxacin should be discontinued immediately if the patient develops signs and symptoms of hepatitis [see Adverse Reactions (6); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.6 Central Nervous System Effects Convulsions and toxic psychoses,increased intracranial pressure (including pseudotumor cerebri) have been reported in patients receiving fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin.

Fluoroquinolones may also cause central nervous system stimulation which may lead to tremors, restlessness, anxiety, lightheadedness, confusion, hallucinations, paranoia, depression, nightmares, insomnia, and, rarely, suicidal thoughts or acts.

These reactions may occur following the first dose.

If these reactions occur in patients receiving levofloxacin, the drug should be discontinued and appropriate measures instituted.

As with other fluoroquinolones, levofloxacin should be used with caution in patients with a known or suspected central nervous system (CNS) disorder that may predispose them to seizures or lower the seizure threshold (e.g., severe cerebral arteriosclerosis, epilepsy) or in the presence of other risk factors that may predispose them to seizures or lower the seizure threshold (e.g., certain drug therapy, renal dysfunction.).

[see Adverse Reactions (6); Drug Interactions (7.4, 7.5); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.7 Clostridium difficile-Associated Diarrhea Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea (CDAD) has been reported with use of nearly all antibacterial agents, including levofloxacin, and may range in severity from mild diarrhea to fatal colitis.

Treatment with antibacterial agents alters the normal flora of the colon leading to overgrowth of C.

difficile.

C.

difficile produces toxins A and B which contribute to the development of CDAD.

Hypertoxin producing strains of C.

difficile cause increased morbidity and mortality, as these infections can be refractory to antimicrobial therapy and may require colectomy.

CDAD must be considered in all patients who present with diarrhea following antibiotic use.

Careful medical history is necessary since CDAD has been reported to occur over two months after the administration of antibacterial agents.

If CDAD is suspected or confirmed, ongoing antibiotic use not directed against C.

difficile may need to be discontinued.

Appropriate fluid and electrolyte management, protein supplementation, antibiotic treatment of C.

difficile, and surgical evaluation should be instituted as clinically indicated [see Adverse Reactions (6); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.8 Peripheral Neuropathy Cases of sensory or sensorimotor axonal polyneuropathy affecting small and/or large axons resulting in paresthesias, hypoesthesias, dysesthesias and weakness have been reported in patients receiving fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin.

Symptoms may occur soon after initiation of levofloxacinand may be irreversible.

Levofloxacinshould be discontinued immediately if the patient experiences symptoms of neuropathy including pain, burning, tingling, numbness, and/or weakness or other alterations of sensation including light touch, pain, temperature, position sense, and vibratory sensation [see Adverse Reactions (6); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.9 Prolongation of the QT Interval Some fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin, have been associated with prolongation of the QT interval on the electrocardiogram and infrequent cases of arrhythmia.

Rare cases of torsade de pointes have been spontaneously reported during postmarketing surveillance in patients receiving fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin.

Levofloxacin should be avoided in patients with known prolongation of the QT interval, patients with uncorrected hypokalemia, and patients receiving Class IA (quinidine, procainamide), or Class III (amiodarone, sotalol) antiarrhythmic agents.

Elderly patients may be more susceptible to drug-associated effects on the QT interval [see Adverse Reactions (6.3), Use in Specific Populations (8.5), and Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.10 Musculoskeletal Disorders in Pediatric Patients and Arthropathic Effects in Animals Levofloxacin is indicated in pediatric patients (6 months of age and older) only for the prevention of inhalational anthrax (post-exposure) and for plague [see Indications and Usage (1.13, 1.14)].

An increased incidence of musculoskeletal disorders (arthralgia, arthritis, tendinopathy, and gait abnormality) compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients receiving levofloxacin[see Use in Specific Populations (8.4) ].

In immature rats and dogs, the oral and intravenous administration of levofloxacin resulted in increased osteochondrosis.

Histopathological examination of the weight-bearing joints of immature dogs dosed with levofloxacin revealed persistent lesions of the cartilage.

Other fluoroquinolones also produce similar erosions in the weight-bearing joints and other signs of arthropathy in immature animals of various species [see Animal Toxicology and/or Pharmacology (13.2) ].

5.11 Blood Glucose Disturbances As with other fluoroquinolones, disturbances of blood glucose, including symptomatic hyper- and hypoglycemia, have been reported with levofloxacin, usually in diabetic patients receiving concomitant treatment with an oral hypoglycemic agent (e.g., glyburide) or with insulin.

In these patients, careful monitoring of blood glucose is recommended.

If a hypoglycemic reaction occurs in a patient being treated with levofloxacin, levofloxacinshould be discontinued and appropriate therapy should be initiated immediately [see Adverse Reactions (6.2); Drug Interactions (7.3); Patient Counseling Information (17.4)].

5.12 Photosensitivity/Phototoxicity Moderate to severe photosensitivity/phototoxicity reactions, the latter of which may manifest as exaggerated sunburn reactions (e.g., burning, erythema, exudation, vesicles, blistering, edema) involving areas exposed to light (typically the face, “V” area of the neck, extensor surfaces of the forearms, dorsa of the hands), can be associated with the use of fluoroquinolones after sun or UV light exposure.

Therefore, excessive exposure to these sources of light should be avoided.

Drug therapy should be discontinued if photosensitivity/phototoxicity occurs [see Adverse Reactions (6.3); Patient Counseling Information (17.3)].

5.13 Development of Drug Resistant Bacteria Prescribing levofloxacin in the absence of a proven or strongly suspected bacterial infection or a prophylactic indication is unlikely to provide benefit to the patient and increases the risk of the development of drug-resistant bacteria [see Patient Counseling Information (17.1) ].

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION See FDA-Approved Medication Guide (17.6) 17.1 Antibacterial Resistance Antibacterial drugs including levofloxacin should only be used to treat bacterial infections.

They do not treat viral infections (e.g., the common cold).

When levofloxacin is prescribed to treat a bacterial infection, patients should be told that although it is common to feel better early in the course of therapy, the medication should be taken exactly as directed.

Skipping doses or not completing the full course of therapy may (1) decrease the effectiveness of the immediate treatment and (2) increase the likelihood that bacteria will develop resistance and will not be treatable by levofloxacin or other antibacterial drugs in the future.

17.2 Administration with Food, Fluids, and Concomitant Medications Patients should be informed that levofloxacin tablets may be taken with or without food.

The tablet should be taken at the same time each day.

Patients should drink fluids liberally while taking levofloxacin to avoid formation of a highly concentrated urine and crystal formation in the urine.

Antacids containing magnesium, or aluminum, as well as sucralfate, metal cations such as iron, and multivitamin preparations with zinc or didanosine should be taken at least two hours before or two hours after oral levofloxacin administration.

17.3 Serious and Potentially Serious Adverse Reactions Patients should be informed of the following serious adverse reactions that have been associated with levofloxacin or other fluoroquinolone use: • Tendon Disorders: Patients should contact their healthcare provider if they experience pain, swelling, or inflammation of a tendon, or weakness or inability to use one of their joints; rest and refrain from exercise; and discontinue levofloxacin treatment.

The risk of severe tendon disorders with fluoroquinolones is higher in older patients usually over 60 years of age, in patients taking corticosteroid drugs, and in patients with kidney, heart or lung transplants.

• Exacerbation of Myasthenia Gravis: Patients should inform their physician of any history of myasthenia gravis.

Patients should notify their physician if they experience any symptoms of muscle weakness, including respiratory difficulties.

• Hypersensitivity Reactions: Patients should be informed that levofloxacin can cause hypersensitivity reactions, even following the first dose.

Patients should discontinue the drug at the first sign of a skin rash, hives or other skin reactions, a rapid heartbeat, difficulty in swallowing or breathing, any swelling suggesting angioedema (e.g., swelling of the lips, tongue, face, tightness of the throat, hoarseness), or other symptoms of an allergic reaction.

• Hepatotoxicity: Severe hepatotoxicity (including acute hepatitis and fatal events) has been reported in patients taking levofloxacin.

Patients should inform their physician and be instructed to discontinue levofloxacintreatment immediately if they experience any signs or symptoms of liver injury including: loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, fever, weakness, tiredness, right upper quadrant tenderness, itching, yellowing of the skin and eyes, light colored bowel movements or dark colored urine.

• Convulsions: Convulsions have been reported in patients taking fluoroquinolones, including levofloxacin.

Patients should notify their physician before taking this drug if they have a history of convulsions.

• Neurologic Adverse Effects (e.g., dizziness, lightheadedness , increased intracranial pressure): Patients should know how they react to levofloxacinbefore they operate an automobile or machinery or engage in other activities requiring mental alertness and coordination.

Patients should notify their physician if persistent headache with or without blurred vision occurs.

• Diarrhea: Diarrhea is a common problem caused by antibiotics which usually ends when the antibiotic is discontinued.

Sometimes after starting treatment with antibiotics, patients can develop watery and bloody stools (with or without stomach cramps and fever) even as late as two or more months after having taken the last dose of the antibiotic.

If this occurs, patients should contact their physician as soon as possible.

• Peripheral Neuropathies: Patients should be informed that peripheral neuropathy has been associated with levofloxacin use.

Symptoms may occur soon after initiation of therapy and may be irreversible.

If symptoms of peripheral neuropathy including pain, burning, tingling, numbness, and/or weakness develop, patients should immediately discontinue treatment and contact their physician.

• Prolongation of the QT Interval: Patients should inform their physician of any personal or family history of QT prolongation or proarrhythmic conditions such as hypokalemia, bradycardia, or recent myocardial ischemia; if they are taking any Class IA (quinidine, procainamide), or Class III (amiodarone, sotalol) antiarrhythmic agents.

Patients should notify their physicians if they have any symptoms of prolongation of the QT interval, including prolonged heart palpitations or a loss of consciousness.

• Musculoskeletal Disorders in Pediatric Patients: Parents should inform their child’s physician if their child has a history of joint-related problems before taking this drug.

Parents of pediatric patients should also notify their child’s physician of any tendon or joint-related problems that occur during or following levofloxacin therapy [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10) and Use in Specific Populations (8.4)].

• Photosensitivity/Phototoxicity: Patients should be advised that photosensitivity/phototoxicity has been reported in patients receiving fluoroquinolone antibiotics.

Patients should minimize or avoid exposure to natural or artificial sunlight (tanning beds or UVA/B treatment) while taking fluoroquinolones.

If patients need to be outdoors when taking fluoroquinolones, they should wear loose-fitting clothes that protect skin from sun exposure and discuss other sun protection measures with their physician.

If a sunburn like reaction or skin eruption occurs, patients should contact their physician.

17.4 Drug Interactions with Insulin, Oral Hypoglycemic Agents, and Warfarin Patients should be informed that if they are diabetic and are being treated with insulin or an oral hypoglycemic agent and a hypoglycemic reaction occurs, they should discontinue levofloxacin and consult a physician.

Patients should be informed that concurrent administration of warfarin and levofloxacin has been associated with increases of the International Normalized Ratio (INR) or prothrombin time and clinical episodes of bleeding.

Patients should notify their physician if they are taking warfarin, be monitored for evidence of bleeding, and also have their anticoagulation tests closely monitored while taking warfarin concomitantly.

17.5 Plague and Anthrax Studies Patients given levofloxacin for these conditions should be informed that efficacy studies could not be conducted in humans for ethical and feasibility reasons.

Therefore, approval for these conditions was based on efficacy studies conducted in animals.

17.6 FDA-Approved Medication Guide

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 •Dosage in patients with normal renal function (2.1) Type of Infection Dose Every 24 hours Duration (days) Nosocomial Pneumonia (1.1) 750 mg 7 to 14 Community Acquired Pneumonia (1.2) 500 mg 7 to 14 Community Acquired Pneumonia (1.3) 750 mg 5 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis (1.4) 750 mg 5 500 mg 10 to 14 Acute Bacterial Exacerbation of Chronic Bronchitis (1.5) 500 mg 7 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections (SSSI) (1.6) 750 mg 7 to 14 Uncomplicated SSSI (1.7) 500 mg 7 to 10 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis (1.8) 500 mg 28 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (1.9) or Acute Pyelonephritis (1.11) 750 mg 5 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (1.10) or 250 mg 10 Acute Pyelonephritis (1.11) Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infection (1.12) 250 mg 3 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure) (1.13) Adults and Pediatric Patients > 50 kg 500 mg 60 Pediatric Patients 50 kg Pediatric Patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 500 mg 8 mg/kg BID (not to exceed 250 mg/dose) 10 to 14 10 to 14 •Adjust dose for creatinine clearance <50 ml/min (2.3, 8.6, 12.3) 2.1 Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function The usual dose of levofloxacin tablets are 250 mg, 500 mg, or 750 mg administered orally every 24 hours, as indicated by infection and described in Table 1.

These recommendations apply to patients with creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min.

For patients with creatinine clearance <50 mL/min, adjustments to the dosing regimen are required [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)].

Table 1: Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function (creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min) Type of Infection* Dosed Every 24 hours Duration (days)† Nosocomial Pneumonia 750 mg 7 to 14 Community Acquired Pneumonia ‡ 500 mg 7 to 14 Community Acquired Pneumonia§ 750 mg 5 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis 750 mg 5 500 mg 10 to 14 Acute Bacterial Exacerbation of Chronic Bronchitis 500 mg 7 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections (SSSI) 750 mg 7 to 14 Uncomplicated SSSI 500 mg 7 to 10 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis 500 mg 28 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) or Acute Pyelonephritis (AP)¶ 750 mg 5 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) or Acute Pyelonephritis (AP)# 250 mg 10 Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infection 250 mg 3 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure), adult and pediatric patients > 50 kg Þ,ß Pediatric patients 50 kgà Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 500 mg see Table 2 below (2.2) 10 to 14 10 to 14 1* Due to the designated pathogens [see Indications and Usage (1) ].

† Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

‡ Due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae (including multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, or Mycoplasma pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.2) ].

§Due to Streptococcus pneumoniae (excluding multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, or Chlamydophila pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.3)].

¶This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis and AP due to E.

coli, including cases with concurrent bacteremia.

#This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa; and for AP due to E.

coli.

ÞDrug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B.

anthracis.

This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint.

Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9) ].

ßThe safety of levofloxacin in adults for durations of therapy beyond 28 days or in pediatric patients for durations beyond 14 days has not been studied.

An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9) ].

Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

à Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis.

Higher doses of levofloxacin typically used for treatment of pneumonia can be used for treatment of plague, if clinically indicated.

2.2 Dosage in Pediatric Patients The dosage in pediatric patients ≥ 6 months of age is described below in Table 2.

Table 2: Dosage in Pediatric Patients ≥ 6 months of age Type of Infection* Dose Freq.

Once every Duration† Inhalational Anthrax (post-exposure) ‡,§ Pediatric patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24 hr 60 days§ Pediatric patients 50 kg 500 mg 24 hr 10 to 14 days Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg (not to exceed 250 mg per dose) 12 hr 10 to 14 days *Due to Bacillus anthracis [see Indications and Usage (1.13) ] and Yersinia pestis [see Indications and Usage (1.14) ].

† Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

‡Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure toaerosolizedB.

anthracis.

This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint.

Levofloxacin plasma concentrationsachieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)] §The safety of levofloxacin in pediatric patients for durations of therapy beyond 14 days has not beenstudied.

An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)].

Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

¶Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis.

2.3 Dosage Adjustment in Adults with Renal Impairment Administer levofloxacin with caution in the presence of renal insufficiency.

Careful clinical observation and appropriate laboratory studies should be performed prior to and during therapy since elimination of levofloxacin may be reduced.

No adjustment is necessary for patients with a creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min.

In patients with impaired renal function (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min), adjustment of the dosage regimen is necessary to avoid the accumulation of levofloxacin due to decreased clearance [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6) ].

Table 3 shows how to adjust dose based on creatinine clearance.

Table 3: Dosage Adjustment in Adult Patients with Renal Impairment (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min) Dosage in Normal Renal Function Every 24 hours Creatinine Clearance 20 to 49 mL/min Creatinine Clearance 10 to 19 mL/min Hemodialysis or Chronic Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis (CAPD) 750 mg 750 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then 500 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then 500 mg every 48 hours 500 mg 500 mg initial dose, then 250 mg every 24 hours 500 mg initial dose, then 250 mg every 48 hours 500 mg initial dose, then 250 mg every 48 hours 250 mg No dosage adjustment required 250 mg every 48 hours.

If treating uncomplicated UTI, then no dosage adjustment is required No information on dosing adjustment is available 2.4 Drug Interaction With Chelation Agents: Antacids, Sucralfate, Metal Cations, Multivitamins Levofloxacin tablets should be administered at least two hours before or two hours after antacids containing magnesium, aluminum, as well as sucralfate, metal cations such as iron, and multivitamin preparations with zinc or didanosine chewable/buffered tablets or the pediatric powder for oral solution [see Drug Interactions (7.1) and Patient Counseling Information (17.2)] 2.5 Administration Instructions Food and Levofloxacin Tablets Levofloxacin tablets can be administered without regard to food.

Hydration for Patients Receiving Levofloxacin Tablets Adequate hydration of patients receiving oral levofloxacin should be maintained to prevent the formation of highly concentrated urine.

Crystalluria and cylindruria have been reported with quinolones [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) and Patient Counseling Information (17.2)].

Simvastatin 80 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: SIMVASTATIN
Brand Name: Simvastatin
  • Substance Name(s):
  • SIMVASTATIN

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Drug Interactions Associated with Increased Risk of Myopathy/Rhabdomyolysis (2.3, 2.4, 4, 5.1, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 12.3) * For patients with HoFH who have been taking 80 mg simvastatin chronically (e.g., for 12 months or more) without evidence of muscle toxicity, do not exceed 40 mg simvastatin when taking lomitapide.

Interacting Agents Prescribing Recommendations Strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., itraconazole, ketoconazole, posaconazole, voriconazole, erythromycin, clarithromycin, telithromycin, HIV protease inhibitors, boceprevir, telaprevir, nefazodone, cobicistat-containing products), gemfibrozil, cyclosporine, danazol Contraindicated with simvastatin Verapamil, diltiazem, dronedarone Do not exceed 10 mg simvastatin daily Amiodarone, amlodipine, ranolazine Do not exceed 20 mg simvastatin daily Lomitapide For patients with HoFH, do not exceed 20 mg simvastatin daily* Grapefruit juice Avoid grapefruit juice Other Lipid-lowering Medications: Use with other fibrate products or lipid-modifying doses (≥1 g/day) of niacin increases the risk of adverse skeletal muscle effects.

Caution should be used when prescribing with simvastatin.

(5.1, 7.2, 7.4) Coumarin anticoagulants: Concomitant use with simvastatin prolongs INR.

Achieve stable INR prior to starting simvastatin.

Monitor INR frequently until stable upon initiation or alteration of simvastatin therapy.

(7.6) 7.1 Strong CYP3A4 Inhibitors, Cyclosporine, or Danazol Strong CYP3A4 Inhibitors: Simvastatin, like several other inhibitors of HMG-CoA reductase, is a substrate of CYP3A4.

Simvastatin is metabolized by CYP3A4 but has no CYP3A4 inhibitory activity; therefore it is not expected to affect the plasma concentrations of other drugs metabolized by CYP3A4.

Elevated plasma levels of HMG-CoA reductase inhibitory activity increases the risk of myopathy and rhabdomyolysis, particularly with higher doses of simvastatin.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3).] Concomitant use of drugs labeled as having a strong inhibitory effect on CYP3A4 is contraindicated [see Contraindications (4)].

If treatment with itraconazole, ketoconazole, posaconazole, voriconazole, erythromycin, clarithromycin or telithromycin is unavoidable, therapy with simvastatin must be suspended during the course of treatment.

Cyclosporine or Danazol: The risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis is increased by concomitant administration of cyclosporine or danazol.

Therefore, concomitant use of these drugs is contraindicated [see Contraindications (4), Warnings and Precautions (5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

7.2 Lipid-Lowering Drugs That Can Cause Myopathy When Given Alone Gemfibrozil: Contraindicated with simvastatin [see Contraindications (4) and Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Other fibrates: Caution should be used when prescribing with simvastatin [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

7.3 Amiodarone, Dronedarone, Ranolazine, or Calcium Channel Blockers The risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, is increased by concomitant administration of amiodarone, dronedarone, ranolazine, or calcium channel blockers such as verapamil, diltiazem, or amlodipine [see Dosage and Administration (2.3), Warnings and Precautions (5.1), and Table 3 in Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

7.4 Niacin Cases of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis have been observed with simvastatin coadministered with lipid-modifying doses (≥1 g/day niacin) of niacin-containing products.

In particular, caution should be used when treating Chinese patients with simvastatin doses exceeding 20 mg/day coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products.

Because the risk for myopathy is dose-related, Chinese patients should not receive simvastatin 80 mg coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3).] 7.5 Digoxin In one study, concomitant administration of digoxin with simvastatin resulted in a slight elevation in digoxin concentrations in plasma.

Patients taking digoxin should be monitored appropriately when simvastatin is initiated [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

7.6 Coumarin Anticoagulants In two clinical studies, one in normal volunteers and the other in hypercholesterolemic patients, simvastatin 20 to 40 mg/day modestly potentiated the effect of coumarin anticoagulants: the prothrombin time, reported as International Normalized Ratio (INR), increased from a baseline of 1.7 to 1.8 and from 2.6 to 3.4 in the volunteer and patient studies, respectively.

With other statins, clinically evident bleeding and/or increased prothrombin time has been reported in a few patients taking coumarin anticoagulants concomitantly.

In such patients, prothrombin time should be determined before starting simvastatin and frequently enough during early therapy to ensure that no significant alteration of prothrombin time occurs.

Once a stable prothrombin time has been documented, prothrombin times can be monitored at the intervals usually recommended for patients on coumarin anticoagulants.

If the dose of simvastatin is changed or discontinued, the same procedure should be repeated.

Simvastatin therapy has not been associated with bleeding or with changes in prothrombin time in patients not taking anticoagulants.

7.7 Colchicine Cases of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, have been reported with simvastatin coadministered with colchicine, and caution should be exercised when prescribing simvastatin with colchicine.

OVERDOSAGE

10 Significant lethality was observed in mice after a single oral dose of 9 g/m2.

No evidence of lethality was observed in rats or dogs treated with doses of 30 and 100 g/m2, respectively.

No specific diagnostic signs were observed in rodents.

At these doses the only signs seen in dogs were emesis and mucoid stools.

A few cases of overdosage with simvastatin have been reported; the maximum dose taken was 3.6 g.

All patients recovered without sequelae.

Supportive measures should be taken in the event of an overdose.

The dialyzability of simvastatin and its metabolites in man is not known at present.

DESCRIPTION

11 Simvastatin is a lipid-lowering agent that is derived synthetically from a fermentation product of Aspergillus terreus.

After oral ingestion, simvastatin, which is an inactive lactone, is hydrolyzed to the corresponding β-hydroxyacid form.

This is an inhibitor of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coenzyme A (HMG-CoA) reductase.

This enzyme catalyzes the conversion of HMG-CoA to mevalonate, which is an early and rate-limiting step in the biosynthesis of cholesterol.

Simvastatin is butanoic acid, 2,2-dimethyl-,1,2,3,7,8,8a-hexahydro-3,7-dimethyl-8-[2-(tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-6-oxo-2H-pyran-2-yl)-ethyl]-1-naphthalenyl ester, [1S-[1α,3α,7β,8β (2S*,4S*),-8aβ]].

The molecular formula of simvastatin is C25H38O5 and its molecular weight is 418.57.

Its structural formula is: Simvastatin USP is a white to off-white, nonhygroscopic, crystalline powder that is practically insoluble in water, and freely soluble in chloroform, methanol and ethanol.

Tablets simvastatin for oral administration contain either 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg or 80 mg of simvastatin USP and the following inactive ingredients: ascorbic acid, lactose monohydrate, microcrystalline cellulose, pregelatinized starch (maize), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hypromellose, titanium dioxide, talc, citric acid monohydrate, isopropyl alcohol, magnesium stearate and butylated hydroxyanisole.

Simvastatin 5 mg also contains ferric oxide yellow, simvastatin 10 mg and simvastatin 20 mg also contains ferric oxide red and ferric oxide yellow, simvastatin 40 mg and simvastatin 80 mg also contains ferric oxide red.

Chemical Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Clinical Studies in Adults Reductions in Risk of CHD Mortality and Cardiovascular Events In 4S, the effect of therapy with simvastatin on total mortality was assessed in 4,444 patients with CHD and baseline total cholesterol 212 to 309 mg/dL (5.5 to 8 mmol/L).

In this multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study, patients were treated with standard care, including diet, and either simvastatin 20 to 40 mg/day (n=2,221) or placebo (n=2,223) for a median duration of 5.4 years.

Over the course of the study, treatment with simvastatin led to mean reductions in total-C, LDL-C and TG of 25%, 35%, and 10%, respectively, and a mean increase in HDL-C of 8%.

Simvastatin significantly reduced the risk of mortality by 30% (p=0.0003, 182 deaths in the simvastatin group vs 256 deaths in the placebo group).

The risk of CHD mortality was significantly reduced by 42% (p=0.00001, 111 vs 189 deaths).

There was no statistically significant difference between groups in non-cardiovascular mortality.

Simvastatin significantly decreased the risk of having major coronary events (CHD mortality plus hospital-verified and silent non­-fatal myocardial infarction [MI]) by 34% (p<0.00001, 431 vs 622 patients with one or more events).

The risk of having a hospital-verified non-fatal MI was reduced by 37%.

Simvastatin significantly reduced the risk for undergoing myocardial revascularization procedures (coronary artery bypass grafting or percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty) by 37% (p<0.00001, 252 vs 383 patients).

Simvastatin significantly reduced the risk of fatal plus non-fatal cerebrovascular events (combined stroke and transient ischemic attacks) by 28% (p=0.033, 75 vs 102 patients).

Simvastatin reduced the risk of major coronary events to a similar extent across the range of baseline total and LDL cholesterol levels.

Because there were only 53 female deaths, the effect of simvastatin on mortality in women could not be adequately assessed.

However, simvastatin significantly lessened the risk of having major coronary events by 34% (60 vs 91 women with one or more event).

The randomization was stratified by angina alone (21% of each treatment group) or a previous MI.

Because there were only 57 deaths among the patients with angina alone at baseline, the effect of simvastatin on mortality in this subgroup could not be adequately assessed.

However, trends in reduced coronary mortality, major coronary events and revascularization procedures were consistent between this group and the total study cohort.

Additionally, simvastatin resulted in similar decreases in relative risk for total mortality, CHD mortality, and major coronary events in elderly patients (≥65 years), compared with younger patients.

The Heart Protection Study (HPS) was a large, multi-center, placebo-controlled, double-blind study with a mean duration of 5 years conducted in 20,536 patients (10,269 on simvastatin 40 mg and 10,267 on placebo).

Patients were allocated to treatment using a covariate adaptive method3 which took into account the distribution of 10 important baseline characteristics of patients already enrolled and minimized the imbalance of those characteristics across the groups.

Patients had a mean age of 64 years (range 40 to 80 years), were 97% Caucasian and were at high risk of developing a major coronary event because of existing CHD (65%), diabetes (Type 2, 26%; Type 1, 3%), history of stroke or other cerebrovascular disease (16%), peripheral vessel disease (33%), or hypertension in males ≥65 years (6%).

At baseline, 3,421 patients (17%) had LDL-C levels below 100 mg/dL, of whom 953 (5%) had LDL-­C levels below 80 mg/dL; 7,068 patients (34%) had levels between 100 and 130 mg/dL; and 10,047 patients (49%) had levels greater than 130 mg/dL.

The HPS results showed that simvastatin 40 mg/day significantly reduced: total and CHD mortality; non-­fatal MI, stroke, and revascularization procedures (coronary and non-coronary) (see Table 4).

————————————————— 3 D.R.

Taves, Minimization: a new method of assigning patients to treatment and control groups.

Clin.

Pharmacol.

Ther.

15 (1974), pp.

443-453 Table 4: Summary of Heart Protection Study Results Endpoint Simvastatin (N=10,269) n (%)* Placebo (N=10,267) n (%)* Risk Reduction (%) (95% CI) p-Value Primary Mortality CHD mortality 1,328 (12.9) 587 (5.7) 1,507 (14.7) 707 (6.9) 13 (6 to 19) 18 (8 to 26) p=0.0003 p=0.0005 Secondary Non-fatal MI Stroke 357 (3.5) 444 (4.3) 574 (5.6) 585 (5.7) 38 (30 to 46) 25 (15 to 34) p<0.0001 p<0.0001 Tertiary Coronary revascularization Peripheral and other non-coronary revascularization 513 (5) 450 (4.4) 725 (7.1) 532 (5.2) 30 (22 to 38) 16 (5 to 26) p<0.0001 p=0.006 * n = number of patients with indicated event Two composite endpoints were defined in order to have sufficient events to assess relative risk reductions across a range of baseline characteristics (see Figure 1).

A composite of major coronary events (MCE) was comprised of CHD mortality and non-fatal MI (analyzed by time-to-first event; 898 patients treated with simvastatin had events and 1,212 patients on placebo had events).

A composite of major vascular events (MVE) was comprised of MCE, stroke and revascularization procedures including coronary, peripheral and other non-coronary procedures (analyzed by time-to-first event; 2,033 patients treated with simvastatin had events and 2,585 patients on placebo had events).

Significant relative risk reductions were observed for both composite endpoints (27% for MCE and 24% for MVE, p<0.0001).

Treatment with simvastatin produced significant relative risk reductions for all components of the composite endpoints.

The risk reductions produced by simvastatin in both MCE and MVE were evident and consistent regardless of cardiovascular disease related medical history at study entry (i.e., CHD alone; or peripheral vascular disease, cerebrovascular disease, diabetes or treated hypertension, with or without CHD), gender, age, creatinine levels up to the entry limit of 2.3 mg/dL, baseline levels of LDL-C, HDL-C, apolipoprotein B and A-1, baseline concomitant cardiovascular medications (i.e., aspirin, beta blockers, or calcium channel blockers), smoking status, alcohol intake, or obesity.

Diabetics showed risk reductions for MCE and MVE due to simvastatin treatment regardless of baseline HbA1c levels or obesity with the greatest effects seen for diabetics without CHD.

Figure 1 The Effects of Treatment with Simvastatin on Major Vascular Events and Major Coronary Events in HPS N = number of patients in each subgroup.

The inverted triangles are point estimates of the relative risk, with their 95% confidence intervals represented as a line.

The area of a triangle is proportional to the number of patients with MVE or MCE in the subgroup relative to the number with MVE or MCE, respectively, in the entire study population.

The vertical solid line represents a relative risk of one.

The vertical dashed line represents the point estimate of relative risk in the entire study population.

Angiographic Studies In the Multicenter Anti-Atheroma Study, the effect of simvastatin on atherosclerosis was assessed by quantitative coronary angiography in hypercholesterolemic patients with CHD.

In this randomized, double-blind, controlled study, patients were treated with simvastatin 20 mg/day or placebo.

Angiograms were evaluated at baseline, two and four years.

The co-primary study endpoints were mean change per-patient in minimum and mean lumen diameters, indicating focal and diffuse disease, respectively.

Simvastatin significantly slowed the progression of lesions as measured in the Year 4 angiogram by both parameters, as well as by change in percent diameter stenosis.

In addition, simvastatin significantly decreased the proportion of patients with new lesions and with new total occlusions.

Modifications of Lipid Profiles Primary Hyperlipidemia (Fredrickson type lla and llb) Simvastatin has been shown to be effective in reducing total-C and LDL-C in heterozygous familial and non-familial forms of hyperlipidemia and in mixed hyperlipidemia.

Maximal to near maximal response is generally achieved within 4 to 6 weeks and maintained during chronic therapy.

Simvastatin significantly decreased total-C, LDL-C, total-C/HDL-C ratio, and LDL-C/HDL-C ratio; simvastatin also decreased TG and increased HDL-C (see Table 5).

Table 5: Mean Response in Patients with Primary Hyperlipidemia and Combined (mixed) Hyperlipidemia (Mean Percent Change from Baseline After 6 to 24 Weeks) TREATMENT N TOTAL-C LDL-C HDL-C TG* Lower Dose Comparative Study † (Mean % Change at Week 6) Simvastatin 5 mg q.p.m.

Simvastatin 10 mg q.p.m.

109 110 -19 -23 -26 -30 10 12 -12 -15 Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study ‡ (Mean % Change at Week 6) Placebo 2223 -1 -1 0 -2 Simvastatin 20 mg q.p.m.

2221 -28 -38 8 -19 Upper Dose Comparative Study § (Mean % Change Averaged at Weeks 18 and 24) Simvastatin 40 mg q.p.m.

Simvastatin 80 mg q.p.m.¶ 433 664 -31 -36 -41 -47 9 8 -18 -24 Multi-Center Combined Hyperlipidemia Study # (Mean % Change at Week 6) Placebo Simvastatin 40 mg q.p.m.

Simvastatin 80 mg q.p.m.

125 123 124 1 -25 -31 2 -29 -36 3 13 16 -4 -28 -33 * median percent change †mean baseline LDL-C 244 mg/dL and median baseline TG 168 mg/dL ‡mean baseline LDL-C 188 mg/dL and median baseline TG 128 mg/dL § mean baseline LDL-C 226 mg/dL and median baseline TG 156 mg/dL ¶ 21% and 36% median reduction in TG in patients with TG ≤200 mg/dL and TG >200 mg/dL, respectively.

Patients with TG >350 mg/dL were excluded # mean baseline LDL-C 156 mg/dL and median baseline TG 391 mg/dL.

Hypertriglyceridemia (Fredrickson type IV) The results of a subgroup analysis in 74 patients with type IV hyperlipidemia from a 130-patient, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 3-period crossover study are presented in Table 6.

Table 6: Six-week, Lipid-lowering Effects of Simvastatin in Type IV Hyperlipidemia Median Percent Change (25th and 75th percentile) from Baseline* TREATMENT N Total-C LDL-C HDL-C TG VLDL-C Non-HDL-C Placebo 74 +2 (-7, +7) +1 (-8, +14) +3 (-3, +10) -9 (-25, +13) -7 (-25, +11) +1 (-9, +8) Simvastatin 40 mg/day 74 -25 (-34, -19) -28 (-40, -17) +11 (+5, +23) -29 (-43, -16) -37 (-54, -23) -32 (-42, -23) Simvastatin 80 mg/day 74 -32 (-38, -24) -37 (-46, -26) +15 (+5, +23) -34 (-45, -18) -41 (-57, -28) -38 (-49, -32) * The median baseline values (mg/dL) for the patients in this study were: total-C = 254, LDL-C = 135, HDL-C = 36, TG = 404, VLDL-C = 83, and non-HDL-C = 215.

Dysbetalipoproteinemia (Fredrickson type III) The results of a subgroup analysis in 7 patients with type III hyperlipidemia (dysbetalipoproteinemia) (apo E2/2) (VLDL-C/TG>0.25) from a 130-patient, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 3-period crossover study are presented in Table 7.

Table 7: Six-week, Lipid-lowering Effects of Simvastatin in Type III Hyperlipidemia Median Percent Change (min, max) from Baseline* TREATMENT N Total-C LDL-C + IDL HDL-C TG VLDL-C + IDL Non-HDL-C Placebo 7 -8 (-24, +34) -8 (-27, +23) -2 (-21, +16) +4 (-22, +90) -4 (-28, +78) -8 (-26, -39) Simvastatin 40 mg/day 7 -50 (-66, -39) -50 (-60, -31) +7 (-8, +23) -41 (-74, -16) -58 (-90, -37) -57 (-72, -44) Simvastatin 80 mg/day 7 -52 (-55, -41) -51 (-57, -28) +7 (-5, +29) -38 (-58, +2) -60 (-72, -39) -59 (-61, -46) * The median baseline values (mg/dL) were: total-C = 324, LDL-C = 121, HDL-C = 31, TG = 411, VLDL-C = 170, and non-HDL-C = 291.

Homozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia In a controlled clinical study, 12 patients 15 to 39 years of age with homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia received simvastatin 40 mg/day in a single dose or in 3 divided doses, or 80 mg/day in 3 divided doses.

In 11 patients with reductions in LDL-C, the mean LDL-C changes for the 40 and 80 mg doses were 14% (range 8% to 23%, median 12%) and 30% (range 14% to 46%, median 29%), respectively.

One patient had an increase of 15% in LDL-C.

Another patient with absent LDL-C receptor function had an LDL-C reduction of 41% with the 80 mg dose.

Endocrine Function In clinical studies, simvastatin did not impair adrenal reserve or significantly reduce basal plasma cortisol concentration.

Small reductions from baseline in basal plasma testosterone in men were observed in clinical studies with simvastatin, an effect also observed with other statins and the bile acid sequestrant cholestyramine.

There was no effect on plasma gonadotropin levels.

In a placebo-controlled, 12-week study there was no significant effect of simvastatin 80 mg on the plasma testosterone response to human chorionic gonadotropin.

In another 24-week study, simvastatin 20 to 40 mg had no detectable effect on spermatogenesis.

In 4S, in which 4,444 patients were randomized to simvastatin 20 to 40 mg/day or placebo for a median duration of 5.4 years, the incidence of male sexual adverse events in the two treatment groups was not significantly different.

Because of these factors, the small changes in plasma testosterone are unlikely to be clinically significant.

The effects, if any, on the pituitary-gonadal axis in pre-­menopausal women are unknown.

Figure 1 The Effects of Treatment with Simvastatin on Major Vascular Events and Major Coronary Events in HPS 14.2 Clinical Studies in Adolescents In a double-blind, placebo-controlled study, 175 patients (99 adolescent boys and 76 post-menarchal girls) 10 to 17 years of age (mean age 14.1 years) with heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia (HeFH) were randomized to simvastatin (n=106) or placebo (n=67) for 24 weeks (base study).

Inclusion in the study required a baseline LDL-C level between 160 and 400 mg/dL and at least one parent with an LDL-­C level >189 mg/dL.

The dosage of simvastatin (once daily in the evening) was 10 mg for the first 8 weeks, 20 mg for the second 8 weeks, and 40 mg thereafter.

In a 24-week extension, 144 patients elected to continue therapy with simvastatin 40 mg or placebo.

Simvastatin significantly decreased plasma levels of total-C, LDL-C, and Apo B (see Table 8).

Results from the extension at 48 weeks were comparable to those observed in the base study.

Table 8: Lipid-lowering Effects of Simvastatin in Adolescent Patients with Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia (Mean Percent Change from Baseline) * median percent change Dosage Duration N Total-C LDL-C HDL-C TG* Apo B Placebo 24 Weeks 67 % Change from Baseline (95% CI) 1.6 (-2.2, 5.3) 1.1 (-3.4, 5.5) 3.6 (-0.7, 8) -3.2 (-11.8, 5.4) -0.5 (-4.7, 3.6) Mean baseline, mg/dL (SD) 278.6 (51.8) 211.9 (49) 46.9 (11.9) 90 (50.7) 186.3 (38.1) Simvastatin 24 Weeks 106 % Change from Baseline (95% CI) -26.5 (-29.6, -23.3) -36.8 (-40.5, -33) 8.3 (4.6, 11.9) -7.9 (-15.8, 0) -32.4 (-35.9, -29) Mean baseline, mg/dL (SD) 270.2 (44) 203.8 (41.5) 47.7 (9) 78.3 (46) 179.9 (33.8) After 24 weeks of treatment, the mean achieved LDL-C value was 124.9 mg/dL (range: 64 to 289 mg/dL) in the simvastatin 40 mg group compared to 207.8 mg/dL (range: 128 to 334 mg/dL) in the placebo group.

The safety and efficacy of doses above 40 mg daily have not been studied in children with HeFH.

The long-term efficacy of simvastatin therapy in childhood to reduce morbidity and mortality in adulthood has not been established.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Simvastatin Tablets USP, 5 mg are yellow colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘15’ on the other side.

They are supplied as follows: Bottles of 30 NDC 16714-681-01 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 90 NDC 16714-681-02 (Child Resistant Closure) Simvastatin Tablets USP, 10 mg are light pink colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘01’ on the other side.

They are supplied as follows: Bottles of 30 NDC 16714-682-01 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 90 NDC 16714-682-02 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 1,000 NDC 16714-682-03 (Non-Child Resistant Closure) Simvastatin Tablets USP, 20 mg are light pink colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘02’ on the other side.

They are supplied as follows: Bottles of 30 NDC 16714-683-01 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 90 NDC 16714-683-02 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 1,000 NDC 16714-683-03 (Non-Child Resistant Closure) Simvastatin Tablets USP, 40 mg are pink colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘03’ on the other side.

They are supplied as follows: Bottles of 30 NDC 16714-684-01 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 90 NDC 16714-684-02 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 1,000 NDC 16714-684-03 (Non-Child Resistant Closure) Simvastatin Tablets USP, 80 mg are pink colored, capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘04’ on the other side.

They are supplied as follows: Bottles of 30 NDC 16714-685-01 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 90 NDC 16714-685-02 (Child Resistant Closure) Bottles of 1,000 NDC 16714-685-03 (Non-Child Resistant Closure) Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F); excursions permitted to 15° to 30°C (59° to 86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Contraindications (4) 02/2014 Warnings and Precautions Myopathy/Rhabdomyolysis (5.1) 02/2014

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Of the 2,423 patients who received simvastatin in Phase III clinical studies and the 10,269 patients in the Heart Protection Study who received simvastatin, 363 (15%) and 5,366 (52%), respectively were ≥65 years old.

In HPS, 615 (6%) were ≥75 years old.

No overall differences in safety or effectiveness were observed between these subjects and younger subjects, and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

Since advanced age (≥65 years) is a predisposing factor for myopathy, simvastatin should be prescribed with caution in the elderly.

[See Clinical Pharmacology (12.3).] A pharmacokinetic study with simvastatin showed the mean plasma level of statin activity to be approximately 45% higher in elderly patients between 70 to 78 years of age compared with patients between 18 to 30 years of age.

In 4S, 1,021 (23%) of 4,444 patients were 65 or older.

Lipid-lowering efficacy was at least as great in elderly patients compared with younger patients, and simvastatin significantly reduced total mortality and CHD mortality in elderly patients with a history of CHD.

In HPS, 52% of patients were elderly (4,891 patients 65 to 69 years and 5,806 patients 70 years or older).

The relative risk reductions of CHD death, non-fatal MI, coronary and non-coronary revascularization procedures, and stroke were similar in older and younger patients [see Clinical Studies (14.1)].

In HPS, among 32,145 patients entering the active run-in period, there were 2 cases of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis; these patients were aged 67 and 73.

Of the 7 cases of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis among 10,269 patients allocated to simvastatin, 4 were aged 65 or more (at baseline), of whom one was over 75.

There were no overall differences in safety between older and younger patients in either 4S or HPS.

Because advanced age (≥65 years) is a predisposing factor for myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, simvastatin should be prescribed with caution in the elderly.

In a clinical trial of patients treated with simvastatin 80 mg/day, patients ≥65 years of age had an increased risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, compared to patients <65 years of age.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3).]

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Tablets simvastatin 5 mg are yellow colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘15’ on the other side.

Tablets simvastatin 10 mg are light pink colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘01’ on the other side.

Tablets simvastatin 20 mg are light pink colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘02’ on the other side.

Tablets simvastatin 40 mg are pink colored, round shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘03’ on the other side.

Tablets simvastatin 80 mg are pink colored, capsule shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, debossed with ‘A’ on one side and ‘04’ on the other side.

Tablets: 5 mg; 10 mg; 20 mg; 40 mg; 80 mg (3)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Simvastatin is a prodrug and is hydrolyzed to its active β-hydroxyacid form, simvastatin acid, after administration.

Simvastatin is a specific inhibitor of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coenzyme A (HMG-CoA) reductase, the enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of HMG-CoA to mevalonate, an early and rate limiting step in the biosynthetic pathway for cholesterol.

In addition, simvastatin reduces VLDL and TG and increases HDL-C.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Therapy with lipid-altering agents should be only one component of multiple risk factor intervention in individuals at significantly increased risk for atherosclerotic vascular disease due to hypercholesterolemia.

Drug therapy is indicated as an adjunct to diet when the response to a diet restricted in saturated fat and cholesterol and other nonpharmacologic measures alone has been inadequate.

In patients with coronary heart disease (CHD) or at high risk of CHD, simvastatin tablets, USP can be started simultaneously with diet.

Simvastatin tablets, USP are an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor (statin) indicated as an adjunctive therapy to diet to: Reduce the risk of total mortality by reducing CHD deaths and reduce the risk of non-fatal myocardial infarction, stroke, and the need for revascularization procedures in patients at high risk of coronary events.

(1.1) Reduce elevated total-C, LDL-C, Apo B, TG and increase HDL-C in patients with primary hyperlipidemia (heterozygous familial and nonfamilial) and mixed dyslipidemia.

(1.2) Reduce elevated TG in patients with hypertriglyceridemia and reduce TG and VLDL-C in patients with primary dysbeta­lipoproteinemia.

(1.2) Reduce total-C and LDL-C in adult patients with homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia.

(1.2) Reduce elevated total-C, LDL-C, and Apo B in boys and postmenarchal girls, 10 to 17 years of age with heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia after failing an adequate trial of diet therapy.

(1.2, 1.3) Limitations of Use Simvastatin tablets, USP have not been studied in Fredrickson Types I and V dyslipidemias.

(1.4) 1.1 Reductions in Risk of CHD Mortality and Cardiovascular Events In patients at high risk of coronary events because of existing coronary heart disease, diabetes, peripheral vessel disease, history of stroke or other cerebrovascular disease, simvastatin tablets, USP are indicated to: Reduce the risk of total mortality by reducing CHD deaths.

Reduce the risk of non-fatal myocardial infarction and stroke.

Reduce the need for coronary and non-coronary revascularization procedures.

1.2 Hyperlipidemia Simvastatin tablets, USP are indicated to: Reduce elevated total cholesterol (total-C), low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), apolipoprotein B (Apo B), and triglycerides (TG), and to increase high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) in patients with primary hyperlipidemia (Fredrickson type IIa, heterozygous familial and nonfamilial) or mixed dyslipidemia (Fredrickson type IIb).

Reduce elevated TG in patients with hypertriglyceridemia (Fredrickson type IV hyperlipidemia).

Reduce elevated TG and VLDL-C in patients with primary dysbetalipoproteinemia (Fredrickson type III hyperlipidemia).

Reduce total-C and LDL-C in patients with homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia (HoFH) as an adjunct to other lipid-lowering treatments (e.g., LDL apheresis) or if such treatments are unavailable.

1.3 Adolescent Patients with Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia (HeFH) Simvastatin tablets, USP are indicated as an adjunct to diet to reduce total-C, LDL-C, and Apo B levels in adolescent boys and girls who are at least one year post-menarche, 10 to 17 years of age, with HeFH, if after an adequate trial of diet therapy the following findings are present: 1.

LDL cholesterol remains ≥190 mg/dL; or 2.

LDL cholesterol remains ≥160 mg/dL and There is a positive family history of premature cardiovascular disease (CVD) or Two or more other CVD risk factors are present in the adolescent patient.

The minimum goal of treatment in pediatric and adolescent patients is to achieve a mean LDL-C <130 mg/dL.

The optimal age at which to initiate lipid-lowering therapy to decrease the risk of symptomatic adulthood CAD has not been determined.

1.4 Limitations of Use Simvastatin tablets, USP have not been studied in conditions where the major abnormality is elevation of chylomicrons (i.e., hyperlipidemia Fredrickson types I and V).

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness of simvastatin in patients 10 to 17 years of age with heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia have been evaluated in a controlled clinical trial in adolescent boys and in girls who were at least 1 year post-menarche.

Patients treated with simvastatin had an adverse reaction profile similar to that of patients treated with placebo.

Doses greater than 40 mg have not been studied in this population.

In this limited controlled study, there was no significant effect on growth or sexual maturation in the adolescent boys or girls, or on menstrual cycle length in girls.

[See Dosage and Administration (2.5), Adverse Reactions (6.1), Clinical Studies (14.2).] Adolescent females should be counseled on appropriate contraceptive methods while on simvastatin therapy [see Contraindications (4) and Use in Specific Populations (8.1)].

Simvastatin has not been studied in patients younger than 10 years of age, nor in pre-menarchal girls.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects Pregnancy Category X [See Contraindications (4).

] Simvastatin is contraindicated in women who are or may become pregnant.

Lipid lowering drugs offer no benefit during pregnancy, because cholesterol and cholesterol derivatives are needed for normal fetal development.

Atherosclerosis is a chronic process, and discontinuation of lipid-lowering drugs during pregnancy should have little impact on long-term outcomes of primary hypercholesterolemia therapy.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of use with simvastatin during pregnancy; however, there are rare reports of congenital anomalies in infants exposed to statins in utero.

Animal reproduction studies of simvastatin in rats and rabbits showed no evidence of teratogenicity.

Serum cholesterol and triglycerides increase during normal pregnancy, and cholesterol or cholesterol derivatives are essential for fetal development.

Because statins decrease cholesterol synthesis and possibly the synthesis of other biologically active substances derived from cholesterol, simvastatin may cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

If simvastatin is used during pregnancy or if the patient becomes pregnant while taking this drug, the patient should be apprised of the potential hazard to the fetus.

There are rare reports of congenital anomalies following intrauterine exposure to statins.

In a review2 of approximately 100 prospectively followed pregnancies in women exposed to simvastatin or another structurally related statin, the incidences of congenital anomalies, spontaneous abortions, and fetal deaths/stillbirths did not exceed those expected in the general population.

However, the study was only able to exclude a 3- to 4-fold increased risk of congenital anomalies over the background rate.

In 89% of these cases, drug treatment was initiated prior to pregnancy and was discontinued during the first trimester when pregnancy was identified.

Simvastatin was not teratogenic in rats or rabbits at doses (25, 10 mg/kg/day, respectively) that resulted in 3 times the human exposure based on mg/m2 surface area.

However, in studies with another structurally-related statin, skeletal malformations were observed in rats and mice.

Women of childbearing potential, who require treatment with simvastatin for a lipid disorder, should be advised to use effective contraception.

For women trying to conceive, discontinuation of simvastatin should be considered.

If pregnancy occurs, simvastatin should be immediately discontinued.

¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯ 2 Manson, J.M., Freyssinges, C., Ducrocq, M.B., Stephenson, W.P., Postmarketing Surveillance of Lovastatin and Simvastatin Exposure During Pregnancy, Reproductive Toxicology, 10(6):439-446, 1996.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers It is not known whether simvastatin is excreted in human milk.

Because a small amount of another drug in this class is excreted in human milk and because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants, women taking simvastatin should not nurse their infants.

A decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother [see Contraindications (4)].

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Patients should be advised of the increased risk of myopathy including rhabdomyolysis with the 80 mg dose.

(5.1) Skeletal muscle effects (e.g., myopathy and rhabdomyolysis): Risks increase with higher doses and concomitant use of certain medicines.

Predisposing factors include advanced age (≥65), female gender, uncontrolled hypothyroidism, and renal impairment.

Rare cases of rhabdomyolysis with acute renal failure secondary to myoglobinuria have been reported.

(4, 5.1, 8.5, 8.6) Patients should be advised to report promptly any unexplained and/or persistent muscle pain, tenderness, or weakness.

Simvastatin therapy should be discontinued immediately if myopathy is diagnosed or suspected.

See Drug Interaction table.

(5.1) Liver enzyme abnormalities: Persistent elevations in hepatic transaminases can occur.

Check liver enzyme tests before initiating therapy and as clinically indicated thereafter.

(5.2) 5.1 Myopathy/Rhabdomyolysis Simvastatin occasionally causes myopathy manifested as muscle pain, tenderness or weakness with creatine kinase (CK) above ten times the upper limit of normal (ULN).

Myopathy sometimes takes the form of rhabdomyolysis with or without acute renal failure secondary to myoglobinuria, and rare fatalities have occurred.

The risk of myopathy is increased by high levels of statin activity in plasma.

Predisposing factors for myopathy include advanced age (≥65 years), female gender, uncontrolled hypothyroidism, and renal impairment.

The risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, is dose related.

In a clinical trial database in which 41,413 patients were treated with simvastatin, 24,747 (approximately 60%) of whom were enrolled in studies with a median follow-up of at least 4 years, the incidence of myopathy was approximately 0.03% and 0.08% at 20 and 40 mg/day, respectively.

The incidence of myopathy with 80 mg (0.61%) was disproportionately higher than that observed at the lower doses.

In these trials, patients were carefully monitored and some interacting medicinal products were excluded.

In a clinical trial in which 12,064 patients with a history of myocardial infarction were treated with simvastatin (mean follow-up 6.7 years), the incidence of myopathy (defined as unexplained muscle weakness or pain with a serum creatine kinase [CK] >10 times upper limit of normal [ULN]) in patients on 80 mg/day was approximately 0.9% compared with 0.02% for patients on 20 mg/day.

The incidence of rhabdomyolysis (defined as myopathy with a CK >40 times ULN) in patients on 80 mg/day was approximately 0.4% compared with 0% for patients on 20 mg/day.

The incidence of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, was highest during the first year and then notably decreased during the subsequent years of treatment.

In this trial, patients were carefully monitored and some interacting medicinal products were excluded.

The risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, is greater in patients on simvastatin 80 mg compared with other statin therapies with similar or greater LDL-C-lowering efficacy and compared with lower doses of simvastatin.

Therefore, the 80 mg dose of simvastatin should be used only in patients who have been taking simvastatin 80 mg chronically (e.g., for 12 months or more) without evidence of muscle toxicity [see Dosage and Administration, Restricted Dosing for 80 mg (2.2)].

If, however, a patient who is currently tolerating the 80 mg dose of simvastatin needs to be initiated on an interacting drug that is contraindicated or is associated with a dose cap for simvastatin, that patient should be switched to an alternative statin with less potential for the drug-drug interaction.

Patients should be advised of the increased risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, and to report promptly any unexplained muscle pain, tenderness or weakness.

If symptoms occur, treatment should be discontinued immediately.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.2).] There have been rare reports of immune-mediated necrotizing myopathy (IMNM), an autoimmune myopathy, associated with statin use.

IMNM is characterized by: proximal muscle weakness and elevated serum creatine kinase, which persist despite discontinuation of statin treatment; muscle biopsy showing necrotizing myopathy without significant inflammation; improvement with immunosuppressive agents.

All patients starting therapy with simvastatin, or whose dose of simvastatin is being increased, should be advised of the risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, and told to report promptly any unexplained muscle pain, tenderness or weakness particularly if accompanied by malaise or fever or if muscle signs and symptoms persist after discontinuing simvastatin.

Simvastatin therapy should be discontinued immediately if myopathy is diagnosed or suspected.

In most cases, muscle symptoms and CK increases resolved when treatment was promptly discontinued.

Periodic CK determinations may be considered in patients starting therapy with simvastatin or whose dose is being increased, but there is no assurance that such monitoring will prevent myopathy.

Many of the patients who have developed rhabdomyolysis on therapy with simvastatin have had complicated medical histories, including renal insufficiency usually as a consequence of long-standing diabetes mellitus.

Such patients merit closer monitoring.

Simvastatin therapy should be discontinued if markedly elevated CPK levels occur or myopathy is diagnosed or suspected.

Simvastatin therapy should also be temporarily withheld in any patient experiencing an acute or serious condition predisposing to the development of renal failure secondary to rhabdomyolysis, e.g., sepsis; hypotension; major surgery; trauma; severe metabolic, endocrine, or electrolyte disorders; or uncontrolled epilepsy.

Drug Interactions The risk of myopathy and rhabdomyolysis is increased by high levels of statin activity in plasma.

Simvastatin is metabolized by the cytochrome P450 isoform 3A4.

Certain drugs which inhibit this metabolic pathway can raise the plasma levels of simvastatin and may increase the risk of myopathy.

These include itraconazole, ketoconazole, posaconazole, voriconazole, the macrolide antibiotics erythromycin and clarithromycin, and the ketolide antibiotic telithromycin, HIV protease inhibitors, boceprevir, telaprevir, the antidepressant nefazodone, cobicistat-containing products, or grapefruit juice [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Combination of these drugs with simvastatin is contraindicated.

If short-term treatment with strong CYP3A4 inhibitors is unavoidable, therapy with simvastatin must be suspended during the course of treatment.

[See Contraindications (4) and Drug Interactions (7.1).] The combined use of simvastatin with gemfibrozil, cyclosporine, or danazol is contraindicated [see Contraindications (4) and Drug Interactions (7.1 and 7.2)].

Caution should be used when prescribing other fibrates with simvastatin, as these agents can cause myopathy when given alone and the risk is increased when they are coadministered [see Drug Interactions (7.2)].

Cases of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, have been reported with simvastatin coadministered with colchicine, and caution should be exercised when prescribing simvastatin with colchicine [see Drug Interactions (7.7)].

The benefits of the combined use of simvastatin with the following drugs should be carefully weighed against the potential risks of combinations: other lipid-lowering drugs (other fibrates, ≥1 g/day of niacin, or, for patients with HoFH, lomitapide), amiodarone, dronedarone, verapamil, diltiazem, amlodipine, or ranolazine [see Drug Interactions (7.3) and Table 3 in Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] [also see Dosage and Administration, Patients with Homozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia (2.4)] .

Cases of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, have been observed with simvastatin coadministered with lipid-modifying doses (≥1 g/day niacin) of niacin-containing products.

In an ongoing, double-blind, randomized cardiovascular outcomes trial, an independent safety monitoring committee identified that the incidence of myopathy is higher in Chinese compared with non-Chinese patients taking simvastatin 40 mg coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of a niacin-containing product.

Caution should be used when treating Chinese patients with simvastatin in doses exceeding 20 mg/day coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products.

Because the risk for myopathy is dose-related, Chinese patients should not receive simvastatin 80 mg coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products.

It is unknown if the risk for myopathy with coadministration of simvastatin with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products observed in Chinese patients applies to other Asian patients [see Drug Interactions (7.4)].

Prescribing recommendations for interacting agents are summarized in Table 1 [see also Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4), Drug Interactions (7), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Table 1: Drug Interactions Associated with Increased Risk of Myopathy/Rhabdomyolysis *For patients with HoFH who have been taking 80 mg simvastatin chronically (e.g., for 12 months or more) without evidence of muscle toxicity, do not exceed 40 mg simvastatin when taking lomitapide.

Interacting Agents Prescribing Recommendations Strong CYP3A4 Inhibitors e.g.,: Itraconazole Ketoconazole Posaconazole Voriconazole Erythromycin Clarithromycin Telithromycin HIV protease inhibitors Boceprevir Telaprevir Nefazodone Cobicistat-containing products Gemfibrozil Cyclosporine Danazol Contraindicated with simvastatin Verapamil Diltiazem Dronedarone Do not exceed 10 mg simvastatin daily Amiodarone Amlodipine Ranolazine Do not exceed 20 mg simvastatin daily Lomitapide For patients with HoFH, do not exceed 20 mg simvastatin daily* Grapefruit juice Avoid grapefruit juice 5.2 Liver Dysfunction Persistent increases (to more than 3X the ULN) in serum transaminases have occurred in approximately 1% of patients who received simvastatin in clinical studies.

When drug treatment was interrupted or discontinued in these patients, the transaminase levels usually fell slowly to pretreatment levels.

The increases were not associated with jaundice or other clinical signs or symptoms.

There was no evidence of hypersensitivity.

In the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S) [see Clinical Studies (14.1)], the number of patients with more than one transaminase elevation to >3X ULN, over the course of the study, was not significantly different between the simvastatin and placebo groups (14 [0.7%] vs.

12 [0.6%]).

Elevated transaminases resulted in the discontinuation of 8 patients from therapy in the simvastatin group (n=2,221) and 5 in the placebo group (n=2,223).

Of the 1,986 simvastatin treated patients in 4S with normal liver function tests (LFTs) at baseline, 8 (0.4%) developed consecutive LFT elevations to >3X ULN and/or were discontinued due to transaminase elevations during the 5.4 years (median follow-up) of the study.

Among these 8 patients, 5 initially developed these abnormalities within the first year.

All of the patients in this study received a starting dose of 20 mg of simvastatin; 37% were titrated to 40 mg.

In 2 controlled clinical studies in 1,105 patients, the 12-month incidence of persistent hepatic transaminase elevation without regard to drug relationship was 0.9% and 2.1% at the 40 and 80 mg dose, respectively.

No patients developed persistent liver function abnormalities following the initial 6 months of treatment at a given dose.

It is recommended that liver function tests be performed before the initiation of treatment, and thereafter when clinically indicated.

There have been rare postmarketing reports of fatal and non-fatal hepatic failure in patients taking statins, including simvastatin.

If serious liver injury with clinical symptoms and/or hyperbilirubinemia or jaundice occurs during treatment with simvastatin, promptly interrupt therapy.

If an alternate etiology is not found do not restart simvastatin.

Note that ALT may emanate from muscle, therefore ALT rising with CK may indicate myopathy [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

The drug should be used with caution in patients who consume substantial quantities of alcohol and/or have a past history of liver disease.

Active liver diseases or unexplained transaminase elevations are contraindications to the use of simvastatin.

Moderate (less than 3X ULN) elevations of serum transaminases have been reported following therapy with simvastatin.

These changes appeared soon after initiation of therapy with simvastatin, were often transient, were not accompanied by any symptoms and did not require interruption of treatment.

5.3 Endocrine Function Increases in HbA1c and fasting serum glucose levels have been reported with HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, including simvastatin.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Patients should be advised to adhere to their National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP)-recommended diet, a regular exercise program, and periodic testing of a fasting lipid panel.

Patients should be advised about substances they should not take concomitantly with simvastatin [see Contraindications (4) and Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ].

Patients should also be advised to inform other healthcare professionals prescribing a new medication or increasing the dose of an existing medication that they are taking simvastatin.

17.1 Muscle Pain All patients starting therapy with simvastatin should be advised of the risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, and told to report promptly any unexplained muscle pain, tenderness or weakness particularly if accompanied by malaise or fever or if these muscle signs or symptoms persist after discontinuing simvastatin.

Patients using the 80 mg dose should be informed that the risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, is increased with use of the 80 mg dose.

The risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, occurring with use of simvastatin is increased when taking certain types of medication or consuming grapefruit juice.

Patients should discuss all medication, both prescription and over the counter, with their healthcare professional.

17.2 Liver Enzymes It is recommended that liver function tests be performed before the initiation of simvastatin, and thereafter when clinically indicated.

All patients treated with simvastatin should be advised to report promptly any symptoms that may indicate liver injury, including fatigue, anorexia, right upper abdominal discomfort, dark urine or jaundice.

17.3 Pregnancy Women of childbearing age should be advised to use an effective method of birth control to prevent pregnancy while using simvastatin.

Discuss future pregnancy plans with your patients, and discuss when to stop taking simvastatin if they are trying to conceive.

Patients should be advised that if they become pregnant they should stop taking simvastatin and call their healthcare professional.

17.4 Breastfeeding Women who are breastfeeding should not use simvastatin.

Patients who have a lipid disorder and are breastfeeding should be advised to discuss the options with their healthcare professional.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Manufactured for: Northstar Rx LLC Memphis, TN 38141 Toll Free: 1-800-206-7821 Manufactured by: Aurobindo Pharma Limited Unit-VII (SEZ) Mahaboob Nagar (Dt)-509302 India M.L.No.: 22/MN/AP/2009/F/R Revised: 04/2015

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Dose range is 5 to 40 mg/day.

(2.1) Recommended usual starting dose is 10 or 20 mg once a day in the evening.

(2.1) Recommended starting dose for patients at high risk of CHD is 40 mg/day.

(2.1) Due to the increased risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, use of the 80 mg dose of simvastatin tablets should be restricted to patients who have been taking simvastatin 80 mg chronically (e.g., for 12 months or more) without evidence of muscle toxicity.

(2.2) Patients who are currently tolerating the 80 mg dose of simvastatin tablets who need to be initiated on an interacting drug that is contraindicated or is associated with a dose cap for simvastatin should be switched to an alternative statin with less potential for the drug-drug interaction.

(2.2) Due to the increased risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, associated with the 80 mg dose of simvastatin tablets, patients unable to achieve their LDL-C goal utilizing the 40 mg dose of simvastatin tablets should not be titrated to the 80 mg dose, but should be placed on alternative LDL-C-lowering treatment(s) that provides greater LDL-C lowering.

(2.2) Adolescents (10 to 17 years of age) with HeFH: Starting dose is 10 mg/day; maximum recommended dose is 40 mg/day.

(2.5) 2.1 Recommended Dosing The usual dosage range is 5 to 40 mg/day.

In patients with CHD or at high risk of CHD, simvastatin tablets can be started simultaneously with diet.

The recommended usual starting dose is 10 or 20 mg once a day in the evening.

For patients at high risk for a CHD event due to existing CHD, diabetes, peripheral vessel disease, history of stroke or other cerebrovascular disease, the recommended starting dose is 40 mg/day.

Lipid determinations should be performed after 4 weeks of therapy and periodically thereafter.

2.2 Restricted Dosing for 80 mg Due to the increased risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, particularly during the first year of treatment, use of the 80 mg dose of simvastatin tablets should be restricted to patients who have been taking simvastatin 80 mg chronically (e.g., for 12 months or more) without evidence of muscle toxicity [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Patients who are currently tolerating the 80 mg dose of simvastatin tablets who need to be initiated on an interacting drug that is contraindicated or is associated with a dose cap for simvastatin should be switched to an alternative statin with less potential for the drug-drug interaction.

Due to the increased risk of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, associated with the 80 mg dose of simvastatin tablets, patients unable to achieve their LDL-C goal utilizing the 40 mg dose of simvastatin tablets should not be titrated to the 80 mg dose, but should be placed on alternative LDL-C-lowering treatment(s) that provides greater LDL-C lowering.

2.3 Coadministration with Other Drugs Patients taking Verapamil, Diltiazem, or Dronedarone The dose of simvastatin tablets should not exceed 10 mg/day [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1), Drug Interactions (7.3), and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Patients taking Amiodarone, Amlodipine or Ranolazine The dose of simvastatin tablets should not exceed 20 mg/day [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1), Drug Interactions (7.3), and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

2.4 Patients with Homozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia The recommended dosage is 40 mg/day in the evening [see Dosage and Administration, Restricted Dosing for 80 mg (2.2)].

Simvastatin tablets should be used as an adjunct to other lipid-lowering treatments (e.g., LDL apheresis) in these patients or if such treatments are unavailable.

Simvastatin exposure is approximately doubled with concomitant use of lomitapide; therefore, the dose of simvastatin tablets should be reduced by 50% if initiating lomitapide.

Simvastatin tablets dosage should not exceed 20 mg/day (or 40 mg/day for patients who have previously taken simvastatin tablets 80 mg/day chronically, e.g., for 12 months or more, without evidence of muscle toxicity) while taking lomitapide.

2.5 Adolescents (10 to 17 years of age) with Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia The recommended usual starting dose is 10 mg once a day in the evening.

The recommended dosing range is 10 to 40 mg/day; the maximum recommended dose is 40 mg/day.

Doses should be individualized according to the recommended goal of therapy [see NCEP Pediatric Panel Guidelines1 and Clinical Studies (14.2) ].

Adjustments should be made at intervals of 4 weeks or more.

———————————— 1National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP): Highlights of the Report of the Expert Panel on Blood Cholesterol Levels in Children and Adolescents.

Pediatrics.

89(3):495-501.

1992.

2.6 Patients with Renal Impairment Because simvastatin tablets do not undergo significant renal excretion, modification of dosage should not be necessary in patients with mild to moderate renal impairment.

However, caution should be exercised when simvastatin tablets are administered to patients with severe renal impairment; such patients should be started at 5 mg/day and be closely monitored [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

2.7 Chinese Patients Taking Lipid-Modifying Doses (greater than or equal to 1 g/day Niacin) of Niacin-Containing Products Because of an increased risk for myopathy in Chinese patients taking simvastatin 40 mg coadministered with lipid-modifying doses (greater than or equal to 1 g/day niacin) of niacin-containing products, caution should be used when treating Chinese patients with simvastatin doses exceeding 20 mg/day coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products.

Because the risk for myopathy is dose-related, Chinese patients should not receive simvastatin 80 mg coadministered with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products.

The cause of the increased risk of myopathy is not known.

It is also unknown if the risk for myopathy with coadministration of simvastatin with lipid-modifying doses of niacin-containing products observed in Chinese patients applies to other Asian patients.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.1).]

diphenoxylate HCl 2.5 MG / atropine sulfate 0.025 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE AND ATROPINE SULFATE
Brand Name: Diphenoxylate Hydrochloride and Atropine Sulfate
  • Substance Name(s):
  • ATROPINE SULFATE
  • DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE

WARNINGS

DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE IS NOT AN INNOCUOUS DRUG AND DOSAGE RECOMMENDATIONS SHOULD BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN.

DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR CHILDREN UNDER 2 YEARS OF AGE.

OVERDOSAGE MAY RESULT IN SEVERE RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION AND COMA, POSSIBLY LEADING TO PERMANENT BRAIN DAMAGE OR DEATH (SEE OVERDOSAGE ).

THEREFORE, KEEP THIS MEDICATION OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN.

THE USE OF DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE SHOULD BE ACCOMPANIED BY APPROPRIATE FLUID AND ELECTROLYTE THERAPY, WHEN INDICATED.

IF SEVERE DEHYDRATION OR ELECTROLYTE IMBALANCE IS PRESENT, DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE SHOULD BE WITHHELD UNTIL APPROPRIATE CORRECTIVE THERAPY HAS BEEN INITIATED.

DRUG-INDUCED INHIBITION OF PERISTALSIS MAY RESULT IN FLUID RETENTION IN THE INTESTINE, WHICH MAY FURTHER AGGRAVATE DEHYDRATION AND ELECTROLYTE IMBALANCE.

DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE SHOULD BE USED WITH SPECIAL CAUTION IN YOUNG CHILDREN BECAUSE THIS AGE GROUP MAY BE PREDISPOSED TO DELAYED DIPHENOXYLATE TOXICITY AND BECAUSE OF THE GREATER VARIABILITY OF RESPONSE IN THIS AGE GROUP.

Antiperistaltic agents may prolong and/or worsen diarrhea associated with organisms that penetrate the intestinal mucosa (toxigenic E.

coli, Salmonella, Shigella), and pseudomembranous enterocolitis associated with broad-spectrum antibiotics.

Antiperistaltic agents should not be used in these conditions.

In some patients with acute ulcerative colitis, agents that inhibit intestinal motility or prolong intestinal transit time have been reported to induce toxic megacolon.

Consequently, patients with acute ulcerative colitis should be carefully observed and diphenoxylate hydrochloride therapy should be discontinued promptly if abdominal distention occurs or if other untoward symptoms develop.

Since the chemical structure of diphenoxylate hydrochloride is similar to that of meperidine hydrochloride, the concurrent use of diphenoxylate hydrochloride with monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors may, in theory, precipitate hypertensive crisis.

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride should be used with extreme caution in patients with advanced hepatorenal disease and in all patients with abnormal liver function since hepatic coma may be precipitated.

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride may potentiate the action of barbiturates, tranquilizers, and alcohol.

Therefore, the patient should be closely observed when any of these are used concomitantly.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug interactions Known drug interactions include barbiturates, tranquilizers, and alcohol.

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride may interact with MAO inhibitors (see Warnings ).

In studies with male rats, diphenoxylate hydrochloride was found to inhibit the hepatic microsomal enzyme system at a dose of 2 mg/kg/day.

Therefore, diphenoxylate has the potential to prolong the biological half-lives of drugs for which the rate of elimination is dependent on the microsomal drug metabolizing enzyme system.

OVERDOSAGE

RECOMMENDED DOSAGE SCHEDULES SHOULD BE STRICTLY FOLLOWED.

THIS MEDICATION SHOULD BE KEPT IN A CHILD-RESISTANT CONTAINER AND OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN, SINCE AN MAY RESULT IN SEVERE, EVEN FATAL, RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION.

Diagnosis Initial signs of overdosage may include dryness of the skin and mucous membranes, mydriasis, restlessness, flushing, hyperthermia, and tachycardia followed by lethargy or coma, hypotonic reflexes, nystagmus, pinpoint pupils, and respiratory depression.

Respiratory depression may be evidenced as late as 30 hours after ingestion and may recur despite an initial response to narcotic antagonists.

TREAT ALL POSSIBLE DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE S AS SERIOUS AND MAINTAIN MEDICAL OBSERVATION FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS, PREFERABLY UNDER CONTINUOUS HOSPITAL CARE.

Treatment In the event of overdose, induction of vomiting, gastric lavage, establishment of a patent airway, and possibly mechanically assisted respiration are advised.

In vitro and animal studies indicate that activated charcoal may significantly decrease the bioavailability of diphenoxylate.

In noncomatose patients, a slurry of 100 g of activated charcoal can be administered immediately after the induction of vomiting or gastric lavage.

A pure narcotic antagonist (e.g., naloxone) should be used in the treatment of respiratory depression caused by diphenoxylate hydrochloride.

When a narcotic antagonist is administered intravenously, the onset of action is generally apparent within two minutes.

It may also be administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly, providing a slightly less rapid onset of action but a more prolonged effect.

To counteract respiratory depression caused by diphenoxylate hydrochloride overdosage, the following dosage schedule for the narcotic antagonist naloxone hydrochloride should be followed: Adult dosage An initial dose of 0.4 mg to 2 mg of naloxone hydrochloride may be administered intravenously.

If the desired degree of counteraction and improvement in respiratory functions is not obtained, it may be repeated at 2- to 3-minute intervals.

If no response is observed after 10 mg of naloxone hydrochloride has been administered, the diagnosis of narcotic-induced or partial narcotic-induced toxicity should be questioned.

Intramuscular or subcutaneous administration may be necessary if the intravenous route is not available.

Children The usual initial dose in children is 0.01 mg/kg body weight given I.V.

If this dose does not result in the desired degree of clinical improvement, a subsequent dose of 0.1 mg/kg body weight may be administered.

If an I.V.

route of administration is not available, naloxone hydrochloride may be administered I.M.

or S.C.

in divided doses.

If necessary, naloxone hydrochloride can be diluted with sterile water for injection.

Following initial improvement of respiratory function, repeated doses of naloxone hydrochloride may be required to counteract recurrent respiratory depression.

Supplemental intramuscular doses of naloxone hydrochloride may be utilized to produce a longer-lasting effect.

Since the duration of action of diphenoxylate hydrochloride is longer than that of naloxone hydrochloride, improvement of respiration following administration may be followed by recurrent respiratory depression.

Consequently, continuous observation is necessary until the effect of diphenoxylate hydrochloride on respiration has passed.

This effect may persist for many hours.

The period of observation should extend over at least 48 hours, preferably under continuous hospital care.

Although signs of overdosage and respiratory depression may not be evident soon after ingestion of diphenoxylate hydrochloride, respiratory depression may occur from 12 to 30 hours later.

DESCRIPTION

Each diphenoxylate hydrochloride and atropine sulfate tablet contains: diphenoxylate hydrochloride 2.5 mg atropine sulfate 0.025 mg Diphenoxylate hydrochloride, an antidiarrheal, is ethyl 1-(3-cyano-3,3-diphenylpropyl)-4-phenylisonipecotate monohydrochloride and has the following structural formula: Atropine sulfate, an anticholinergic, is endo-(±)-α-(hydroxymethyl) benzeneacetic acid 8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1] oct-3-yl ester sulfate (2:1) (salt) monohydrate and has the following structural formula: A subtherapeutic amount of atropine sulfate is present to discourage deliberate overdosage.

Inactive ingredients of diphenoxylate hydrochloride tablets include acacia, corn starch, magnesium stearate, sorbitol, sucrose, and talc.

Chemical Structure Chemical Structure

HOW SUPPLIED

Product: 50436-3763 NDC: 50436-3763-5 10 TABLET in a BOTTLE

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride is effective as adjunctive therapy in the management of diarrhea.

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric use Diphenoxylate hydrochloride may be used as an adjunct to the treatment of diarrhea but should be accompanied by appropriate fluid and electrolyte therapy, if needed.

DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR CHILDREN UNDER 2 YEARS OF AGE.

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride should be used with special caution in young children because of the greater variability of response in this age group.

See Warnings and Dosage and Administration .

In case of accidental ingestion by children, see Overdosage for recommended treatment.

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy Pregnancy Category C Diphenoxylate hydrochloride has been shown to have an effect on fertility in rats when given in doses 50 times the human dose (see above discussion).

Other findings in this study include a decrease in maternal weight gain of 30% at 20 mg/kg/day and of 10% at 4 mg/kg/day.

At 10 times the human dose (4 mg/kg/day), average litter size was slightly reduced.

Teratology studies were conducted in rats, rabbits, and mice with diphenoxylate hydrochloride at oral doses of 0.4 to 20 mg/kg/day.

Due to experimental design and small numbers of litters, embryotoxic, fetotoxic, or teratogenic effects cannot be adequately assessed.

However, examination of the available fetuses did not reveal any indication of teratogenicity.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women.

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride should be used during pregnancy only if the anticipated benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing mothers Caution should be exercised when diphenoxylate hydrochloride is administered to a nursing woman, since the physicochemical characteristics of the major metabolite, diphenoxylic acid, are such that it may be excreted in breast milk and since it is known that atropine is excreted in breast milk.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for patients INFORM THE PATIENT (PARENT OR GUARDIAN) NOT TO EXCEED THE RECOMMENDED DOSAGE AND TO KEEP DIPHENOXYLATE HYDROCHLORIDE OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN AND IN A CHILD-RESISTANT CONTAINER.

INFORM THE PATIENT OF THE CONSEQUENCES OF OVERDOSAGE, INCLUDING SEVERE RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION AND COMA, POSSIBLY LEADING TO PERMANENT BRAIN DAMAGE OR DEATH.

Diphenoxylate hydrochloride may produce drowsiness or dizziness.

The patient should be cautioned regarding activities requiring mental alertness, such as driving or operating dangerous machinery.

Potentiation of the action of alcohol, barbiturates, and tranquilizers with concomitant use of diphenoxylate hydrochloride should be explained to the patient.

The physician should also provide the patient with other information in this labeling, as appropriate.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

DO NOT EXCEED RECOMMENDED DOSAGE.

Adults The recommended initial dosage is two diphenoxylate hydrochloride tablets four times daily .

Most patients will require this dosage until initial control has been achieved, after which the dosage may be reduced to meet individual requirements.

Control may often be maintained with as little as 5 mg (two tablets) daily.

Clinical improvement of acute diarrhea is usually observed within 48 hours.

If clinical improvement of chronic diarrhea after treatment with a maximum daily dose of 20 mg of diphenoxylate hydrochloride is not observed within 10 days, symptoms are unlikely to be controlled by further administration.

Children Diphenoxylate hydrochloride is not recommended in children under 2 years of age and should be used with special caution in young children (see Warnings and Precautions ).

The nutritional status and degree of dehydration must be considered.

Do not use diphenoxylate hydrochloride tablets for children under 13 years of age .

KEEP THIS AND ALL MEDICATIONS OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN.

Levothyroxine Sodium 0.05 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: LEVOTHYROXINE SODIUM
Brand Name: LEVOTHYROXINE SODIUM
  • Substance Name(s):
  • LEVOTHYROXINE SODIUM

WARNINGS

WARNING: Thyroid hormones, including Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP, either alone or with other therapeutic agents, should not be used for the treatment of obesity for weight loss.

In euthyroid patients, doses within the range of daily hormonal requirements are ineffective for weight reduction.

Larger doses may produce serious or even life threatening manifestations of toxicity, particularly when given in association with sympathomimetic amines such as those used for their anorectic effects.

Levothyroxine sodium should not be used in the treatment of male or female infertility unless this condition is associated with hypothyroidism.

In patients with nontoxic diffuse goiter or nodular thyroid disease, particularly the elderly or those with underlying cardiovascular disease, levothyroxine sodium therapy is contraindicated if the serum TSH level is already suppressed due to the risk of precipitating overt thyrotoxicosis (see CONTRAINDICATIONS ).

If the serum TSH level is not suppressed, Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP should be used with caution in conjunction with careful monitoring of thyroid function for evidence of hyperthyroidism and clinical monitoring for potential associated adverse cardiovascular signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Many drugs affect thyroid hormone pharmacokinetics and metabolism (e.g., absorption, synthesis, secretion, catabolism, protein binding, and target tissue response) and may alter the therapeutic response to Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP.

In addition, thyroid hormones and thyroid status have varied effects on the pharmacokinetics and action of other drugs.

A listing of drug-thyroidal axis interactions is contained in Table 2.

The list of drug-thyroidal axis interactions in Table 2 may not be comprehensive due to the introduction of new drugs that interact with the thyroidal axis or the discovery of previously unknown interactions.

The prescriber should be aware of this fact and should consult appropriate reference sources (e.g., package inserts of newly approved drugs, medical literature) for additional information if a drug-drug interaction with levothyroxine is suspected.

Table 2: Drug-Thyroidal Axis Interactions Drug or Drug Class Effect Drugs that may reduce TSH secretion – the reduction is not sustained; therefore, hypothyroidism does not occur Dopamine/Dopamine Agonists Glucocorticoids Octreotide Use of these agents may result in a transient reduction in TSH secretion when administered at the following doses: dopamine ( ≥ 1 mcg/kg/min); Glucocorticoids (hydrocortisone ≥ 100 mg/day or equivalent); Octreotide ( > 100 mcg/day).

Drugs that alter thyroid hormone secretion Drugs that may decrease thyroid hormone secretion, which may result in hypothyroidism Aminoglutethimide Amiodarone Iodide (including iodine-containing Radiographic contrast agents) Lithium Methimazole Propylthioracil (PTU) Sulfonamides Tolbutamide Long-term lithium therapy can result in goiter in up to 50% of patients, and either subclinical or overt hypothyroidism, each in up to 20% of patients.

The fetus, neonate, elderly and euthyroid patients with underlying thyroid disease (e.g., Hashimoto’s thyroiditis or with Grave’s disease previously treated with radioiodine or surgery) are among those individuals who are particularly susceptible to iodine-induced hypothyroidism.

Oral cholecystographic agents and amiodarone are slowly excreted, producing more prolonged hypothyroidism than parenterally administered iodinated contrast agents.

Long-term amino-glu-tethimide therapy may minimally decrease T4 and T3 levels and increase TSH, although all values remain within normal limits in most patients.

Drugs that may increase thyroid hormone secretion, which may result in hyperthyroidism Amiodarone Iodide (including iodine-containing Radiographic contrast agents) Iodide and drugs that contain pharmacologic amounts of iodide may cause hyperthyroidism in euthyroid patients with Grave’s disease previously treated with antithyroid drugs or in euthyroid patients with thyroid autonomy (e.g., multinodular goiter or hyper functioning thyroid adenoma).

Hyperthyroidism may develop over several weeks and may persist for several months after therapy discontinuation.

Amiodarone may induce hyperthyroidism by causing thyroiditis.

Drugs that may decrease T 4 absorption, which may result in hypothyroidism Antacids – Aluminum & Magnesium Hydroxides – Simethicone Bile Acid Sequestrants – Cholestyramine – Colestipol Calcium Carbonate Cation Exchange Resins – Kayexalate Ferrous Sulfate Orlistat Sucralfate Concurrent use may reduce the efficacy of levothyroxine by binding and delaying or preventing absorption, potentially resulting in hypothyroidism.

Calcium carbonate may form an insoluble chelate with levothyroxine, and ferrous sulfate likely forms a ferric-thyroxine complex.

Administer levothyroxine at least 4 hours apart from these agents.

Patients treated concomitantly with orlistat and levothyroxine should be monitored for changes in thyroid function.

Drugs that may alter T 4 and T 3 serum transport – but FT 4 concentration remains normal; and, therefore, the patient remains euthyroid Drugs that may increase serum TBG concentration Drugs that may decrease serum TBG concentration Clofibrate Estrogen-containing oral contraceptives Estrogens (oral) Heroin / Methadone 5-Fluorouracil Mitotane Tamoxifen Androgens / Anabolic Steroids Asparaginase Glucocorticoids Slow-Release Nicotinic Acid Drugs that may cause protein-binding site displacement Furosemide ( > 80 mg IV) Heparin Hydantoins Non Steroidal Anti-lnflammatory Drugs – Fenamates – Phenylbutazone Salicylates ( > 2 g/day) Administration of these agents with levothyroxine results in an initial transient increase in FT4.

Continued administration results in a decrease in serum T4 and normal FT4 and TSH concentrations and, therefore, patients are clinically euthyroid.

Salicylates inhibit binding of T4 and T3 to TBG and transthyretin.

An initial increase in serum FT4, is followed by return of FT4 to normal levels with sustained therapeutic serum salicylate concentrations, although total-T4 levels may decrease by as much as 30%.

Drugs that may alter T 4 and T 3 metabolism Drugs that may increase hepatic metabolism, which may result in hypothyroidism Carbamazepine Hydantoins Phenobarbital Rifampin Stimulation of hepatic microsomal drug-metabolizing enzyme activity may cause increased hepatic degradation of levothyroxine, resulting in increased Ievothyroxine requirements.

Phenytoin and carbamazepine reduce serum protein binding of levothyroxine, and total- and free-T4 may be reduced by 20% to 40%, but most patients have normal serum TSH levels and are clinically euthyroid.

Drugs that may decrease T 4 5′ – deiodinase activity Amiodarone Beta-adrenergic antagonists – (e.g., Propranolol > 160 mg/day) Glucocorticoids -(e.g., Dexamethasone ≥ 4 mg/day) Propylthiouracil (PTU) Administration of these enzyme inhibitors decrease the peripheral conversion of T4 to T3, leading to decreased T3 levels.

However, serum T4 levels are usually normal but may occasionally be slightly increased.

In patients treated with large doses of propranolol ( > 160 mg/day), T3 and T4 levels change slightly, TSH levels remain normal, and patients are clinically euthyroid.

It should be noted that actions of particular beta-adrenergic antagonists may be impaired when the hypothyroid patient is converted to the euthyroid state.

Short-term administration of large doses of glucocorticoids may decrease serum T3 concentrations by 30% with minimal change in serum T4 levels.

However, long-term glucocorticoid therapy may result in slightly decreased T3 and T4 levels due to decreased TBG production (see above).

Miscellaneous Anticoagulants (oral) – Coumarin Derivatives – Indandione Derivatives Thyroid hormones appear to increase the catabolism of vitamin K-dependent clotting factors, thereby increasing the anticoagulant activity of oral anticoagulants.

Concomitant use of these agents impairs the compensatory increases in clotting factor synthesis.

Prothrombin time should be carefully monitored in patients taking levothyroxine and oral anticoagulants and the dose of anticoagulant therapy adjusted accordingly.

Antidepressants – Tricyclics (e.g., Amitriptyline) – Tetracyclics (e.g., Maprotiline) – Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs; e.g., Sertraline) Concurrent use of tri/tetracyclic antidepressants and levothyroxine may increase the therapeutic and toxic effects of both drugs, possibly due to increased receptor sensitivity to catecholamines.Toxic effects may include increased risk of cardiac arrhythmias and CNS stimulation; onset of action of tricyclics may be accelerated.

Administration of sertraline in patients stabilized on levothyroxine may result in increased levothyroxine requirements.

Antidiabetic Agents – Biguanides – Meglitinides – Sulfonylureas – Thiazolidediones – Insulin Addition of levothyroxine to antidiabetic or insulin therapy may result in increased antidiabetic agent or insulin requirements.

Careful monitoring of diabetic control is recommended, especially when thyroid therapy is started, changed, or discontinued.

Cardiac Glycosides Serum digitalis glycoside levels may be reduced in hyperthyroidism or when the hypothyroid patient is converted to the euthyroid state.

Therapeutic effect of digitalis glycosides may be reduced.

Cytokines – Interferon-α – Interleukin-2 Therapy with interferon-α has been associated with the development of antithyroid microsomal antibodies in 20% of patients and some have transient hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, or both.

Patients who have antithyroid antibodies before treatment are at higher risk for thyroid dysfunction during treatment.

Interleukin-2 has been associated with transient painless thyroiditis in 20% of patients.

Interferon-β and -γ have not been reported to cause thyroid dysfunction.

Growth Hormones – Somatrem – Somatropin Excessive use of thyroid hormones with growth hormones may accelerate epiphyseal closure.

However, untreated hypothyroidism may interfere with growth response to growth hormone.

Ketamine Concurrent use may produce marked hypertension and tachycardia; cautious administration to patients receiving thyroid hormone therapy is recommended.

Methylxanthine Bronchodilators – (e.g., Theophylline) Decreased theophylline clearance may occur in hypothyroid patients; clearance returns to normal when the euthyroid state is achieved.

Radiographic Agents Thyroid hormones may reduce the uptake of 123I, 131I, and 99mTc.

Sympathomimetics Concurrent use may increase the effects of sympathomimetics or thyroid hormone.

Thyroid hormones may increase the risk of coronary insufficiency when sympathomimetic agents are administered to patients with coronary artery disease.

Chloral Hydrate Diazepam Ethionamide Lovastatin Metoclopramide 6-Mercaptopurine Nitroprusside Para-aminosalicylate sodium Perphenazine Resorcinol (excessive topical use) Thiazide Diuretics These agents have been associated with thyroid hormone and/or TSH level alterations by various mechanisms.

Oral anticoagulants – Levothyroxine increases the response to oral anticoagulant therapy.

Therefore, a decrease in the dose of anticoagulant may be warranted with correction of the hypothyroid state or when the Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP dose is increased.

Prothrombin time should be closely monitored to permit appropriate and timely dosage adjustments (see Table 2).

Digitalis glycosides – The therapeutic effects of digitalis glycosides may be reduced by levothyroxine.

Serum digitalis glycoside levels may be decreased when a hypothyroid patient becomes euthyroid, necessitating an increase in the dose of digitalis glycosides (see Table 2).

OVERDOSAGE

The signs and symptoms of overdosage are those of hyperthyroidism (see PRECAUTIONS and ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

In addition, confusion and disorientation may occur.

Cerebral embolism, shock, coma, and death have been reported.

Seizures have occurred in a child ingesting 18 mg of levothyroxine.

Symptoms may not necessarily be evident or may not appear until several days after ingestion of levothyroxine sodium.

Treatment of Overdosage Levothyroxine sodium should be reduced in dose or temporarily discontinued if signs or symptoms of overdosage occur.

Acute Massive Overdosage – This may be a life-threatening emergency, therefore, symptomatic and supportive therapy should be instituted immediately.

If not contraindicated (e.g., by seizures, coma, or loss of the gag reflex), the stomach should be emptied by emesis or gastric lavage to decrease gastrointestinal absorption.

Activated charcoal or cholestyramine may also be used to decrease absorption.

Central and peripheral increased sympathetic activity may be treated by administering β-receptor antagonists, e.g., propranolol, provided there are no medical contraindications to their use.

Provide respiratory support as needed; control congestive heart failure and arrhythmia; control fever, hypoglycemia, and fluid loss as necessary.

Large doses of antithyroid drugs (e.g., methimazole or propylthiouracil) followed in one to two hours by large doses of iodine may be given to inhibit synthesis and release of thyroid hormones.

Glucocorticoids may be given to inhibit the conversion of T4 to T3.

Plasmapheresis, charcoal hemoperfusion and exchange transfusion have been reserved for cases in which continued clinical deterioration occurs despite conventional therapy.

Because T4 is highly protein bound, very little drug will be removed by dialysis.

DESCRIPTION

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP contain synthetic crystalline L-3,3′,5,5′-tetraiodothyronine sodium salt [levothyroxine (T4) sodium].

Synthetic T4 is identical to that produced in the human thyroid gland.

Levothyroxine (T4) sodium has an empirical formula of C15H10I4N NaO4 • H2O, molecular weight of 798.86 g/mol (anhydrous), and structural formula as shown: Chemical Structure Inactive Ingredients Colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, corn starch, acacia and sodium starch glycolate.

The following are the coloring additives per tablet strength: Strength (mcg) Color Additive(s) 25 FD&C Yellow No.

6 Aluminum Lake 50 None 75 FD&C Red No.

40 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Blue No.

2 Aluminum Lake 88 D&C Yellow No.

10 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Yellow No.

6 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Blue No.

1 Aluminum Lake 100 D&C Yellow No.

10 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Yellow No.

6 Aluminum Lake 112 D&C Red No.

27 Aluminum Lake 125 FD&C Yellow No.

6 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Red No.

40 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Blue No.

1 Aluminum Lake 137 FD&C Blue No.

1 Aluminum Lake 150 FD&C Blue No.

2 Aluminum Lake 175 FD&C Blue No.

1 Aluminum Lake, D&C Red No.

27 Aluminum Lake 200 FD&C Red No.

40 Aluminum Lake 300 D&C Yellow No.

10 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Yellow No.

6 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Blue No.

1 Aluminum Lake

HOW SUPPLIED

Levothyroxine Sodium 50 mcg Tablets, USP are round, white, partial bisected tablets debossed with JSP and ID Number: Bottles of 30 – NDC # 16590-403-30 Bottles of 100 – NDC # 16590-403-71 Bottles of 180 – NDC # 16590-403-82 Levothyroxine Sodium 100 mcg Tablets, USP are round, yellow, partial bisected tablets debossed with JSP and ID Number: Bottles of 30 – NDC # 16590-302-30 Bottles of 60 – NDC # 16590-302-60 Bottles of 90 – NDC # 16590-302-90 Bottles of 100 – NDC # 16590-302-71 Levothyroxine Sodium 112 mcg Tablets, USP are round, rose colored, partial bisected tablets debossed with JSP and ID Number: Bottles of 30 – NDC # 16590-977-30 STORAGE CONDITIONS: 20°C to 25°C (68°F to 77°F) with excursions between 15°C to 30°C (59°F to 86°F) Rx only Manufactured for: Lannett Company, Inc.

Philadelphia, PA 19136 Manufactured by: Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Bohemia, NY 11716 Rev.

10/07 Relabeling and Repackaging by: STAT Rx USA LLC Gainesville, GA 30501

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Because of the increased prevalence of cardiovascular disease among the elderly, levothyroxine therapy should not be initiated at the full replacement dose (see WARNINGS, PRECAUTIONS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Levothyroxine sodium is used for the following indications: Hypothyroidism – As replacement or supplemental therapy in congenital or acquired hypothyroidism of any etiology, except transient hypothyroidism during the recovery phase of subacute thyroiditis.

Specific indications include: primary (thyroidal), secondary (pituitary), and tertiary (hypothalamic) hypothyroidism and subclinical hypothyroidism.

Primary hypothyroidism may result from functional deficiency, primary atrophy, partial or total congenital absence of the thyroid gland, or from the effects of surgery, radiation, or drugs, with or without the presence of goiter.

Pituitary TSH Suppression – In the treatment or prevention of various types of euthyroid goiters (see WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS ), including thyroid nodules (see WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS ), subacute or chronic Iymphocytic thyroiditis (Hashimoto’s thyroiditis), multinodular goiter (see WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS ), and, as an adjunct to surgery and radioiodine therapy in the management of thyrotropin-dependent well-differentiated thyroid cancer.

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use General The goal of treatment in pediatric patients with hypothyroidism is to achieve and maintain normal intellectual and physical growth and development.

The initial dose of levothyroxine varies with age and body weight (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION , Table 3).

Dosing adjustments are based on an assessment of the individual patient’s clinical and laboratory parameters (see PRECAUTIONS, Laboratory Tests ).

In children in whom a diagnosis of permanent hypothyroidism has not been established, it is recommended that levothyroxine administration be discontinued for a 30-day trial period, but only after the child is at least 3 years of age.

Serum T4 and TSH levels should then be obtained.

If the T4 is low and the TSH high, the diagnosis of permanent hypothyroidism is established, and levothyroxine therapy should be reinstituted.

If the T4 and TSH levels are normal, euthyroidism may be assumed and, therefore, the hypothyroidism can be considered to have been transient.

In this instance, however, the physician should carefully monitor the child and repeat the thyroid function tests if any signs or symptoms of hypothyroidism develop.

In this setting, the clinician should have a high index of suspicion of relapse.

If the results of the levothyroxine withdrawal test are inconclusive, careful follow-up and subsequent testing will be necessary.

Since some more severely affected children may become clinically hypothyroid when treatment is discontinued for 30 days, an alternate approach is to reduce the replacement dose of levothyroxine by half during the 30-day trial period.

If, after 30 days, the serum TSH is elevated above 20 mU/L, the diagnosis of permanent hypothyroidism is confirmed, and full replacement therapy should be resumed.

However, if the serum TSH has not risen to greater than 20 mU/L, levothyroxine treatment should be discontinued for another 30-day trial period followed by repeat serum T4 and TSH.

The presence of concomitant medical conditions should be considered in certain clinical circumstances and, if present, appropriately treated (see PRECAUTIONS ).

Congenital Hypothyroidism (see PRECAUTIONS, Laboratory Tests and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ) Rapid restoration of normal serum T4 concentrations is essential for preventing the adverse effects of congenital hypothyroidism on intellectual development as well as on overall physical growth and maturation.

Therefore, Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP therapy should be initiated immediately upon diagnosis and is generally continued for life.

During the first 2 weeks of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP therapy, infants should be closely monitored for cardiac overload, arrhythmias, and aspiration from avid suckling.

The patient should be monitored closely to avoid undertreatment or overtreatment.

Undertreatment may have deleterious effects on intellectual development and linear growth.

Overtreatment has been associated with craniosynostosis in infants, and may adversely affect the tempo of brain maturation and accelerate the bone age with resultant premature closure of the epiphyses and compromised adult stature.

Acquired Hypothyroidism in Pediatric Patients The patient should be monitored closely to avoid undertreatment and overtreatment.

Undertreatment may result in poor school performance due to impaired concentration and slowed mentation and in reduced adult height.

Overtreatment may accelerate the bone age and result in premature epiphyseal closure and compromised adult stature.

Treated children may manifest a period of catch-up growth, which may be adequate in some cases to normalize adult height.

In children with severe or prolonged hypothyroidism, catch-up growth may not be adequate to normalize adult height.

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy – Category A Studies in women taking levothyroxine sodium during pregnancy have not shown an increased risk of congenital abnormalities.

Therefore, the possibility of fetal harm appears remote.

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP should not be discontinued during pregnancy and hypothyroidism diagnosed during pregnancy should be promptly treated.

Hypothyroidism during pregnancy is associated with a higher rate of complications, including spontaneous abortion, pre-eclampsia, stillbirth and premature delivery.

Maternal hypothyroidism may have an adverse effect on fetal and childhood growth and development.

During pregnancy, serum T4 levels may decrease and serum TSH levels increase to values outside the normal range.

Since elevations in serum TSH may occur as early as 4 weeks gestation, pregnant women taking Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP should have their TSH measured during each trimester.

An elevated serum TSH level should be corrected by an increase in the dose of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP.

Since postpartum TSH levels are similar to preconception values, the Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP dosage should return to the pre-pregnancy dose immediately after delivery.

A serum TSH level should be obtained 6-8 weeks postpartum.

Thyroid hormones cross the placental barrier to some extent as evidenced by levels in cord blood of athyroceotic fetuses being approximately one third maternal levels.

Transfer of thyroid hormone from the mother to the fetus, however, may not be adequate to prevent in utero, hypothyroidism.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers Although thyroid hormones are excreted only minimally in human milk, caution should be exercised when Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP is administered to a nursing woman.

However, adequate replacement doses of levothyroxine are generally needed to maintain normal lactation.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: Thyroid hormones, including Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP, either alone or with other therapeutic agents, should not be used for the treatment of obesity for weight loss.

In euthyroid patients, doses within the range of daily hormonal requirements are ineffective for weight reduction.

Larger doses may produce serious or even life threatening manifestations of toxicity, particularly when given in association with sympathomimetic amines such as those used for their anorectic effects.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients Patients should be informed of the following information to aid in the safe and effective use of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP: Notify your physician if you are allergic to any foods or medicines, are pregnant or intend to become pregnant, are breast-feeding or are taking any other medications, including prescription and over-the-counter preparations.

Notify your physician of any other medical conditions you may have, particularly heart disease, diabetes, clotting disorders, and adrenal or pituitary gland problems.

Your dose of medications used to control these other conditions may need to be adjusted while you are taking Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP.

If you have diabetes, monitor your blood and/or urinary glucose levels as directed by your physician and immediately report any changes to your physician.

If you are taking anticoagulants (blood thinners), your clotting status should be checked frequently.

Use Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP only as prescribed by your physician.

Do not discontinue or change the amount you take or how often you take it, unless directed to do so by your physician.

The levothyroxine in Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP is intended to replace a hormone that is normally produced by your thyroid gland.

Generally, replacement therapy is to be taken for life, except in cases of transient hypothyroidism, which is usually associated with an inflammation of the thyroid gland (thyroiditis).

Take Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP in the morning on an empty stomach, at least one-half hour to one hour before eating any food.

It may take several weeks before you notice an improvement in your symptoms.

Notify your physician if you experience any of the following symptoms: rapid or irregular heartbeat, chest pain, shortness of breath, leg cramps, headache, nervousness, irritability, sleeplessness, tremors, change in appetite, weight gain or loss, vomiting, diarrhea, excessive sweating, heat intolerance, fever, changes in menstrual periods, hives or skin rash, or any other unusual medical event.

Notify your physician if you become pregnant while taking Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP.

It is likely that your dose of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP will need to be increased while you are pregnant.

Notify your physician or dentist that you are taking Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP prior to any surgery.

Partial hair loss may occur rarely during the first few months of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP therapy, but this is usually temporary.

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP should not be used as a primary or adjunctive therapy in a weight control program.

Keep Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP out of the reach of children.

Store Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP away from heat, moisture, and light.

Agents such as iron and calcium supplements and antacids can decrease the absorption of levothyroxine sodium tablets.

Therefore, levothyroxine sodium tablets should not be administered within 4 hrs of these agents.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

General Principles: The goal of replacement therapy is to achieve and maintain a clinical and biochemical euthyroid state.

The goal of suppressive therapy is to inhibit growth and/or function of abnormal thyroid tissue.

The dose of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP that is adequate to achieve these goals depends on a variety of factors including the patient’s age, body weight, cardiovascular status, concomitant medical conditions, including pregnancy, concomitant medications, and the specific nature of the condition being treated (see WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS ).

Hence, the following recommendations serve only as dosing guidelines.

Dosing must be individualized and adjustments made based on periodic assessment of the patient’s clinical response and laboratory parameters (see PRECAUTIONS, Laboratory Tests ).

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP should be taken in the morning on an empty stomach, at least one-half hour to one hour before any food is eaten.

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP should be taken at least 4 hours apart from drugs that are known to interfere with its absorption (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions ).

Due to the long half-life of levothyroxine, the peak therapeutic effect at a given dose of levothyroxine sodium may not be attained for 4-6 weeks.

Caution should be exercised when administering Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP to patients with underlying cardiovascular disease, to the elderly, and to those with concomitant adrenal insufficiency (see PRECAUTIONS ).

Specific Patient Populations: Hypothyroidism in Adults and in Children in Whom Growth and Puberty are Complete (see WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS, Laboratory Tests ).

Therapy may begin at full replacement doses in otherwise healthy individuals less than 50 years old and in those older than 50 years who have been recently treated for hyperthyroidism or who have been hypothyroid for only a short time (such as a few months).

The average full replacement dose of levothyroxine sodium is approximately 1.7 mcg/kg/day (e.g., 100-125 mcg/day for a 70 kg adult).

Older patients may require less than 1 mcg/kg/day.

Levothyroxine sodium doses greater than 200 mcg/day are seldom required.

An inadequate response to daily doses ≥ 300 mcg/day is rare and may indicate poor compliance, malabsorption, and/or drug interactions.

For most patients older than 50 years or for patients under 50 years of age with underlying cardiac disease, an initial starting dose of 25-50 mcg/day of levothyroxine sodium is recommended, with gradual increments in dose at 6-8 week intervals, as needed.

The recommended starting dose of levothyroxine sodium in elderly patients with cardiac disease is 12.5-25 mcg/day, with gradual dose increments at 4-6 week intervals.

The levothyroxine sodium dose is generally adjusted in 12.5-25 mcg increments until the patient with primary hypothyroidism is clinically euthyroid and the serum TSH has normalized.

In patients with severe hypothyroidism, the recommended initial levothyroxine sodium dose is 12.5-25 mcg/day with increases of 25 mcg/day every 2-4 weeks, accompanied by clinical and laboratory assessment, until the TSH level is normalized.

In patients with secondary (pituitary) or tertiary (hypothalamic) hypothyroidism, the levothyroxine sodium dose should be titrated until the patient is clinically euthyroid and the serum free-T4 level is restored to the upper half of the normal range.

Pediatric Dosage – Congenital or Acquired Hypothyroidism (see PRECAUTIONS, Laboratory Tests ) General Principles In general, levothyroxine therapy should be instituted at full replacement doses as soon as possible.

Delays in diagnosis and institution of therapy may have deleterious effects on the child’s intellectual and physical growth and development.

Undertreatment and overtreatment should be avoided (see PRECAUTIONS, Pediatric Use ).

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP may be administered to infants and children who cannot swallow intact tablets by crushing the tablet and suspending the freshly crushed tablet in a small amount (5-10 mL or 1-2 teaspoons) of water.

This suspension can be administered by spoon or dropper.

DO NOT STORE THE SUSPENSION.

Foods that decrease absorption of levothyroxine, such as soybean infant formula, should not be used for administering levothyroxine sodium tablets.

(see PRECAUTIONS, Drug-Food Interactions ).

Newborns The recommended starting dose of levothyroxine sodium in newborn infants is 10-15 mcg/kg/day.

A lower starting dose (e.g., 25 mcg/day) should be considered in infants at risk for cardiac failure, and the dose should be increased in 4-6 weeks as needed based on clinical and laboratory response to treatment.

In infants with very low (< 5 mcg/dL) or undetectable serum T4 concentrations, the recommended initial starting dose is 50 mcg/day of levothyroxine sodium.

Infants and Children Levothyroxine therapy is usually initiated at full replacement doses, with the recommended dose per body weight decreasing with age (see TABLE 3).

However, in children with chronic or severe hypothyroidism, an initial dose of 25 mcg/day of levothyroxine sodium is recommended with increments of 25 mcg every 2-4 weeks until the desired effect is achieved.

Hyperactivity in an older child can be minimized if the starting dose is one-fourth of the recommended full replacement dose, and the dose is then increased on a weekly basis by an amount equal to one-fourth the full-recommended replacement dose until the full recommended replacement dose is reached.

Table 3: Levothyroxine Sodium Dosing Guidelines for Pediatric Hypothyroidism a.

The dose should be adjusted based on clinical response and laboratory parameters (see PRECAUTlONS, Laboratory Tests and Pediatric Use ).

AGE Daily Dose Per Kg Body Weight a 0-3 months 10-15 mcg/kg/day 3-6 months 8-10 mcg/kg/day 6-12 months 6-8 mcg/kg/day 1-5 years 5-6 mcg/kg/day 6-12 years 4-5 mcg/kg/day >12 years but growth and puberty incomplete 2-3 mcg/kg/day Growth and puberty complete 1.7 mcg/kg/day Pregnancy- Pregnancy may increase levothyroxine requirements (see PREGNANCY ).

Subclinical Hypothyroidism- If this condition is treated, a lower levothyroxine sodium dose (e.g., 1 mcg/kg/day) than that used for full replacement may be adequate to normalize the serum TSH level.

Patients who are not treated should be monitored yearly for changes in clinical status and thyroid laboratory parameters.

TSH Suppression in Well-differentiated Thyroid Cancer and Thyroid Nodules- The target level for TSH suppression in these conditions has not been established with controlled studies.

In addition, the efficacy of TSH suppression for benign nodular disease is controversial.

Therefore, the dose of Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, USP used for TSH suppression should be individualized based on the specific disease and the patient being treated.

In the treatment of well differentiated (papillary and follicular) thyroid cancer, levothyroxine is used as an adjunct to surgery and radioiodine therapy.

Generally, TSH is suppressed to <0.1 mU/L, and this usually requires a levothyroxine sodium dose of greater than 2 mcg/kg/day.

However, in patients with high-risk tumors, the target level for TSH suppression may be <0.01 mU/L.

In the treatment of benign nodules and nontoxic multinodular goiter, TSH is generally suppressed to a higher target (e.g., 0.1-0.5 mU/L for nodules and 0.5-1.0 mU/L for multinodular goiter) than that used for the treatment of thyroid cancer.

Levothyroxine sodium is contraindicated if the serum TSH is already suppressed due to the risk of precipitating overt thyrotoxicosis (see CONTRAINDICATIONS, WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS ).

Myxedema Coma – Myxedema coma is a life-threatening emergency characterized by poor circulation and hypometabolism, and may result in unpredictable absorption of levothyroxine sodium from the gastrointestinal tract.

Therefore, oral thyroid hormone drug products are not recommended to treat this condition.

Thyroid hormone products formulated for intravenous administration should be administered.

Pravastatin Sodium 40 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: PRAVASTATIN SODIUM
Brand Name: pravastatin sodium
  • Substance Name(s):
  • PRAVASTATIN SODIUM

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7.

For the concurrent therapy of either cyclosporine, fibrates, niacin (nicotinic acid), or erythromycin, the risk of myopathy increases [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3) ].

Concomitant lipid-lowering therapies: use with fibrates or lipid-modifying doses (≥1 g/day) of niacin increases the risk of adverse skeletal muscle effects.

Caution should be used when prescribing with pravastatin sodium.

( 7) Cyclosporine: combination increases exposure.

Limit pravastatin to 20 mg once daily.

( 2.5, 7.1) Clarithromycin: combination increases exposure.

Limit pravastatin to 40 mg once daily.

( 2.6, 7.2) 7.1 Cyclosporine The risk of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis is increased with concomitant administration of cyclosporine.

Limit pravastatin to 20 mg once daily for concomitant use with cyclosporine [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.5) , Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) , and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3) ].

7.2 Clarithromycin The risk of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis is increased with concomitant administration of clarithromycin.

Limit pravastatin to 40 mg once daily for concomitant use with clarithromycin [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.6) , Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) , and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3) ].

7.3 Colchicine The risk of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis is increased with concomitant administration of colchicine [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) ].

7.4 Gemfibrozil Due to an increased risk of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis when HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors are coadministered with gemfibrozil, concomitant administration of pravastatin sodium with gemfibrozil should be avoided [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) ].

7.5 Other Fibrates Because it is known that the risk of myopathy during treatment with HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors is increased with concurrent administration of other fibrates, pravastatin sodium should be administered with caution when used concomitantly with other fibrates [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) ].

7.6 Niacin The risk of skeletal muscle effects may be enhanced when pravastatin is used in combination with niacin; a reduction in pravastatin sodium dosage should be considered in this setting [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) ].

OVERDOSAGE

10.

To date, there has been limited experience with overdosage of pravastatin.

If an overdose occurs, it should be treated symptomatically with laboratory monitoring and supportive measures should be instituted as required.

DESCRIPTION

11.

Pravastatin sodium is one of a class of lipid-lowering compounds, the statins, which reduce cholesterol biosynthesis.

These agents are competitive inhibitors of HMG-CoA reductase, the enzyme catalyzing the early rate-limiting step in cholesterol biosynthesis, conversion of HMG-CoA to mevalonate.

Pravastatin sodium is designated chemically as 1-Naphthalene-heptanoic acid, 1,2,6,7,8,8a-hexahydro-β,δ,6-trihydroxy-2-methyl-8-(2-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)-, monosodium salt, [1S-[1α(βS*,δS*),2α,6α,8β(R*),8aα]]-.

Structural formula: Pravastatin sodium, USP is white to yellowish white powder or crystalline powder, hygroscopic in nature.

It is a relatively polar hydrophilic compound with a partition coefficient (octanol/water) of 0.59 at a pH of 7.

It is freely soluble in water and in methanol.

Soluble in ethanol.

Each pravastatin sodium tablet, USP intended for oral administration contains 10 mg or 20 mg or 40 mg or 80 mg of pravastatin sodium.

In addition, each tablet contains the following inactive ingredients: croscarmellose sodium, lactose anhydrous, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyoxyl 35 castor oil and sodium carbonate anhydrous.

Pravastatin Sodium Tablets, USP

CLINICAL STUDIES

14.

14.1 Prevention of Coronary Heart Disease In the Pravastatin Primary Prevention Study (WOS), 3 the effect of pravastatin sodium on fatal and nonfatal CHD was assessed in 6595 men 45 to 64 years of age, without a previous MI, and with LDL-C levels between 156 to 254 mg/dL (4 to 6.7 mmol/L).

In this randomized, doubleblind, placebo-controlled study, patients were treated with standard care, including dietary advice, and either pravastatin sodium 40 mg daily (N=3302) or placebo (N=3293) and followed for a median duration of 4.8 years.

Median (25 th, 75 th percentile) percent changes from baseline after 6 months of pravastatin treatment in Total-C, LDL-C, TG, and HDL-C were −20.3 (−26.9, −11.7), −27.7 (−36, −16.9), −9.1 (−27.6, 12.5), and 6.7 (−2.1, 15.6), respectively.

Pravastatin sodium significantly reduced the rate of first coronary events (either CHD death or nonfatal MI) by 31% (248 events in the placebo group [CHD death=44, nonfatal MI=204] versus 174 events in the pravastatin sodium group [CHD death=31, nonfatal MI=143], p=0.0001 [see figure below]).

The risk reduction with pravastatin sodium was similar and significant throughout the entire range of baseline LDL cholesterol levels.

This reduction was also similar and significant across the age range studied with a 40% risk reduction for patients younger than 55 years and a 27% risk reduction for patients 55 years and older.

The Pravastatin Primary Prevention Study included only men, and therefore it is not clear to what extent these data can be extrapolated to a similar population of female patients.

Pravastatin sodium also significantly decreased the risk for undergoing myocardial revascularization procedures (coronary artery bypass graft [CABG] surgery or percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty [PTCA]) by 37% (80 vs 51 patients, p=0.009) and coronary angiography by 31% (128 vs 90, p=0.007).

Cardiovascular deaths were decreased by 32% (73 vs 50, p=0.03) and there was no increase in death from non-cardiovascular causes.

Pravastatin Sodium Tablets, USP 14.2 Secondary Prevention of Cardiovascular Events In the LIPID4 study, the effect of pravastatin, 40 mg daily, was assessed in 9014 patients (7498 men; 1516 women; 3514 elderly patients [age ≥65 years]; 782 diabetic patients) who had experienced either an MI `(5754 patients) or had been hospitalized for unstable angina pectoris (3260 patients) in the preceding 3 to 36 months.

Patients in this multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled study participated for an average of 5.6 years (median of 5.9 years) and at randomization had Total-C between 114 and 563 mg/dL (mean 219 mg/dL), LDL-C between 46 and 274 mg/dL (mean 150 mg/dL), TG between 35 and 2710 mg/dL (mean 160 mg/dL), and HDL-C between 1 and 103 mg/dL (mean 37 mg/dL).

At baseline, 82% of patients were receiving aspirin and 76% were receiving antihypertensive medication.

Treatment with pravastatin significantly reduced the risk for total mortality by reducing coronary death (see Table 5).

The risk reduction due to treatment with pravastatin on CHD mortality was consistent regardless of age.

Pravastatin significantly reduced the risk for total mortality (by reducing CHD death) and CHD events (CHD mortality or nonfatal MI) in patients who qualified with a history of either MI or hospitalization for unstable angina pectoris.

Table 5 LIPID – Primary and Secondary Endpoints Number (%) of Subjects Event Pravastatin 40 mg (N=4512) Placebo (N=4502) Risk Reduction p-value Primary Endpoint CHD mortality 287 (6.4) 373 (8.3) 24% 0.0004 Secondary Endpoints Total mortality 498 (11.0) 633 (14.1) 23% <0.0001 CHD mortality or nonfatal MI 557 (12.3) 715 (15.9) 24% <0.0001 Myocardial revascularization procedures (CABG or PTCA) 584 (12.9) 706 (15.7) 20% <0.0001 Stroke All-cause 169 (3.7) 204 (4.5) 19% 0.0477 Non-hemorrhagic 154 (3.4) 196 (4.4) 23% 0.0154 Cardiovascular mortality 331 (7.3) 433 (9.6) 25% <0.0001 In the CARE5 study, the effect of pravastatin, 40 mg daily, on CHD death and nonfatal MI was assessed in 4159 patients (3583 men and 576 women) who had experienced a MI in the preceding 3 to 20 months and who had normal (below the 75th percentile of the general population) plasma total cholesterol levels.

Patients in this double-blind, placebo-controlled study participated for an average of 4.9 years and had a mean baseline Total-C of 209 mg/dL.

LDL-C levels in this patient population ranged from 101 to 180 mg/dL (mean 139 mg/dL).

At baseline, 84% of patients were receiving aspirin and 82% were taking antihypertensive medications.

Median (25th , 75th percentile) percent changes from baseline after 6 months of pravastatin treatment in Total-C, LDL-C, TG, and HDL-C were −22.0 (−28.4, −14.9), −32.4 (−39.9, −23.7), −11.0 (−26.5, 8.6), and 5.1 (−2.9, 12.7), respectively.

Treatment with pravastatin significantly reduced the rate of first recurrent coronary events (either CHD death or nonfatal MI), the risk of undergoing revascularization procedures (PTCA, CABG), and the risk for stroke or TIA (see Table 6).

Table 6 CARE – Primary and Secondary Endpoints Number (%) of Subjects Event Pravastatin 40 mg (N=2081) Placebo (N=2078) Risk Reduction p-value Primary Endpoint CHD mortality or nonfatal MI The risk reduction due to treatment with pravastatin was consistent in both sexes.

212 (10.2) 274 (13.2) 24% 0.003 Secondary Endpoints Myocardial revascularization procedures (CABG or PTCA) 294 (14.1) 391 (18.8) 27% <0.001 Stroke or TIA 93 (4.5) 124 (6.0) 26% 0.029 In the PLAC I6 study, the effect of pravastatin therapy on coronary atherosclerosis was assessed by coronary angiography in patients with coronary disease and moderate hypercholesterolemia (baseline LDL-C range: 130-190 mg/dL).

In this double-blind, multicenter, controlled clinical trial, angiograms were evaluated at baseline and at 3 years in 264 patients.

Although the difference between pravastatin and placebo for the primary endpoint (per-patient change in mean coronary artery diameter) and 1 of 2 secondary endpoints (change in percent lumen diameter stenosis) did not reach statistical significance, for the secondary endpoint of change in minimum lumen diameter, statistically significant slowing of disease was seen in the pravastatin treatment group (p=0.02).

In the REGRESS7 study, the effect of pravastatin on coronary atherosclerosis was assessed by coronary angiography in 885 patients with angina pectoris, angiographically documented coronary artery disease, and hypercholesterolemia (baseline total cholesterol range: 160-310 mg/dL).

In this double-blind, multicenter, controlled clinical trial, angiograms were evaluated at baseline and at 2 years in 653 patients (323 treated with pravastatin).

Progression of coronary atherosclerosis was significantly slowed in the pravastatin group as assessed by changes in mean segment diameter (p=0.037) and minimum obstruction diameter (p=0.001).

Analysis of pooled events from PLAC I, PLAC II,8 REGRESS, and KAPS9 studies (combined N=1891) showed that treatment with pravastatin was associated with a statistically significant reduction in the composite event rate of fatal and nonfatal MI (46 events or 6.4% for placebo versus 21 events or 2.4% for pravastatin, p=0.001).

The predominant effect of pravastatin was to reduce the rate of nonfatal MI.

14.3 Primary Hypercholesterolemia (Fredrickson Types IIa and IIb) Pravastatin sodium is highly effective in reducing Total-C, LDL-C, and TG in patients with heterozygous familial, presumed familial combined, and non-familial (non-FH) forms of primary hypercholesterolemia, and mixed dyslipidemia.

A therapeutic response is seen within 1 week, and the maximum response usually is achieved within 4 weeks.

This response is maintained during extended periods of therapy.

In addition, pravastatin sodium is effective in reducing the risk of acute coronary events in hypercholesterolemic patients with and without previous MI.

A single daily dose is as effective as the same total daily dose given twice a day.

In multicenter, doubleblind, placebo-controlled studies of patients with primary hypercholesterolemia, treatment with pravastatin in daily doses ranging from 10 to 40 mg consistently and significantly decreased Total-C, LDL-C, TG, and Total-C/HDL-C and LDL-C/HDL-C ratios (see Table 7).

In a pooled analysis of 2 multicenter, doubleblind, placebo-controlled studies of patients with primary hypercholesterolemia, treatment with pravastatin at a daily dose of 80 mg (N=277) significantly decreased Total-C, LDL-C, and TG.

The 25 th and 75 th percentile changes from baseline in LDL-C for pravastatin 80 mg were −43% and −30%.

The efficacy results of the individual studies were consistent with the pooled data (see Table 7).

Treatment with pravastatin sodium modestly decreased VLDL-C and pravastatin sodium across all doses produced variable increases in HDL-C (see Table 7).

Table 7 Primary Hypercholesterolemia Studies: Dose Response of Pravastatin Sodium Once Daily Administration Dose Total-C LDL-C HDL-C TG Mean Percent Changes From Baseline After 8 Weeks A multicenter, doubleblind, placebo-controlled study.

Placebo (N=36) −3% −4% +1% −4% 10 mg (N=18) −16% −22% +7% −15% 20 mg (N=19) −24% −32% +2% −11% 40 mg (N=18) −25% −34% +12% −24% Mean Percent Changes From Baseline After 6 Weeks Pooled analysis of 2 multicenter, doubleblind, placebo-controlled studies.

Placebo (N=162) 0% −1% −1% +1% 80 mg (N=277) −27% −37% +3% −19% In another clinical trial, patients treated with pravastatin in combination with cholestyramine (70% of patients were taking cholestyramine 20 or 24 g per day) had reductions equal to or greater than 50% in LDL-C.

Furthermore, pravastatin attenuated cholestyramine-induced increases in TG levels (which are themselves of uncertain clinical significance).

14.4 Hypertriglyceridemia (Fredrickson Type IV) The response to pravastatin in patients with Type IV hyperlipidemia (baseline TG > 200 mg/dL and LDL-C < 160 mg/dL) was evaluated in a subset of 429 patients from the CARE study.

For pravastatin-treated subjects, the median (min, max) baseline TG level was 246 (200.5, 349.5) mg/dL (see Table 8.) Table 8 Patients with Fredrickson Type IV Hyperlipidemia Median (25 th, 75 thpercentile) % Change from Baseline Pravastatin 40 mg (N=429) Placebo (N=430) TG −21.1 (−34.8, 1.3) −6.3 (−23.1, 18.3) Total-C −22.1 (−27.1, −14.8) 0.2 (−6.9, 6.8) LDL-C −31.7 (−39.6, −21.5) 0.7 (−9, 10) HDL-C 7.4 (−1.2, 17.7) 2.8 (−5.7, 11.7) Non-HDL-C −27.2 (−34, −18.5) −0.8 (−8.2, 7) 14.5 Dysbetalipoproteinemia (Fredrickson Type III) The response to pravastatin in two doubleblind crossover studies of 46 patients with genotype E2/E2 and Fredrickson Type III dysbetalipoproteinemia is shown in Table 9.

Table 9 Patients with Fredrickson Type III Dysbetalipoproteinemia Median (min, max) % Change from Baseline Median (min, max) at Baseline (mg/dL) Median % Change (min, max) Pravastatin 40 mg (N=20) Study 1 Total-C 386.5 (245, 672) −32.7 (−58.5, 4.6) TG 443 (275, 1299) −23.7 (−68.5, 44.7) VLDL-C a 206.5 (110, 379) −43.8 (−73.1, −14.3) LDL-C 117.5 (80, 170) −40.8 (−63.7, 4.6) HDL-C 30 (18, 88) 6.4 (−45, 105.6) Non-HDL-C 344.5 (215, 646) −36.7 (−66.3, 5.8) a N=14 Median (min, max) at Baseline (mg/dL) Median % Change (min, max) Pravastatin 40 mg (N=26) Study 2 Total-C 340.3 (230.1, 448.6) −31.4 (−54.5, −13) TG 343.2 (212.6, 845.9) −11.9 (−56.5, 44.8) VLDL-C 145 (71.5, 309.4) −35.7 (−74.7, 19.1) LDL-C 128.6 (63.8, 177.9) −30.3 (−52.2, 13.5) HDL-C 38.7 (27.1, 58) 5 (−17.7, 66.7) Non-HDL-C 295.8 (195.3, 421.5) −35.5 (−81, −13.5) 14.6 Pediatric Clinical Study A doubleblind, placebo-controlled study in 214 patients (100 boys and 114 girls) with heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia (HeFH), aged 8 to 18 years was conducted for 2 years.

The children (aged 8 to 13 years) were randomized to placebo (N=63) or 20 mg of pravastatin daily (N=65) and the adolescents (aged 14 to 18 years) were randomized to placebo (N=45) or 40 mg of pravastatin daily (N=41).

Inclusion in the study required an LDL-C level > 95 th percentile for age and sex and one parent with either a clinical or molecular diagnosis of familial hypercholesterolemia.

The mean baseline LDL-C value was 239 mg/dL and 237 mg/dL in the pravastatin (range: 151 to 405 mg/dL) and placebo (range: 154 to 375 mg/dL) groups, respectively.

Pravastatin significantly decreased plasma levels of LDL-C, Total-C, and ApoB in both children and adolescents (see Table 10).

The effect of pravastatin treatment in the 2 age groups was similar.

Table 10 Lipid-Lowering Effects of Pravastatin in Pediatric Patients with Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia: Least-Squares Mean % Change from Baseline at Month 24 (Last Observation Carried Forward: Intent-to-Treat) a Pravastatin 20 mg (Aged 8 to 13 years) N=65 Pravastatin 40 mg (Aged 14 to 18 years) N=41 Combined Pravastatin (Aged 8 to 18 years) N=106 Combined Placebo (Aged 8 to 18 years) N=108 95% CI of the Difference Between Combined Pravastatin and Placebo a The above least-squares mean values were calculated based on log-transformed lipid values.

b Significant at p ≤ 0.0001 when compared with placebo.

LDL-C −26.04 b −21.07 b −24.07 b −1.52 (−26.74, −18.86) TC −20.75 b −13.08 b −17.72 b −0.65 (−20.40, −13.83) HDL-C 1.04 13.71 5.97 3.13 (−1.71, 7.43) TG −9.58 −0.30 −5.88 −3.27 (−13.95, 10.01) ApoB (N) −23.16 b (61) −18.08 b (39) −21.11 b (100) −0.97 (106) (−24.29, −16.18) The mean achieved LDL-C was 186 mg/dL (range: 67 to 363 mg/dL) in the pravastatin group compared to 236 mg/dL (range: 105 to 438 mg/dL) in the placebo group.

The safety and efficacy of pravastatin doses above 40 mg daily have not been studied in children.

The long-term efficacy of pravastatin therapy in childhood to reduce morbidity and mortality in adulthood has not been established.

HOW SUPPLIED

16.

/STORAGE AND HANDLING 16.1 How Supplied Pravastatin Sodium Tablets USP, 10 mg are white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC46’ on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 100 (10 x 10) NDC 68084-500-01 Pravastatin Sodium Tablets USP, 20 mg are white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC45’ on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 100 (10 x 10) NDC 68084-501-01 Pravastatin Sodium Tablets USP, 40 mg are white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC44’ on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 100 (10 x 10) NDC 68084-502-01 Pravastatin Sodium Tablets USP, 80 mg are white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC43’ on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 30 (5 x 6) NDC 68084-746-25 16.2 Storage Store at 20° to 25° C (68° to 77° F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Protect from light and moisture

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Two secondary prevention trials with pravastatin (CARE and LIPID) included a total of 6593 subjects treated with pravastatin 40 mg for periods ranging up to 6 years.

Across these 2 studies, 36.1% of pravastatin subjects were aged 65 and older and 0.8% were aged 75 and older.

The beneficial effect of pravastatin in elderly subjects in reducing cardiovascular events and in modifying lipid profiles was similar to that seen in younger subjects.

The adverse event profile in the elderly was similar to that in the overall population.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses to pravastatin between elderly and younger patients.

Mean pravastatin AUCs are slightly (25% to 50%) higher in elderly subjects than in healthy young subjects, but mean maximum plasma concentration (C max), time to maximum plasma concentration (T max), and half-life (t ½) values are similar in both age groups and substantial accumulation of pravastatin would not be expected in the elderly [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3) ].

Since advanced age (≥ 65 years) is a predisposing factor for myopathy, pravastatin sodium should be prescribed with caution in the elderly [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3) ].

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3.

Pravastatin sodium tablets, USP are supplied as: 10 mg tablets: white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC46’ on one side and plain on the other side.

20 mg tablets: white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC45’ on one side and plain on the other side.

40 mg tablets: white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC44’ on one side and plain on the other side.

80 mg tablets: white to off-white, oval-shaped, biconvex uncoated tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC43’ on one side and plain on the other side.

Tablets: 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg and 80 mg.

( 3)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Pravastatin is a reversible inhibitor of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coenzyme A (HMG-CoA) reductase, the enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of HMG-CoA to mevalonate, an early and rate limiting step in the biosynthetic pathway for cholesterol.

In addition, pravastatin reduces VLDL and TG and increases HDL-C.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1.

Therapy with lipid-altering agents should be only one component of multiple risk factor intervention in individuals at significantly increased risk for atherosclerotic vascular disease due to hypercholesterolemia.

Drug therapy is indicated as an adjunct to diet when the response to a diet restricted in saturated fat and cholesterol and other nonpharmacologic measures alone has been inadequate.

Pravastatin sodium tablet, USP is an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor (statin) indicated as an adjunctive therapy to diet to: Reduce the risk of MI, revascularization, and cardiovascular mortality in hypercholesterolemic patients without clinically evident CHD.

( 1.1) Reduce the risk of total mortality by reducing coronary death, MI, revascularization, stroke/TIA, and the progression of coronary atherosclerosis in patients with clinically evident CHD.

( 1.1) Reduce elevated Total-C, LDL-C, ApoB, and TG levels and to increase HDL-C in patients with primary hypercholesterolemia and mixed dyslipidemia.

( 1.2) Reduce elevated serum TG levels in patients with hypertriglyceridemia.

( 1.2) Treat patients with primary dysbetalipoproteinemia who are not responding to diet.

( 1.2) Treat children and adolescent patients ages 8 years and older with heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia after failing an adequate trial of diet therapy.

( 1.2) Limitations of use: Pravastatin sodium tablets, USP have not been studied in Fredrickson Types I and V dyslipidemias.

( 1.3) 1.1 Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease In hypercholesterolemic patients without clinically evident coronary heart disease (CHD), pravastatin sodium tablets, USP are indicated to: reduce the risk of myocardial infarction (MI).

reduce the risk of undergoing myocardial revascularization procedures.

reduce the risk of cardiovascular mortality with no increase in death from non-cardiovascular causes.

In patients with clinically evident CHD, pravastatin sodium tablet is indicated to: reduce the risk of total mortality by reducing coronary death.

reduce the risk of MI.

reduce the risk of undergoing myocardial revascularization procedures.

reduce the risk of stroke and stroke/transient ischemic attack (TIA).

slow the progression of coronary atherosclerosis.

1.2 Hyperlipidemia Pravastatin sodium tablet is indicated: as an adjunct to diet to reduce elevated total cholesterol (Total-C), low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), apolipoprotein B (ApoB), and triglyceride (TG) levels and to increase high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) in patients with primary hypercholesterolemia and mixed dyslipidemia ( Fredrickson Types IIa and IIb).

1 as an adjunct to diet for the treatment of patients with elevated serum TG levels ( Fredrickson Type IV).

for the treatment of patients with primary dysbetalipoproteinemia ( Fredrickson Type III) who do not respond adequately to diet.

as an adjunct to diet and lifestyle modification for treatment of heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia (HeFH) in children and adolescent patients ages 8 years and older if after an adequate trial of diet the following findings are present: LDL-C remains ≥ 190 mg/dL or LDL-C remains ≥ 160 mg/dL and: there is a positive family history of premature cardiovascular disease (CVD) or two or more other CVD risk factors are present in the patient.

1.3 Limitations of Use Pravastatin sodium has not been studied in conditions where the major lipoprotein abnormality is elevation of chylomicrons (Fredrickson Types I and V).

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety and effectiveness of pravastatin sodium in children and adolescents from 8 to 18 years of age have been evaluated in a placebo-controlled study of 2 years duration.

Patients treated with pravastatin had an adverse experience profile generally similar to that of patients treated with placebo with influenza and headache commonly reported in both treatment groups.

[See Adverse Reactions ( 6.4) .] Doses greater than 40 mg have not been studied in this population.

Children and adolescent females of childbearing potential should be counseled on appropriate contraceptive methods while on pravastatin therapy [see Contraindications ( 4.3) and Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1) ].

For dosing information [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.3) .] Doubleblind, placebo-controlled pravastatin studies in children less than 8 years of age have not been conducted.

PREGNANCY

4.3 Pregnancy Atherosclerosis is a chronic process and discontinuation of lipid-lowering drugs during pregnancy should have little impact on the outcome of long-term therapy of primary hypercholesterolemia.

Cholesterol and other products of cholesterol biosynthesis are essential components for fetal development (including synthesis of steroids and cell membranes).

Since statins decrease cholesterol synthesis and possibly the synthesis of other biologically active substances derived from cholesterol, they are contraindicated during pregnancy and in nursing mothers.

PRAVASTATIN SHOULD BE ADMINISTERED TO WOMEN OF CHILDBEARING AGE ONLY WHEN SUCH PATIENTS ARE HIGHLY UNLIKELY TO CONCEIVE AND HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POTENTIAL HAZARDS.

If the patient becomes pregnant while taking this class of drug, therapy should be discontinued immediately and the patient apprised of the potential hazard to the fetus [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1) ].

NUSRING MOTHERS

4.4 Nursing Mothers A small amount of pravastatin is excreted in human breastmilk.

Because statins have the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants, women who require pravastatin sodium treatment should not breastfeed their infants [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.3) ].

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5.

WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Skeletal muscle effects (e.g., myopathy and rhabdomyolysis): predisposing factors include advanced age (≥65), uncontrolled hypothyroidism, and renal impairment.

Patients should be advised to promptly report to their physician any unexplained and/or persistent muscle pain, tenderness, or weakness.

Pravastatin therapy should be discontinued if myopathy is diagnosed or suspected.

( 5.1, 8.5) Liver enzyme abnormalities: persistent elevations in hepatic transaminases can occur.

Check liver enzyme tests before initiating therapy and as clinically indicated thereafter.

( 5.2) 5.1 Skeletal Muscle Rare cases of rhabdomyolysis with acute renal failure secondary to myoglobinuria have been reported with pravastatin and other drugs in this class.

A history of renal impairment may be a risk factor for the development of rhabdomyolysis.

Such patients merit closer monitoring for skeletal muscle effects.

Uncomplicated myalgia has also been reported in pravastatin-treated patients [see Adverse Reactions (6)].

Myopathy, defined as muscle aching or muscle weakness in conjunction with increases in creatine phosphokinase (CPK) values to greater than 10 times the upper limit of normal (ULN), was rare (< 0.1%) in pravastatin clinical trials.

Myopathy should be considered in any patient with diffuse myalgias, muscle tenderness or weakness, and/or marked elevation of CPK.

Predisposing factors include advanced age (≥ 65), uncontrolled hypothyroidism, and renal impairment.

There have been rare reports of immune-mediated necrotizing myopathy (IMNM), an autoimmune myopathy, associated with statin use.

IMNM is characterized by: proximal muscle weakness and elevated serum CPK, which persist despite discontinuation of statin treatment; muscle biopsy showing necrotizing myopathy without significant inflammation and improvement with immunosuppressive agents.

All patients should be advised to promptly report to their physician unexplained muscle pain, tenderness, or weakness, particularly if accompanied by malaise or fever or if muscle signs and symptoms persist after discontinuing pravastatin.

Pravastatin therapy should be discontinued if markedly elevated CPK levels occur or myopathy is diagnosed or suspected.

Pravastatin therapy should also be temporarily withheld in any patient experiencing an acute or serious condition predisposing to the development of renal failure secondary to rhabdomyolysis, e.g., sepsis; hypotension; major surgery; trauma; severe metabolic, endocrine, or electrolyte disorders; or uncontrolled epilepsy.

The risk of myopathy during treatment with statins is increased with concurrent therapy with either erythromycin, cyclosporine, niacin, or fibrates.

However, neither myopathy nor significant increases in CPK levels have been observed in 3 reports involving a total of 100 post-transplant patients (24 renal and 76 cardiac) treated for up to 2 years concurrently with pravastatin 10 to 40 mg and cyclosporine.

Some of these patients also received other concomitant immunosuppressive therapies.

Further, in clinical trials involving small numbers of patients who were treated concurrently with pravastatin and niacin, there were no reports of myopathy.

Also, myopathy was not reported in a trial of combination pravastatin (40 mg/day) and gemfibrozil (1200 mg/day), although 4 of 75 patients on the combination showed marked CPK elevations versus 1 of 73 patients receiving placebo.

There was a trend toward more frequent CPK elevations and patient withdrawals due to musculoskeletal symptoms in the group receiving combined treatment as compared with the groups receiving placebo, gemfibrozil, or pravastatin monotherapy.

The use of fibrates alone may occasionally be associated with myopathy.

The benefit of further alterations in lipid levels by the combined use of pravastatin sodium with fibrates should be carefully weighed against the potential risks of this combination.

Cases of myopathy, including rhabdomyolysis, have been reported with pravastatin coadministered with colchicine, and caution should be exercised when prescribing pravastatin with colchicine [see Drug Interactions (7.3)].

5.2 Liver Statins, like some other lipid-lowering therapies, have been associated with biochemical abnormalities of liver function.

In 3 long-term (4.8 to 5.9 years), placebo-controlled clinical trials (WOS, LIPID, CARE), 19,592 subjects (19,768 randomized) were exposed to pravastatin or placebo [see Clinical Studies ( 14) ].

In an analysis of serum transaminase values (ALT, AST), incidences of marked abnormalities were compared between the pravastatin and placebo treatment groups; a marked abnormality was defined as a post-treatment test value greater than 3 times the upper limit of normal for subjects with pretreatment values less than or equal to the upper limit of normal, or 4 times the pretreatment value for subjects with pretreatment values greater than the upper limit of normal but less than 1.5 times the upper limit of normal.

Marked abnormalities of ALT or AST occurred with similar low frequency (≤ 1.2%) in both treatment groups.

Overall, clinical trial experience showed that liver function test abnormalities observed during pravastatin therapy were usually asymptomatic, not associated with cholestasis, and did not appear to be related to treatment duration.

In a 320-patient placebo-controlled clinical trial, subjects with chronic (> 6 months) stable liver disease, due primarily to hepatitis C or non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, were treated with 80 mg pravastatin or placebo for up to 9 months.

The primary safety endpoint was the proportion of subjects with at least one ALT ≥ 2 times the upper limit of normal for those with normal ALT (≤ the upper limit of normal) at baseline or a doubling of the baseline ALT for those with elevated ALT (> the upper limit of normal) at baseline.

By Week 36, 12 out of 160 (7.5%) subjects treated with pravastatin met the prespecified safety ALT endpoint compared to 20 out of 160 (12.5%) subjects receiving placebo.

Conclusions regarding liver safety are limited since the study was not large enough to establish similarity between groups (with 95% confidence) in the rates of ALT elevation.

It is recommended that liver function tests be performed prior to the initiation of therapy and when clinically indicated.

Active liver disease or unexplained persistent transaminase elevations are contraindications to the use of pravastatin [see Contraindications ( 4.2) ].

Caution should be exercised when pravastatin is administered to patients who have a recent (< 6 months) history of liver disease, have signs that may suggest liver disease (e.g., unexplained aminotransferase elevations, jaundice), or are heavy users of alcohol.

There have been rare postmarketing reports of fatal and non-fatal hepatic failure in patients taking statins, including pravastatin.

If serious liver injury with clinical symptoms and/or hyperbilirubinemia or jaundice occurs during treatment with pravastatin sodium, promptly interrupt therapy.

If an alternate etiology is not found do not restart pravastatin sodium.

5.3 Endocrine Function Statins interfere with cholesterol synthesis and lower circulating cholesterol levels and, as such, might theoretically blunt adrenal or gonadal steroid hormone production.

Results of clinical trials with pravastatin in males and post-menopausal females were inconsistent with regard to possible effects of the drug on basal steroid hormone levels.

In a study of 21 males, the mean testosterone response to human chorionic gonadotropin was significantly reduced (p < 0.004) after 16 weeks of treatment with 40 mg of pravastatin.

However, the percentage of patients showing a ≥ 50% rise in plasma testosterone after human chorionic gonadotropin stimulation did not change significantly after therapy in these patients.

The effects of statins on spermatogenesis and fertility have not been studied in adequate numbers of patients.

The effects, if any, of pravastatin on the pituitary-gonadal axis in pre-menopausal females are unknown.

Patients treated with pravastatin who display clinical evidence of endocrine dysfunction should be evaluated appropriately.

Caution should also be exercised if a statin or other agent used to lower cholesterol levels is administered to patients also receiving other drugs (e.g., ketoconazole, spironolactone, cimetidine) that may diminish the levels or activity of steroid hormones.

In a placebo-controlled study of 214 pediatric patients with HeFH, of which 106 were treated with pravastatin (20 mg in the children aged 8 to 13 years and 40 mg in the adolescents aged 14 to 18 years) for 2 years, there were no detectable differences seen in any of the endocrine parameters (ACTH, cortisol, DHEAS, FSH, LH, TSH, estradiol [girls] or testosterone [boys]) relative to placebo.

There were no detectable differences seen in height and weight changes, testicular volume changes, or Tanner score relative to placebo.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17.

PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Patients should be advised to report promptly unexplained muscle pain, tenderness or weakness, particularly if accompanied by malaise or fever or if these muscle signs or symptoms persist after discontinuing pravastatin [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) ].

It is recommended that liver enzyme tests be performed before the initiation of pravastatin sodium, and thereafter when clinically indicated.

All patients treated with pravastatin sodium should be advised to promptly report any symptoms that may indicate liver injury, including fatigue, anorexia, right upper abdominal discomfort, dark urine, or jaundice [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2) ].

Call your doctor for medical advice about side effects.

You may report side effects to FDA at 1-800-FDA-1088.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2.

Adults: the recommended starting dose is 40 mg once daily.

Use 80 mg dose only for patients not reaching LDL-C goal with 40 mg.

( 2.2) Significant renal impairment: the recommended starting dose is 10 mg once daily.

( 2.2) Children (ages 8 to 13 years, inclusive): the recommended starting dose is 20 mg once daily.

( 2.3) Adolescents (ages 14 to 18 years): the recommended starting dose is 40 mg once daily.

( 2.3) 2.1 General Dosing Information The patient should be placed on a standard cholesterol-lowering diet before receiving pravastatin sodium tablets and should continue on this diet during treatment with pravastatin sodium tablets [see NCEP Treatment Guidelines for details on dietary therapy].

2.2 Adult Patients The recommended starting dose is 40 mg once daily.

If a daily dose of 40 mg does not achieve desired cholesterol levels, 80 mg once daily is recommended.

In patients with significant renal impairment, a starting dose of 10 mg daily is recommended.

Pravastatin sodium tablets can be administered orally as a single dose at any time of the day, with or without food.

Since the maximal effect of a given dose is seen within 4 weeks, periodic lipid determinations should be performed at this time and dosage adjusted according to the patient’s response to therapy and established treatment guidelines.

2.3 Pediatric Patients Children (Ages 8 to 13 Years, Inclusive) The recommended dose is 20 mg once daily in children 8 to 13 years of age.

Doses greater than 20 mg have not been studied in this patient population.

Adolescents (Ages 14 to 18 Years) The recommended starting dose is 40 mg once daily in adolescents 14 to 18 years of age.

Doses greater than 40 mg have not been studied in this patient population.

Children and adolescents treated with pravastatin should be reevaluated in adulthood and appropriate changes made to their cholesterol-lowering regimen to achieve adult goals for LDL-C [see Indications and Usage ( 1.2) ].

2.4 Concomitant Lipid-Altering Therapy Pravastatin sodium tablets may be used with bile acid resins.

When administering a bile-acid-binding resin (e.g., cholestyramine, colestipol) and pravastatin, pravastatin sodium tablets should be given either 1 hour or more before or at least 4 hours following the resin.

[See Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3) .] 2.5 Dosage in Patients Taking Cyclosporine In patients taking immunosuppressive drugs such as cyclosporine concomitantly with pravastatin, therapy should begin with 10 mg of pravastatin sodium once-a-day at bedtime and titration to higher doses should be done with caution.

Most patients treated with this combination received a maximum pravastatin sodium dose of 20 mg/day.

In patients taking cyclosporine, therapy should be limited to 20 mg of pravastatin sodium once daily [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1) and Drug Interactions ( 7.1) ].

2.6 Dosage in Patients Taking Clarithromycin In patients taking clarithromycin, therapy should be limited to 40 mg of pravastatin sodium once daily [see Drug Interactions ( 7.2) ].

PHENobarbital 97.2 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: PHENOBARBITAL
Brand Name: Phenobarbital
  • Substance Name(s):
  • PHENOBARBITAL

WARNINGS

WARNING: MAY BE HABIT-FORMING

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Most reports of clinically significant drug interactions occurring with the barbiturates have involved phenobarbital.

However, the application of these data to other barbiturates appears valid and warrants serial blood level determinations of the relevant drugs when there are multiple therapies.

Anticoagulants.

Phenobarbital lowers the plasma levels of dicumarol and causes a decrease in anticoagulant activity as measured by the prothrombin time.

Barbiturates can induce hepatic microsomal enzymes resulting in increased metabolism and decreased anticoagulant response of oral anticoagulants (e.g., acenocoumarol, warfarin, dicumarol, and phenprocoumon).

Patients stabilized on anticoagulant therapy may require dosage adjustments if barbiturates are added to or withdrawn from their dosage regimen.

Corticosteroids.

Barbiturates appear to enhance the metabolism of exogenous corticosteroids, probably through the induction of hepatic microsomal enzymes.

Patients stabilized on corticosteroid therapy may require dosage adjustments if barbiturates are added to or withdrawn from their dosage regimen.

Griseofulvin.

Phenobarbital appears to interfere with the absorption of orally administered griseofulvin, thus decreasing its blood level.

The effect of the resultant decreased blood levels of griseofulvin on therapeutic response has not been established.

However, it would be preferable to avoid concomitant administration of these drugs.

Doxycycline.

Phenobarbital has been shown to shorten the half-life of doxycycline for as long as 2 weeks after barbiturate therapy is discontinued.

This mechanism is probably through the induction of hepatic microsomal enzymes that metabolize the antibiotic.

If phenobarbital and doxycycline are administered concurrently, the clinical response to doxycycline should be monitored closely.

Phenytoin, Sodium Valproate, Valproic Acid.

The effect of barbiturates on the metabolism of phenytoin appears to be variable.

Some investigators report an accelerating effect, whereas others report no effect.

Because the effect of barbiturates on the metabolism of phenytoin is not predictable, phenytoin and barbiturate blood levels should be monitored more frequently if these drugs are given concurrently.

Sodium valproate and valproic acid increase the phenobarbital serum levels; therefore, phenobarbital blood levels should be closely monitored and appropriate dosage adjustments made as clinically indicated.

CNS Depressants.

The concomitant use of other CNS depressants, including other sedatives or hypnotics, antihistamines, tranquilizers, or alcohol, may produce additive depressant effects.

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs).

MAOIs prolong the effects of barbiturates, probably because metabolism of the barbiturate is inhibited.

Estradiol, Estrone, Progesterone, and other Steroidal Hormones.

Pretreatment with or concurrent administration of phenobarbital may decrease the effect of estradiol by increasing its metabolism.

There have been reports of patients treated with antiepileptic drugs (e.g., phenobarbital) who become pregnant while taking oral contraceptives.

An alternate contraceptive method might be suggested to women taking phenobarbital.

OVERDOSAGE

Signs and Symptoms – The onset of symptoms following a toxic oral exposure to phenobarbital may not occur until several hours following ingestion.

The toxic dose of barbiturates varies considerably.

In general, an oral dose of 1 g of most barbiturates produces serious poisoning in an adult.

Death commonly occurs after 2 to 10 g of ingested barbiturate.

The sedated, therapeutic blood levels of phenobarbital range between 5 to 40 mcg/mL; the usual lethal blood level ranges from 100 to 200 mcg/mL.

Barbiturate intoxication may be confused with alcoholism, bromide intoxication, and various neurologic disorders.

Potential tolerance must be considered when evaluating significance of dose and plasma concentration.

The manifestations of a long-acting barbiturate in overdose include nystagmus, ataxia, CNS depression, respiratory depression, hypothermia, and hypotension.

Other findings may include absent or depressed reflexes and erythematous or hemorrhagic blisters (primarily at pressure points).

Following massive exposure to phenobarbital, pulmonary edema, circulatory collapse with loss of peripheral vascular tone, cardiac arrest, and death may occur.

In extreme overdose, all electrical activity in the brain may cease, in which case a “flat” EEG normally equated with clinical death should not be accepted.

This effect is fully reversible unless hypoxic damage occurs.

Consideration should be given to the possibility of barbiturate intoxication even in situations that appear to involve trauma.

Complications such as pneumonia, pulmonary edema, cardiac arrhythmias, congestive heart failure, and renal failure may occur.

Uremia may increase CNS sensitivity to barbiturates if renal function is impaired.

Differential diagnosis should include hypoglycemia, head trauma, cerebrovascular accidents, convulsive states, and diabetic coma.

Treatment – To obtain up-to-date information about the treatment of overdose, a good resource is your certified Regional Poison Control Center.

Telephone numbers of certified poison control centers are listed in the Physicians’ Desk Reference (PDR).

In managing overdosage, consider the possibility of multiple drug overdoses, interaction among drugs, and unusual drug kinetics in your patient.

Protect the patient’s airway and support ventilation and perfusion.

Meticulously monitor and maintain, within acceptable limits, the patient’s vital signs, blood gases, serum electrolytes, etc.

Absorption of drugs from the gastrointestinal tract may be decreased by giving activated charcoal, which, in many cases, is more effective than emesis or lavage; consider charcoal instead of or in addition to gastric emptying.

Repeated doses of charcoal over time may hasten elimination of some drugs that have been absorbed.

Safeguard the patient’s airway when employing gastric emptying or charcoal.

Alkalinization of urine hastens phenobarbital excretion, but dialysis and hemoperfusion are more effective and cause less troublesome alterations in electrolyte equilibrium.

If the patient has chronically abused sedatives, withdrawal reactions may be manifest following acute overdose.

DESCRIPTION

The barbiturates are nonselective central nervous system (CNS) depressants that are primarily used as sedative-hypnotics.

In subhypnotic doses, they are also used as anticonvulsants.

The barbiturates and their sodium salts are subject to control under the Federal Controlled Substances Act.

Phenobarbital is a barbituric acid derivative and occurs as white, odorless, small crystals or crystalline powder that is very slightly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol, in ether, and in solutions of fixed alkali hydroxides and carbonates; sparingly soluble in chloroform.

Phenobarbital is 5-ethyl-5-phenylbarbituric acid.

Phenobarbital is a substituted pyrimidine derivative in which the basic structure is barbituric acid, a substance that has no CNS activity.

CNS activity is obtained by substituting alkyl, alkenyl, or aryl groups on the pyrimidine ring.

It has the following structural formula: Each phenobarbital tablet contains 16.2 mg, 32.4 mg, 64.8 mg or 97.2 mg of phenobarbital.

In addition each tablet contains: colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose and sodium starch glycolate.

This is the image of the structual formula for Phenobarbital.

HOW SUPPLIED

Phenobarbital Tablets, USP 16.2 mg are white, round, biconvex, scored tablets, debossed “5011” and “V” on one side and plain on the reverse side, and supplied as follows: Bottles of 100 NDC 0603-5165-21 Bottles of 1000 NDC 0603-5165-32 Phenobarbital Tablets, USP 32.4 mg are white, round, biconvex, scored tablets, debossed “5012” and “V” on one side and plain on the reverse side, and supplied as follows: Bottles of 30 NDC 0603-5166-16 Bottles of 60 NDC 0603-5166-20 Bottles of 90 NDC 0603-5166-02 Bottles of 100 NDC 0603-5166-21 Bottles of 120 NDC 0603-5166-22 Bottles of 1000 NDC 0603-5166-32 Phenobarbital Tablets, USP 64.8 mg are white, round, biconvex, scored tablets, debossed “5013” and “V” on one side and plain on the reverse side, and supplied as follows: Bottles of 100 NDC 0603-5167-21 Bottles of 1000 NDC 0603-5167-32 Phenobarbital Tablets, USP 97.2 mg are white, round, biconvex, scored tablets, debossed “5014” and “V” on one side and plain on the reverse side, and supplied as follows: Bottles of 100 NDC 0603-5168-21 Bottles of 1000 NDC 0603-5168-32

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Sedative Anticonvulsant – For the treatment of generalized and partial seizures.

PREGNANCY

Usage in Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects.

Pregnancy Category D – See Usage in Pregnancy under WARNINGS.

Nonteratogenic Effects.

Reports of infants suffering from long-term barbiturate exposure in utero included the acute withdrawal syndrome of seizures and hyperirritability from birth to a delayed onset of up to 14 days (see DRUG ABUSE AND DEPENDENCE ).

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers Caution should be exercised when phenobarbital is administered to a nursing woman, because small amounts of barbiturates are excreted in the milk.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients The following information and instructions should be given to patients receiving barbiturates.

The use of barbiturates carries with it an associated risk of psychological and/or physical dependence.

The patient should be warned against increasing the dose of the drug without consulting a physician.

Barbiturates may impair the mental and/or physical abilities required for the performance of potentially hazardous tasks, such as driving a car or operating machinery.

The patient should be cautioned accordingly.

Alcohol should not be consumed while taking barbiturates.

The concurrent use of the barbiturates with other CNS depressants (e.g., alcohol, narcotics, tranquilizers, and antihistamines) may result in additional CNS-depressant effects.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

The dose of phenobarbital must be individualized with full knowledge of its particular characteristics.

Factors of consideration are the patient’s age, weight, and condition.

Sedation: For sedation, the drug may be administered in single dose of 30 to 120 mg repeated at intervals: frequency will be determined by the patient’s response.

It is generally considered that no more than 400 mg of phenobarbital should be administered during a 24-hour period.

Adults: Daytime Sedation: 30 to 120 mg daily in 2 to 3 divided doses.

Oral Hypnotic: 100 to 200 mg.

Anticonvulsant Use – Clinical laboratory reference values should be used to determine the therapeutic anticonvulsant level of phenobarbital in the serum.

To achieve the blood levels considered therapeutic in pediatric patients, higher per-kilogram dosages are generally necessary for phenobarbital and most other anticonvulsants.

In children and infants, phenobarbital at a loading dose of 15 to 20 mg/kg produces blood levels of about 20 mcg/mL shortly after administration.

Phenobarbital has been used in the treatment and prophylaxis of febrile seizures.

However, it has not been established that prevention of febrile seizures influences the subsequent development of epilepsy.

Adults: 60 to 200 mg/day.

Pediatric Patients: 3 to 6 mg/kg/day.

Special Patient Population – Dosage should be reduced in the elderly or debilitated because these patients may be more sensitive to barbiturates.

Dosage should be reduced for patients with impaired renal function or hepatic disease.

Levetiracetam 750 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: LEVETIRACETAM
Brand Name: Levetiracetam
  • Substance Name(s):
  • LEVETIRACETAM

OVERDOSAGE

10 10.1 Signs, Symptoms and Laboratory Findings of Acute Overdosage in Humans The highest known dose of Levetiracetam received in the clinical development program was 6000 mg/day.

Other than drowsiness, there were no adverse reactions in the few known cases of overdose in clinical trials.

Cases of somnolence, agitation, aggression, depressed level of consciousness, respiratory depression and coma were observed with Levetiracetam overdoses in postmarketing use.

10.2 Management of Overdose There is no specific antidote for overdose with Levetiracetam.

If indicated, elimination of unabsorbed drug should be attempted by emesis or gastric lavage; usual precautions should be observed to maintain airway.

General supportive care of the patient is indicated including monitoring of vital signs and observation of the patient’s clinical status.

A Certified Poison Control Center should be contacted for up to date information on the management of overdose with Levetiracetam.

10.3 Hemodialysis Standard hemodialysis procedures result in significant clearance of levetiracetam (approximately 50% in 4 hours) and should be considered in cases of overdose.

Although hemodialysis has not been performed in the few known cases of overdose, it may be indicated by the patient’s clinical state or in patients with significant renal impairment.

DESCRIPTION

11 Levetiracetam is an antiepileptic drug available as 250 mg (pink), 500 mg (pink), 750 mg (pink), and 1000 mg (white) tablets for oral administration.

The chemical name of levetiracetam, USP, a single enantiomer, is (-)-(S)-α-ethyl-2-oxo-1-pyrrolidine acetamide, its molecular formula is C 8H 14N 2O 2 and its molecular weight is 170.21.

Levetiracetam is chemically unrelated to existing antiepileptic drugs (AEDs).

It has the following structural formula: Levetiracetam is a white to off-white crystalline powder with a faint odor and a bitter taste.

It is very soluble in water (104.0 g/100 mL).

It is freely soluble in chloroform (65.3 g/100 mL) and in methanol (53.6 g/100 mL), soluble in ethanol (16.5 g/100 mL), sparingly soluble in acetonitrile (5.7 g/100 mL) and practically insoluble in n-hexane.

(Solubility limits are expressed as g/100 mL solvent.) Levetiracetam tablets contain the labeled amount of levetiracetam, USP.

Inactive ingredients: colloidal silicon dioxide, corn starch, magnesium stearate, povidone, talc, and additional agents listed below: 250 mg, 500 mg, and 750 mg tablets: Opadry II Pink 40L94198, which contains D&C Red No.27; FD&C Blue No.2; FD&C Red No.

40; FD&C Yellow No.

6; hypromellose 2910 3cP, 6cP, and 50cP; polydextrose FCC; polyethylene glycol 800; titanium dioxide; and triacetin.

1000 mg tablets: Opadry II white Y-22-7719, which contains hypromellose 2910 3cP, 6cP, and 50cP; polydextrose FCC; polyethylene glycol 800; titanium dioxide; and triacetin.

USP dissolution test is pending.

Levetiracetam Structural Formula

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Partial Onset Seizures Effectiveness in Partial Onset Seizures in Adults with Epilepsy The effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy (added to other antiepileptic drugs) in adults was established in three multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical studies in patients who had refractory partial onset seizures with or without secondary generalization.

The tablet formulation was used in all these studies.

In these studies, 904 patients were randomized to placebo, 1000 mg, 2000 mg, or 3000 mg/day.

Patients enrolled in Study 1 or Study 2 had refractory partial onset seizures for at least two years and had taken two or more classical AEDs.

Patients enrolled in Study 3 had refractory partial onset seizures for at least 1 year and had taken one classical AED.

At the time of the study, patients were taking a stable dose regimen of at least one and could take a maximum of two AEDs.

During the baseline period, patients had to have experienced at least two partial onset seizures during each 4-week period.

Study 1 Study 1 was a double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study conducted at 41 sites in the United States comparing Levetiracetam 1000 mg/day (N=97), Levetiracetam 3000 mg/day (N=101), and placebo (N=95) given in equally divided doses twice daily.

After a prospective baseline period of 12 weeks, patients were randomized to one of the three treatment groups described above.

The 18-week treatment period consisted of a 6-week titration period, followed by a 12-week fixed dose evaluation period, during which concomitant AED regimens were held constant.

The primary measure of effectiveness was a between group comparison of the percent reduction in weekly partial seizure frequency relative to placebo over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period).

Secondary outcome variables included the responder rate (incidence of patients with ≥50% reduction from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency).

The results of the analysis of Study 1 are displayed in Table 10.

Table 10: Reduction in Mean Over Placebo in Weekly Frequency of Partial Onset Seizures in Study 1 Placebo (N=95) Levetiracetam 1000 mg/day (N=97) Levetiracetam 3000 mg/day (N=101) Percent reduction in partial seizure frequency over placebo – 26.1% Statistically significant versus placebo 30.1% The percentage of patients (y-axis) who achieved ≥50% reduction in weekly seizure rates from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period) within the three treatment groups (x-axis) is presented in Figure 1.

Figure 1: Responder Rate (greater than or equal to 50% Reduction from Baseline) in Study 1 Study 2 Study 2 was a double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study conducted at 62 centers in Europe comparing Levetiracetam 1000 mg/day (N=106), Levetiracetam 2000 mg/day (N=105), and placebo (N=111) given in equally divided doses twice daily.

The first period of the study (Period A) was designed to be analyzed as a parallel-group study.

After a prospective baseline period of up to 12 weeks, patients were randomized to one of the three treatment groups described above.

The 16-week treatment period consisted of the 4-week titration period followed by a 12-week fixed dose evaluation period, during which concomitant AED regimens were held constant.

The primary measure of effectiveness was a between group comparison of the percent reduction in weekly partial seizure frequency relative to placebo over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period).

Secondary outcome variables included the responder rate (incidence of patients with ≥50% reduction from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency).

The results of the analysis of Period A are displayed in Table 11.

Table 11: Reduction in Mean Over Placebo in Weekly Frequency of Partial Onset Seizures in Study 2: Period A Placebo (N=111) Levetiracetam 1000 mg/day (N=106) Levetiracetam 2000 mg/day (N=105) Percent reduction in partial seizure frequency over placebo – 17.1% Statistically significant versus placebo 21.4% The percentage of patients (y-axis) who achieved ≥50% reduction in weekly seizure rates from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period) within the three treatment groups (x-axis) is presented in Figure 2.

The comparison of Levetiracetam 2000 mg/day to Levetiracetam 1000 mg/day for responder rate was statistically significant ( P=0.02).

Analysis of the trial as a cross-over yielded similar results.

Figure 3: Responder Rate (≥50% Reduction From Baseline) In Study 3 Study 3 Study 3 was a double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study conducted at 47 centers in Europe comparing Levetiracetam 3000 mg/day (N=180) and placebo (N=104) in patients with refractory partial onset seizures, with or without secondary generalization, receiving only one concomitant AED.

Study drug was given in two divided doses.

After a prospective baseline period of 12 weeks, patients were randomized to one of two treatment groups described above.

The 16-week treatment period consisted of a 4-week titration period, followed by a 12-week fixed dose evaluation period, during which concomitant AED doses were held constant.

The primary measure of effectiveness was a between group comparison of the percent reduction in weekly seizure frequency relative to placebo over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period).

Secondary outcome variables included the responder rate (incidence of patients with ≥50% reduction from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency).

Table 12 displays the results of the analysis of Study 3.

Table 12: Reduction in Mean Over Placebo in Weekly Frequency of Partial Onset Seizures in Study 3 Placebo (N=104) Levetiracetam 3000 mg/day (N=180) Percent reduction in partial seizure frequency over placebo – 23.0% Statistically significant versus placebo The percentage of patients (y-axis) who achieved ≥50% reduction in weekly seizure rates from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period) within the two treatment groups (x-axis) is presented in Figure 3.

Figure 3: Responder Rate (greater than or equal to 50% Reduction from Baseline) in Study 3 Effectiveness in Partial Onset Seizures in Pediatric Patients 4 Years to 16 Years with Epilepsy The effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy (added to other antiepileptic drugs) in pediatric patients was established in one multicenter, randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled study (Study 4), conducted at 60 sites in North America, in pediatric patients 4 to 16 years of age with partial seizures uncontrolled by standard antiepileptic drugs (AEDs).

Eligible patients on a stable dose of 1-2 AEDs, who still experienced at least 4 partial onset seizures during the 4 weeks prior to screening, as well as at least 4 partial onset seizures in each of the two 4-week baseline periods, were randomized to receive either Levetiracetam or placebo.

The enrolled population included 198 patients (Levetiracetam N=101, placebo N=97) with refractory partial onset seizures, whether or not secondarily generalized.

The study consisted of an 8-week baseline period and 4-week titration period followed by a 10 week evaluation period.

Dosing was initiated at a dose of 20 mg/kg/day in two divided doses.

During the treatment period, Levetiracetam doses were adjusted in 20 mg/kg/day increments, at 2-week intervals to the target dose of 60 mg/kg/day.

The primary measure of effectiveness was a between group comparison of the percent reduction in weekly partial seizure frequency relative to placebo over the entire 14-week randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period).

Secondary outcome variables included the responder rate (incidence of patients with ≥ 50% reduction from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency per week).

Table 13 displays the results of this study.

Table 13: Reduction in Mean Over Placebo in Weekly Frequency of Partial Onset Seizures in Study 4 Placebo (N=97) Levetiracetam (N=101) Percent reduction in partial seizure frequency over placebo – 26.8% Statistically significant versus placebo The percentage of patients (y-axis) who achieved ≥ 50% reduction in weekly seizure rates from baseline in partial onset seizure frequency over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period) within the two treatment groups (x-axis) is presented in Figure 4.

Figure 4: Responder Rate (greater than or equal to 50% Reduction from Baseline) Effectiveness in Partial Onset Seizures in Pediatric Patients 1 Month to <4 Years with Epilepsy The effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy in pediatric patients was established in one multicenter, randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled study (Study 5), conducted at 62 sites in North America, South America, and Europe in pediatric patients 1 month to less than 4 years of age with partial seizures, uncontrolled by standard epileptic drugs (AEDs).

Eligible patients on a stable dose of 1-2 AEDs, who experienced at least 2 partial onset seizures during the 48-hour baseline video EEG were randomized to receive either Levetiracetam or placebo.

The enrolled population included 116 patients (Levetiracetam N=60, placebo N=56) with refractory partial onset seizures, whether or not secondarily generalized.

Randomization was stratified by age range as follows: 1 month to less than 6 months of age (N=4 treated with Levetiracetam), 6 months to less than 1 year of age (N=8 treated with Levetiracetam), 1 year to less than 2 years of age (N=20 treated with Levetiracetam), and 2 years to less than 4 years of age (N=28 treated with Levetiracetam).

The study consisted of a 5-day evaluation period which included a 1-day titration period followed by a 4-day maintenance period.

Levetiracetam dosing was determined by age and weight as follows: children 1 month to less than 6 months old were randomized to a target dose of 40 mg/kg/day, and children 6 months to less than 4 years old were randomized to a target dose of 50 mg/kg/day.

The primary measure of effectiveness was the responder rate (percent of patients with ≥ 50% reduction from baseline in average daily partial onset seizure frequency) assessed by a blinded central reader using a 48-hour video EEG performed during the last two days of the 4-day maintenance period.

A total of 109 patients were included in the efficacy analysis.

A statistically significant difference between Levetiracetam and placebo was observed (see Figure 5).

The treatment effect associated with Levetiracetam was consistent across age groups.​ Figure 5: Responder Rate for All Patients Ages 1 Month to < 4 Years (≥ 50% Reduction from Baseline) in Study 5 figure 5 14.2 Myoclonic Seizures in Patients with Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy Effectiveness of Myoclonic Seizures in Patients ≥12 Years of Age with Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy (JME) The effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy (added to other antiepileptic drugs) in patients 12 years of age and older with juvenile myoclonic epilepsy (JME) experiencing myoclonic seizures was established in one multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study (Study 6), conducted at 37 sites in 14 countries.

Of the 120 patients enrolled, 113 had a diagnosis of confirmed or suspected JME.

Eligible patients on a stable dose of 1 antiepileptic drug (AED) experiencing one or more myoclonic seizures per day for at least 8 days during the prospective 8-week baseline period were randomized to either Levetiracetam or placebo (Levetiracetam N=60, placebo N=60).

Patients were titrated over 4 weeks to a target dose of 3000 mg/day and treated at a stable dose of 3000 mg/day over 12 weeks (evaluation period).

Study drug was given in 2 divided doses.

The primary measure of effectiveness was the proportion of patients with at least 50% reduction in the number of days per week with one or more myoclonic seizures during the treatment period (titration + evaluation periods) as compared to baseline.

Table 14 displays the results for the 113 patients with JME in this study.

Table 14: Responder Rate (≥50% Reduction from Baseline) in Myoclonic Seizure Days per Week for Patients with JME in Study 6 Placebo (N=59) Levetiracetam (N=54) Percentage of responders 23.7% 60.4% Statistically significant versus placebo 14.3 Primary Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures Effectiveness in Primary Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures in Patients ≥6 Years of Age The effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy (added to other antiepileptic drugs) in patients 6 years of age and older with idiopathic generalized epilepsy experiencing primary generalized tonic-clonic (PGTC) seizures was established in one multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study (Study 7), conducted at 50 sites in 8 countries.

Eligible patients on a stable dose of 1 or 2 antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) experiencing at least 3 PGTC seizures during the 8-week combined baseline period (at least one PGTC seizure during the 4 weeks prior to the prospective baseline period and at least one PGTC seizure during the 4-week prospective baseline period) were randomized to either Levetiracetam or placebo.

The 8-week combined baseline period is referred to as “baseline” in the remainder of this section.

Patients were titrated over 4 weeks to a target dose of 3000 mg/day for adults or a pediatric target dose of 60 mg/kg/day and treated at a stable dose of 3000 mg/day (or 60 mg/kg/day for children) over 20 weeks (evaluation period).

Study drug was given in 2 equally divided doses per day.

The primary measure of effectiveness was the percent reduction from baseline in weekly PGTC seizure frequency for Levetiracetam and placebo treatment groups over the treatment period (titration + evaluation periods).

The population included 164 patients (Levetiracetam N=80, placebo N=84) with idiopathic generalized epilepsy (predominately juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, juvenile absence epilepsy, childhood absence epilepsy, or epilepsy with Grand Mal seizures on awakening) experiencing primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures.

Each of these syndromes of idiopathic generalized epilepsy was well represented in this patient population.

There was a statistically significant decrease from baseline in PGTC frequency in the Levetiracetam-treated patients compared to the placebo-treated patients.

Table 15: Median Percent Reduction From Baseline In PGTC Seizure Frequency Per Week in Study 7 Placebo (N=84) Levetiracetam (N=78) Percent reduction in PGTC seizure frequency 44.6% 77.6% Statistically significant versus placebo The percentage of patients (y-axis) who achieved ≥50% reduction in weekly seizure rates from baseline in PGTC seizure frequency over the entire randomized treatment period (titration + evaluation period) within the two treatment groups (x-axis) is presented in Figure 6.

Figure 6: Responder Rate (greater than or equal to 50% Reduction from Baseline) in PGTC Seizure Frequency per Week

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING 16.1 How Supplied Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 250 mg are pink, oblong-shaped, bi-convex, scored film coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and “221” on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

They are supplied in containers of 120 tablets (NDC 43547-221-15).

Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 500 mg are pink, oblong-shaped, bi-convex, scored film coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and”222″ on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

They are supplied in containers of 120 tablets (NDC 43547-222-15), and 1,000 tablets (NDC 43547-222-11).

Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 750 mg are pink, oblong-shaped, bi-convex, scored film coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and”223″ on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

They are supplied in containers of 120 tablets (NDC 43547-223-15).

Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 1000 mg are white to off-white, modified capsules shaped, bi-convex, scored film-coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and”224″ on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

They are supplied in containers of 60 tablets (NDC 43547-224-06).

16.2 Storage Store at 20-25°C (68-77°F); excursions permitted to 15-30°C (59-86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Pharmacist: Dispense in a tight, light-resistant container with a child-resistant closure.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Warnings and Precautions, ( 5.1, 5.3, 5.7, 5.8) 03/2015

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use There were 347 subjects in clinical studies of levetiracetam that were 65 and over.

No overall differences in safety were observed between these subjects and younger subjects.

There were insufficient numbers of elderly subjects in controlled trials of epilepsy to adequately assess the effectiveness of Levetiracetam in these patients.

Levetiracetam is known to be substantially excreted by the kidney, and the risk of adverse reactions to this drug may be greater in patients with impaired renal function.

Because elderly patients are more likely to have decreased renal function, care should be taken in dose selection, and it may be useful to monitor renal function [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 250 mg are pink, oblong-shaped, bi-convex, scored film coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and “221” on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 500 mg are pink, oblong-shaped, bi-convex, scored film coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and “222” on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 750 mg are pink, oblong-shaped, bi-convex, scored film coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and “223” on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

Levetiracetam tablets, USP, 1000 mg are white to off-white, modified capsules shaped, bi-convex, scored film-coated tablets, debossed “SLC” and “224” on either side of the score and plain on the other side.

250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, and 1000 mg film-coated, scored tablets ( 3)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action The precise mechanism(s) by which levetiracetam exerts its antiepileptic effect is unknown.

The antiepileptic activity of levetiracetam was assessed in a number of animal models of epileptic seizures.

Levetiracetam did not inhibit single seizures induced by maximal stimulation with electrical current or different chemoconvulsants and showed only minimal activity in submaximal stimulation and in threshold tests.

Protection was observed, however, against secondarily generalized activity from focal seizures induced by pilocarpine and kainic acid, two chemoconvulsants that induce seizures that mimic some features of human complex partial seizures with secondary generalization.

Levetiracetam also displayed inhibitory properties in the kindling model in rats, another model of human complex partial seizures, both during kindling development and in the fully kindled state.

The predictive value of these animal models for specific types of human epilepsy is uncertain.

In vitro and in vivo recordings of epileptiform activity from the hippocampus have shown that levetiracetam inhibits burst firing without affecting normal neuronal excitability, suggesting that levetiracetam may selectively prevent hypersynchronization of epileptiform burst firing and propagation of seizure activity.

Levetiracetam at concentrations of up to 10 μM did not demonstrate binding affinity for a variety of known receptors, such as those associated with benzodiazepines, GABA (gamma-aminobutyric acid), glycine, NMDA (N-methyl-D-aspartate), re-uptake sites, and second messenger systems.

Furthermore, in vitro studies have failed to find an effect of levetiracetam on neuronal voltage-gated sodium or T-type calcium currents and levetiracetam does not appear to directly facilitate GABAergic neurotransmission.

However, in vitro studies have demonstrated that levetiracetam opposes the activity of negative modulators of GABA- and glycine-gated currents and partially inhibits N-type calcium currents in neuronal cells.

A saturable and stereoselective neuronal binding site in rat brain tissue has been described for levetiracetam.

Experimental data indicate that this binding site is the synaptic vesicle protein SV2A, thought to be involved in the regulation of vesicle exocytosis.

Although the molecular significance of levetiracetam binding to SV2A is not understood, levetiracetam and related analogs showed a rank order of affinity for SV2A which correlated with the potency of their antiseizure activity in audiogenic seizure-prone mice.

These findings suggest that the interaction of levetiracetam with the SV2A protein may contribute to the antiepileptic mechanism of action of the drug.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Levetiracetam is indicated for adjunctive therapy in the treatment of: Partial onset seizures in patients one month of age and older with epilepsy ( 1.1) Myoclonic seizures in patients 12 years of age and older with juvenile myoclonic epilepsy ( 1.2) Primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures in patients 6 years of age and older with idiopathic generalized epilepsy ( 1.3) 1.1 Partial Onset Seizures Levetiracetam is indicated as adjunctive therapy in the treatment of partial onset seizures in adults and children 1 month of age and older with epilepsy.

1.2 Myoclonic Seizures in Patients with Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy Levetiracetam is indicated as adjunctive therapy in the treatment of myoclonic seizures in adults and adolescents 12 years of age and older with juvenile myoclonic epilepsy.

1.3 Primary Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures Levetiracetam is indicated as adjunctive therapy in the treatment of primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures in adults and children 6 years of age and older with idiopathic generalized epilepsy.

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety and effectiveness of Levetiracetam in the adjunctive treatment of partial onset seizures in pediatric patients age 1 month to 16 years old with epilepsy have been established [see Clinical Studies (14.1)] .

The dosing recommendation in these pediatric patients varies according to age group and is weight-based [see Dosage and Administration (2.2)].

The safety and effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive treatment of myoclonic seizures in adolescents 12 years of age and older with juvenile myoclonic epilepsy have been established [ see Clinical Studies (14.2)].

The safety and effectiveness of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy in the treatment of primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures in pediatric patients 6 years of age and older with idiopathic generalized epilepsy have been established [see Clinical Studies (14.3)].

A 3-month, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study was performed to assess the neurocognitive and behavioral effects of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy in 98 (Levetiracetam N=64, placebo N=34) pediatric patients, ages 4 to 16 years old, with partial seizures that were inadequately controlled.

The target dose was 60 mg/kg/day.

Neurocognitive effects were measured by the Leiter-R Attention and Memory (AM) Battery, which measures various aspects of a child’s memory and attention.

Although no substantive differences were observed between the placebo and drug treated groups in the median change from baseline in this battery, the study was not adequate to assess formal statistical non-inferiority of the drug and placebo.

The Achenbach Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL/6-18), a standardized validated tool used to assess a child’s competencies and behavioral/emotional problems, was also assessed in this study.

An analysis of the CBCL/6-18 indicated on average a worsening in Levetiracetam-treated patients in aggressive behavior, one of the eight syndrome scores [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)] .

Studies of levetiracetam in juvenile rats (dosing from day 4 through day 52 of age) and dogs (dosing from week 3 through week 7 of age) at doses of up to 1800 mg/kg/day (approximately 7 and 24 times, respectively, the maximum recommended pediatric dose of 60 mg/kg/day on a mg/m 2 basis) did not indicate a potential for age-specific toxicity.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Levetiracetam blood levels may decrease during pregnancy [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9)].

Pregnancy Category C There are no adequate and controlled studies in pregnant women.

In animal studies, levetiracetam produced evidence of developmental toxicity, including teratogenic effects, at doses similar to or greater than human therapeutic doses.

Levetiracetam should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

Oral administration of levetiracetam to female rats throughout pregnancy and lactation led to increased incidences of minor fetal skeletal abnormalities and retarded offspring growth pre- and/or postnatally at doses ≥350 mg/kg/day (equivalent to the maximum recommended human dose of 3000 mg [MRHD] on a mg/m 2 basis) and with increased pup mortality and offspring behavioral alterations at a dose of 1800 mg/kg/day (6 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

The developmental no effect dose was 70 mg/kg/day (0.2 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

There was no overt maternal toxicity at the doses used in this study.

Oral administration of levetiracetam to pregnant rabbits during the period of organogenesis resulted in increased embryofetal mortality and increased incidences of minor fetal skeletal abnormalities at doses ≥600 mg/kg/day (4 times MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis) and in decreased fetal weights and increased incidences of fetal malformations at a dose of 1800 mg/kg/day (12 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

The developmental no effect dose was 200 mg/kg/day (equivalent to the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

Maternal toxicity was also observed at 1800 mg/kg/day.

When levetiracetam was administered orally to pregnant rats during the period of organogenesis, fetal weights were decreased and the incidence of fetal skeletal variations was increased at a dose of 3600 mg/kg/day (12 times the MRHD).

1200 mg/kg/day (4 times the MRHD) was a developmental no effect dose.

There was no evidence of maternal toxicity in this study.

Treatment of rats with levetiracetam during the last third of gestation and throughout lactation produced no adverse developmental or maternal effects at doses of up to 1800 mg/kg/day (6 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

Pregnancy Registry To provide information regarding the effects of in utero exposure to Levetiracetam, physicians are advised to recommend that pregnant patients taking Levetiracetam enroll in the North American Antiepileptic Drug (NAAED) pregnancy registry.

This can be done by calling the toll free number 1-888-233-2334, and must be done by the patients themselves.

Information on the registry can also be found at the website http://www.aedpregnancyregistry.org/.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Levetiracetam is excreted in human milk.

Because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants from Levetiracetam, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Behavioral abnormalities including psychotic symptoms, suicidal ideation, irritability, and aggressive behavior have been observed; monitor patients for psychiatric signs and symptoms ( 5.1) Suicidal Behavior and Ideation: Monitor patients for new or worsening depression, suicidal thoughts/behavior, and/or unusual changes in mood or behavior ( 5.2) Monitor for somnolence and fatigue and advise patients not to drive or operate machinery until they have gained sufficient experience on Levetiracetam ( 5.3) Withdrawal Seizures: Levetiracetam must be gradually withdrawn ( 5.6) 5.1 Behavioral Abnormalities and Psychotic Symptoms Levetiracetam may cause behavioral abnormalities and psychotic symptoms.

Patients treated with Levetiracetam should be monitored for psychiatric signs and symptoms.

Behavioral abnormalities In clinical studies, 13% of adult Levetiracetam-treated patients and 38% of pediatric Levetiracetam-treated patients (4 to 16 years of age) compared to 6% and 19% of adult and pediatric placebo-treated patients, experienced non-psychotic behavioral symptoms (reported as aggression, agitation, anger, anxiety, apathy, depersonalization, depression, emotional lability, hostility, hyperkinesias, irritability, nervousness, neurosis, and personality disorder).

A randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled study was performed to assess the neurocognitive and behavioral effects of Levetiracetam as adjunctive therapy in pediatric patients (4 to 16 years of age).

The results from an exploratory analysis indicated a worsening in Levetiracetam-treated patients on aggressive behavior (one of eight behavior dimensions) as measured in a standardized and systematic way using a validated instrument, the Achenbach Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL/6-18).

In clinical studies in pediatric patients 1 month to < 4 years of age, irritability was reported in 12% of the Levetiracetam-treated patients compared to 0% of placebo-treated patients.

In clinical studies, 1.7% of adult Levetiracetam-treated patients discontinued treatment due to behavioral adverse reactions, compared to 0.2% of placebo-treated patients.

The treatment dose was reduced in 0.8% of adult Levetiracetam-treated patients and in 0.5% of placebo-treated patients.

Overall, 11% of Levetiracetam-treated pediatric patients experienced behavioral symptoms associated with discontinuation or dose reduction, compared to 6% of placebo-treated patients.

Psychotic symptoms In clinical studies, 1% of Levetiracetam-treated adult patients, 2% of Levetiracetam-treated pediatric patients 4 to 16 years of age, and 17% of Levetiracetam-treated pediatric patients 1 month to <4 years of age experienced psychotic symptoms, compared to 0.2%, 2%, and 5% in the corresponding age groups treated with placebo.

In a controlled study that assessed the neurocognitive and behavioral effects of Levetiracetam in pediatric patients 4 to 16 years of age, 1.6% of Levetiracetam-treated patients experienced paranoia, compared to 0% of placebo-treated patients.

In the same study, 3.1% of Levetiracetam-treated patients experienced confusional state, compared to 0% of placebo-treated patients [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4)] .

In clinical studies, two (0.3%) Levetiracetam-treated adult patients were hospitalized and their treatment was discontinued due to psychosis.

Both events, reported as psychosis, developed within the first week of treatment and resolved within 1 to 2 weeks following treatment discontinuation.

There was no difference between drug and placebo-treated patients in the incidence of the pediatric patients who discontinued treatment due to psychotic and non-psychotic adverse reactions.

5.2 Suicidal Behavior and Ideation Antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), including Levetiracetam, increase the risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior in patients taking these drugs for any indication.

Patients treated with any AED for any indication should be monitored for the emergence or worsening of depression, suicidal thoughts or behavior, and/or any unusual changes in mood or behavior.

Pooled analyses of 199 placebo-controlled clinical trials (mono- and adjunctive therapy) of 11 different AEDs showed that patients randomized to one of the AEDs had approximately twice the risk (adjusted Relative Risk 1.8, 95% CI:1.2, 2.7) of suicidal thinking or behavior compared to patients randomized to placebo.

In these trials, which had a median treatment duration of 12 weeks, the estimated incidence rate of suicidal behavior or ideation among 27,863 AED-treated patients was 0.43%, compared to 0.24% among 16,029 placebo-treated patients, representing an increase of approximately one case of suicidal thinking or behavior for every 530 patients treated.

There were four suicides in drug-treated patients in the trials and none in placebo-treated patients, but the number is too small to allow any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

The increased risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior with AEDs was observed as early as one week after starting drug treatment with AEDs and persisted for the duration of treatment assessed.

Because most trials included in the analysis did not extend beyond 24 weeks, the risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior beyond 24 weeks could not be assessed.

The risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior was generally consistent among drugs in the data analyzed.

The finding of increased risk with AEDs of varying mechanisms of action and across a range of indications suggests that the risk applies to all AEDs used for any indication.

The risk did not vary substantially by age (5-100 years) in the clinical trials analyzed.

Table 2 shows absolute and relative risk by indication for all evaluated AEDs.

Tabel 2: Risk by Indication for Antiepileptic Drugs in the Pooled Analysis Indication Placebo Patients with Events Per 1000 Patients Drug Patients with Events Per 1000 Patients Relative Risk: Incidence of Events in Drug Patients/Incidence in Placebo Patients Risk Difference: Additional Drug Patients with Events Per 1000 Patients Epilepsy 1.0 3.4 3.5 2.4 Psychiatric 5.7 8.5 1.5 2.9 Other 1.0 1.8 1.9 0.9 Total 2.4 4.3 1.8 1.9 The relative risk for suicidal thoughts or behavior was higher in clinical trials for epilepsy than in clinical trials for psychiatric or other conditions, but the absolute risk differences were similar for the epilepsy and psychiatric indications.

Anyone considering prescribing Levetiracetam or any other AED must balance the risk of suicidal thoughts or behaviors with the risk of untreated illness.

Epilepsy and many other illnesses for which AEDs are prescribed are themselves associated with morbidity and mortality and an increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior.

Should suicidal thoughts and behavior emerge during treatment, the prescriber needs to consider whether the emergence of these symptoms in any given patient may be related to the illness being treated.

Patients, their caregivers, and families should be informed that AEDs increase the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior and should be advised of the need to be alert for the emergence or worsening of the signs and symptoms of depression, any unusual changes in mood or behavior, or the emergence of suicidal thoughts, behavior, or thoughts about self-harm.

Behaviors of concern should be reported immediately to healthcare providers.

5.3 Somnolence and Fatigue Levetiracetam may cause somnolence and fatigue.

Patients should be monitored for these signs and symptoms and advised not to drive or operate machinery until they have gained sufficient experience on Levetiracetam to gauge whether it adversely affects their ability to drive or operate machinery.

Somnolence In controlled trials of adult patients with epilepsy experiencing partial onset seizures, 15% of Levetiracetam-treated patients reported somnolence, compared to 8% of placebo-treated patients.

There was no clear dose response up to 3000 mg/day.

In a study where there was no titration, about 45% of patients receiving 4000 mg/day reported somnolence.

The somnolence was considered serious in 0.3% of Levetiracetam-treated patients, compared to 0% in the placebo group.

About 3% of Levetiracetam-treated patients discontinued treatment due to somnolence, compared to 0.7% of placebo-treated patients.

In 1.4% of Levetiracetam-treated patients and 0.9% of placebo-treated patients, the dose was reduced, while 0.3% of the Levetiracetam-treated patients were hospitalized due to somnolence.

Asthenia In controlled clinical studies of adult patients with epilepsy experiencing partial onset seizures, 15% of Levetiracetam-treated patients reported asthenia, compared to 9% of placebo-treated patients.

Treatment was discontinued due to asthenia in 0.8% of Levetiracetam-treated patients as compared to 0.5% of placebo-treated patients.

In 0.5% of Levetiracetam-treated patients and in 0.2% of placebo-treated patients, the dose was reduced due to asthenia.

Somnolence and asthenia occurred most frequently within the first 4 weeks of treatment.

In general, the incidences of somnolence and fatigue in the pediatric partial onset seizure studies, and in pediatric and adult myoclonic and primary generalized tonic-clonic seizure studies were comparable to those of the adult partial onset seizure studies.

5.4 Serious Dermatological Reactions Serious dermatological reactions, including Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS) and toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), have been reported in both pediatric and adult patients treated with Levetiracetam.

The median time of onset is reported to be 14 to 17 days, but cases have been reported at least four months after initiation of treatment.

Recurrence of the serious skin reactions following rechallenge with Levetiracetam has also been reported.

Levetiracetam should be discontinued at the first sign of a rash, unless the rash is clearly not drug-related.

If signs or symptoms suggest SJS/TEN, use of this drug should not be resumed and alternative therapy should be considered.

5.5 Coordination Difficulties Levetiracetam may cause coordination difficulties.

In controlled clinical studies in adult patients with partial onset seizure studies, 3.4% of adult Levetiracetam-treated patients experienced coordination difficulties, (reported as either ataxia, abnormal gait, or incoordination) compared to 1.6% of placebo-treated patients.

A total of 0.4% of patients in controlled clinical studies discontinued Levetiracetam treatment due to ataxia, compared to 0% of placebo-treated patients.

In 0.7% of Levetiracetam-treated patients and in 0.2% of placebo-treated patients, the dose was reduced due to coordination difficulties, while one of the Levetiracetam-treated patients was hospitalized due to worsening of pre-existing ataxia.

These events occurred most frequently within the first 4 weeks of treatment.

Patients should be monitored for these signs and symptoms and advised not to drive or operate machinery until they have gained sufficient experience on Levetiracetam to gauge whether it could adversely affect their ability to drive or operate machinery.

5.6 Withdrawal Seizures Antiepileptic drugs, including Levetiracetam, should be withdrawn gradually to minimize the potential of increased seizure frequency.

5.7 Hematologic Abnormalities Levetiracetam can cause hematologic abnormalities.

Hematologic abnormalities occurred in clinical trials and included decreases in red blood cell (RBC) counts, hemoglobin, and hematocrit, and increases in eosinophil counts.

Decreased white blood cell (WBC) and neutrophil counts also occurred in clinical trials.

Cases of agranulocytosis have been reported in the postmarketing setting.

Partial Onset Seizures Adults Minor, but statistically significant, decreases compared to placebo in total mean RBC count (0.03 x 10 6/mm 3), mean hemoglobin (0.09 g/dL), and mean hematocrit (0.38%), were seen in Levetiracetam-treated patients in controlled trials.

A total of 3.2% of Levetiracetam-treated and 1.8% of placebo-treated patients had at least one possibly significant (≤2.8 x 10 9/L) decreased WBC, and 2.4% of Levetiracetam-treated and 1.4% of placebo-treated patients had at least one possibly significant (≤1.0 x 10 9/L) decreased neutrophil count.

Of the Levetiracetam-treated patients with a low neutrophil count, all but one rose towards or to baseline with continued treatment.

No patient was discontinued secondary to low neutrophil counts.

Pediatric Patients 4 Years to < 16 Years Statistically significant decreases in WBC and neutrophil counts were seen in Levetiracetam-treated patients as compared to placebo.

The mean decreases from baseline in the Levetiracetam-treated group were -0.4 × 10 9/L and -0.3 × 10 9/L, respectively, whereas there were small increases in the placebo group.

Mean relative lymphocyte counts increased by 1.7% in Levetiracetam-treated patients, compared to a decrease of 4% in placebo patients (statistically significant).

In the controlled trial, more Levetiracetam-treated patients had a possibly clinically significant abnormally low WBC value (3% of Levetiracetam-treated patients versus 0% of placebo-treated patients), however, there was no apparent difference between treatment groups with respect to neutrophil count (5% of Levetiracetam-treated patients versus 4.2% of placebo-treated patients).

No patient was discontinued secondary to low WBC or neutrophil counts.

In the controlled cognitive and neuropsychological safety study, 5 patients (8.6%) in the Levetiracetam-treated group and two patients (6.1%) in the placebo-treated group and 5 subjects (8.6%) in the Levetiracetam-Treated group had high eosinophil count values that were possibly clinically significant (≥10% or ≥ 0.7 x 10 9/L).

5.8 Increase in Blood Pressure In a randomized, placebo-controlled study in patients 1 month to <4 years of age, a significantly higher risk of increased diastolic blood pressure was observed in the Levetiracetam-treated patients (17%), compared to the placebo-treated patients (2%).

There was no overall difference in mean diastolic blood pressure between the treatment groups.

This disparity between the Levetiracetam and placebo treatment groups was not observed in the studies of older children or in adults.

Monitor patients 1 month to <4 years of age for increases in diastolic blood pressure.

5.9 Seizure Control During Pregnancy Physiological changes may gradually decrease plasma levels of levetiracetam throughout pregnancy.

This decrease is more pronounced during the third trimester.

It is recommended that patients be monitored carefully during pregnancy.

Close monitoring should continue through the postpartum period especially if the dose was changed during pregnancy.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide).

Suicidal Behavior and Ideation Counsel patients, their caregivers, and/or families that antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), including Levetiracetam , may increase the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior and advise patients to be alert for the emergence or worsening of symptoms of depression; unusual changes in mood or behavior; or suicidal thoughts, behavior, or thoughts about self-harm.

Advise patients, their caregivers, and/or families to immediately report behaviors of concern to a healthcare provider.

Psychiatric Reactions and Changes in Behavior Advise patients that Levetiracetam may cause changes in behavior (e.g.

aggression, agitation, anger, anxiety, apathy, depression, hostility, and irritability) and psychotic symptoms.

Effects on Driving or Operating Machinery Inform patients that Levetiracetam may cause dizziness and somnolence.

Inform patients not to drive or operate machinery until they have gained sufficient experience on Levetiracetam to gauge whether it adversely affects their ability to drive or operate machinery.

Dermatological Adverse Reactions Advise patients that serious dermatological adverse reactions have occurred in patients treated with Levetiracetam and instruct them to call their physician immediately if a rash develops.

Pregnancy Advise patients to notify their healthcare provider if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during Levetiracetam therapy.

Encourage patients to enroll in the North American Antiepileptic Drug (NAAED) pregnancy registry if they become pregnant.

This registry is collecting information about the safety of antiepileptic drugs during pregnancy.

To enroll, patients can call the toll free number 1-888-233-2334.

[see Use In Specific Populations (8.1)].

Manufactured by: Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

Xunqiao, Linhai, Zhejiang 317024, China Distributed by: Solco Healthcare US, LLC Cranbury, NJ 08512, USA Revised: 12/2015 07347-06

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Use the oral solution for pediatric patients with body weight ≤ 20 kg ( 2.1).

For pediatric patients, use weight-based dosing for the oral solution with a calibrated measuring device (not a household teaspoon or tablespoon) ( 2.1) Partial Onset Seizures 1 Month to < 6 Months: 7 mg/kg twice daily; increase by 7 mg/kg twice daily every 2 weeks to recommended dose of 21 mg/kg twice daily ( 2.2) 6 Months to < 4 Years: 10 mg/kg twice daily; increase by 10 mg/kg twice daily every 2 weeks to recommended dose of 25 mg/kg twice daily ( 2.2) 4 Years to < 16 Years: 10 mg/kg twice daily; increase by 10 mg/kg twice daily every 2 weeks to recommended dose of 30 mg/kg twice daily ( 2.2) Adults 16 Years and Older: 500 mg twice daily; increase by 500 mg twice daily every 2 weeks to a recommended dose of 1500 mg twice daily ( 2.2) Myoclonic Seizures in Adults and Pediatric Patients 12 Years and Older 500 mg twice daily; increase by 500 mg twice daily every 2 weeks to recommended dose of 1500 mg twice daily ( 2.3) Primary Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures 6 Years to < 16 Years: 10 mg/kg twice daily, increase in increments of 10 mg/kg twice daily every 2 weeks to recommended dose of 30 mg/kg twice daily ( 2.4) Adults 16 Years and Older: 500 mg twice daily, increase by 500 mg twice daily every 2 weeks to recommended dose of 1500 mg twice daily ( 2.4) Adult Patients with Impaired Renal Function Dose adjustment is recommended, based on the patient’s estimated creatinine clearance ( 2.5, 8.6) 2.1 Important Administration Instructions Levetiracetam is given orally with or without food.

The Levetiracetam dosing regimen depends on the indication, age group, dosage form (tablets or oral solution), and renal function.

Prescribe the oral solution for pediatric patients with body weight ≤ 20 kg.

Prescribe the oral solution or tablets for pediatric patients with body weight above 20 kg.

When using the oral solution in pediatric patients, dosing is weight-based (mg per kg) using a calibrated measuring device (not a household teaspoon or tablespoon).

2.2 Dosing for Partial Onset Seizures Adults 16 Years and Older Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 1000 mg/day, given as twice-daily dosing (500 mg twice daily).

Additional dosing increments may be given (1000 mg/day additional every 2 weeks) to a maximum recommended daily dose of 3000 mg.

There is no evidence that doses greater than 3000 mg/day confer additional benefit.

Pediatric Patients 1 Month to < 6 Months:Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 14 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (7 mg/kg twice daily).

Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 14 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 42 mg/kg (21 mg/kg twice daily).

In the clinical trial, the mean daily dose was 35 mg/kg in this age group.

The effectiveness of lower doses has not been studied.

6 Months to <4 Years:Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 20 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (10 mg/kg twice daily).

Increase the daily dose in 2 weeks by an increment of 20 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 50 mg/kg (25 mg/kg twice daily).

If a patient cannot tolerate a daily dose of 50 mg/kg, the daily dose may be reduced.

In the clinical trial, the mean daily dose was 47 mg/kg in this age group.

4 Years to < 16 Years:Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 20 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (10 mg/kg twice daily).

Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 20 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 60 mg/kg (30 mg/kg twice daily).

If a patient cannot tolerate a daily dose of 60 mg/kg, the daily dose may be reduced.

In the clinical trial, the mean daily dose was 44 mg/kg.

The maximum daily dose was 3000 mg/day.

For Levetiracetam tablet dosing in pediatric patients weighing 20 to 40 kg, initiate treatment with a daily dose of 500 mg given as twice daily dosing (250 mg twice daily).

Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 500 mg to a maximum recommended daily dose of 1500 mg (750 mg twice daily).

For Levetiracetam tablet dosing in pediatric patients weighing more than 40 kg, initiate treatment with a daily dose of 1000 mg/day given as twice daily dosing (500 mg twice daily).

Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 1000 mg/day to a maximum recommended daily dose of 3000 mg (1500 mg twice daily).

2.3 Dosing for Myoclonic Seizures in Patients 12 Years of Age and Older with Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy Initiate treatment with a dose of 1000 mg/day, given as twice-daily dosing (500 mg twice daily).

Increase the dosage by 1000 mg/day every 2 weeks to the recommended daily dose of 3000 mg.

The effectiveness of doses lower than 3000 mg/day has not been studied.

2.4 Dosing for Primary Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures Adults 16 Years and Older Initiate treatment with a dose of 1000 mg/day, given as twice-daily dosing (500 mg twice daily).

Increase dosage by 1000 mg/day every 2 weeks to the recommended daily dose of 3000 mg.

The effectiveness of doses lower than 3000 mg/day has not been adequately studied.

Pediatric Patients Ages 6 to <16 Years Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 20 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (10 mg/kg twice daily).

Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 20 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 60 mg/kg (30 mg/kg twice daily).

The effectiveness of doses lower than 60 mg/kg/day has not been adequately studied.

Patients with body weight ≤20 kg should be dosed with oral solution.

Patients with body weight above 20 kg can be dosed with either tablets or oral solution [see Dosage and Administration (2.1)].

Only whole tablets should be administered.

2.5 Dosage Adjustments in Adult Patients with Renal Impairment Levetiracetam tablets dosing must be individualized according to the patient’s renal function status.

Recommended dosage adjustments for adults are shown in Table 1.

In order to calculate the dose recommended for patients with renal impairment, creatinine clearance adjusted for body surface area must be calculated.

To do this an estimate of the patient’s creatinine clearance (CLcr) in mL/min must first be calculated using the following formula: Then CLcr is adjusted for body surface area (BSA) as follows: Table 1: Dosing Adjustment Regimen for Adult Patients with Renal Impairment Group Creatinine Clearance (mL/min/1.73m 2) Dosage (mg) Frequency Normal > 80 500 to 1,500 Every 12 hours Mild 50 – 80 500 to 1,000 Every 12 hours Moderate 30 – 50 250 to 750 Every 12 hours Severe < 30 250 to 500 Every 12 hours ESRD patients using dialysis ——- 500 to 1,000 Following dialysis, a 250 to 500 mg supplemental dose is recommended.

Every 24 hours Figure 2: Responder Rate (≥50% Reduction From Baseline) In Study 2: Period A Figure 3: Responder Rate (≥50% Reduction From Baseline) In Study 3

mesalamine 800 MG Delayed Release Oral Tablet

Generic Name: MESALAMINE
Brand Name: ASACOL HD
  • Substance Name(s):
  • MESALAMINE

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 No formal drug interaction studies have been performed using Asacol HD with other drugs.

However, the following interactions between mesalamine-containing products and other drugs have been reported.

Nephrotoxic A g ents including NSAIDs: Renal reactions have been reported (7.1) Azathioprine or 6-mercaptopurine: Blood disorders have been reported (7.2) 7.1 Nephrotoxic Agents, Including Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs The concurrent use of mesalamine with known nephrotoxic agents, including nonsteroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) may increase the risk of renal reactions [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) ] .

7.2 A z athioprine or 6-mercaptopurine The concurrent use of mesalamine with azathioprine or 6-mercaptopurine may increase the risk for blood disorders.

OVERDOSAGE

10 There is no specific antidote for mesalamine overdose and treatment for suspected acute severe toxicity with Asacol HD should be symptomatic and supportive.

This may include prevention of further gastrointestinal tract absorption, correction of fluid electrolyte imbalance, and maintenance of adequate renal function.

Asacol HD is a pH dependent delayed-release product and this factor should be considered when treating a suspected overdose.

Single oral doses of 5000 mg/kg mesalamine suspension in mice (approximately 4.2 times the recommended human dose of Asacol HD based on body surface area), 4595 mg/kg in rats (approximately 7.8 times the recommended human dose of Asacol HD based on body surface area) and 3000 mg/kg in cynomolgus monkeys (approximately 10 times the recommended human dose of Asacol HD based on body surface area) were lethal.

DESCRIPTION

11 Each Asacol HD delayed-release tablet for oral administration contains 800 mg of mesalamine, an aminosalicylate.

Asacol HD delayed-release tablets have an outer protective coat consisting of a combination of acrylic based resins, Eudragit S (methacrylic acid copolymer B, NF) and Eudragit L (methacrylic acid copolymer A, NF).

The inner coat consists of an acrylic based resin, Eudragit S, which dissolves at pH 7 or greater, releasing mesalamine in the terminal ileum and beyond for topical anti- inflammatory action in the colon.

Mesalamine (also referred to as 5-aminosalicylic acid or 5-ASA) has the chemical name 5-amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid; its structural formula is: Inactive Ingredients: Each tablet contains colloidal silicon dioxide, dibutyl phthalate, edible black ink, ferric oxide red, ferric oxide yellow, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, methacrylic acid copolymer B (Eudragit S), methacrylic acid copolymer A (Eudragit L), polyethylene glycol, povidone, sodium starch glycolate, and talc.

Mesalamine structural formula

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Moderately Active Ulcerative Colitis The efficacy of Asacol HD at 4.8 g/day was studied in a six-week, randomized, double-blind, active- controlled study in 772 patients with moderately active ulcerative colitis (UC).

Moderately active UC was defined as a Physician’s Global Assessment (PGA) score of 2; the PGA is a four-point scale (0 to 3) that encompasses the clinical assessments of rectal bleeding, stool frequency, and sigmoidoscopy findings.

Patients were randomized 1:1 to the Asacol HD 4.8 g/day group (two Asacol HD tablets three times a day) or the Asacol (mesalamine) 2.4 g/day group (two Asacol 400 mg tablets three times a day).

(One Asacol HD 800 mg tablet has not been shown to be bioequivalent to two Asacol 400 mg tablets [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )].) Patients characteristically had a history of previous use of oral 5-ASAs (86 percent), steroids (41 percent), and rectal therapies (49 percent), and demonstrated clinical symptoms of three or more stools over normal per day (87 percent) and obvious blood in the stool most or all of the time (70 percent).

The study population was primarily Caucasian (97 percent), had a mean age of 43 years (8 percent aged 65 years or older), and included slightly more males (56 percent) than females (44 percent).

The primary endpoint was treatment success defined as improvement from baseline to Week 6 based on the PGA.

Treatment success rates were similar in the two groups: 70 percent in the Asacol HD group and 66 percent in the Asacol group (difference: 5 percent; 95 percent CI: [-1.9 percent, 11.2 percent]).

A second controlled study supported the efficacy of Asacol HD at 4.8 g/day.

Treatment success was 72 percent in patients with moderately active UC treated with Asacol HD.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Asacol® HD (mesalamine) delayed-release tablets are available as red-brown, capsule-shaped tablets containing 800 mg mesalamine and imprinted with “WC 800” in black.

N 0430-0783-27 Bottle of 180 tablets Store at controlled room temperature 20° to 25° C (68° to 77° F); excursions are permitted 15° to 30° C (59° to 86° F).

[See USP Controlled Room Temperature]

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Clinical studies of Asacol HD did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently than younger subjects.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in response between the elderly and younger patients.

In general, the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function, and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy in elderly patients should be considered when prescribing Asacol HD.

Reports from uncontrolled clinical studies and postmarketing reporting systems for Asacol (mesalamine) suggested a higher incidence of blood dyscrasias, that is, agranulocytosis, neutropenia, pancytopenia, in patients who were 65 years or older.

Caution should be taken to closely monitor blood cell counts during mesalamine therapy.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Asacol HD delayed-release tablets: 800 mg (red-brown, capsule-shaped and imprinted with “WC 800” in black).

Delayed-release tablets: 800 mg (3)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action The mechanism of action of mesalamine is unknown, but appears to be topical rather than systemic.

Mucosal production of arachidonic acid (AA) metabolites, both through the cyclooxygenase pathways, that is, prostanoids, and through the lipoxygenase pathways, that is, leukotrienes (LTs) and hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acids (HETEs), is increased in patients with chronic inflammatory bowel disease, and it is possible that mesalamine diminishes inflammation by blocking cyclooxygenase and inhibiting prostaglandin (PG) production in the colon.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Asacol® HD is indicated for the treatment of moderately active ulcerative colitis in adults.

Safety and effectiveness of Asacol HD beyond 6 weeks have not been established.

Asacol HD is an aminosalicylate indicated for the treatment of moderately active ulcerative colitis in adults.

(1) Li m itation of Use: Safety and effectiveness of Asacol HD beyond 6 weeks have not been established (1)

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness of Asacol HD in pediatric patients have not been established.

See the prescribing information for other approved mesalamine products for the safety and effectiveness of these products in pediatric patients.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category C Risk summary There are no adequate well controlled studies of Asacol HD use in pregnant women.

Limited published human data on mesalamine show no increase in the overall rate of congenital malformations.

Some data show an increased rate of preterm birth, stillbirth, and low birth weight; however, these adverse pregnancy outcomes are also associated with active inflammatory bowel disease.

Furthermore, all pregnancies, regardless of drug exposure, have a background rate of 2 to 4 percent for major malformations, and 15 to 20 percent for pregnancy loss.

No evidence of fetal harm was observed in animal reproduction studies of mesalamine in rats and rabbits at oral doses approximately 1.6 times (rat) and 3.2 times (rabbit) the recommended human dose.

However, dibutyl phthalate (DBP) is an inactive ingredient in Asacol HD’s enteric coating, and in animal studies in rats at doses higher than 80 times the human dose, maternal DBP was associated with external and skeletal malformations and adverse effects on the male reproductive system.

Asacol HD should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

Human data Mesalamine crosses the placenta.

In prospective and retrospective studies of over 600 women exposed to mesalamine during pregnancy, the observed rate of congenital malformations was not increased above the background rate in the general population.

Some data show an increased rate of preterm birth, stillbirth, and low birth weight, but it is unclear whether this was due to underlying maternal disease, drug exposure, or both, as active inflammatory bowel disease is also associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes.

Animal data Reproduction studies with mesalamine were performed during organogenesis in rats and rabbits at oral doses up to 480 mg/kg/day.

There was no evidence of impaired fertility or harm to the fetus.

These mesalamine doses were about 1.6 times (rat) and 3.2 times (rabbit) the recommended human dose, based on body surface area.

Dibutyl phthalate (DBP) is an inactive ingredient in Asacol HD’s enteric coating.

The human daily intake of DBP from the maximum recommended dose of Asacol HD tablets is about 48 mg.

Published reports in rats show that male rat offspring exposed in utero to DBP (greater than or equal to 100 mg/kg/day, approximately 17 times the human dose based on body surface area), display reproductive system aberrations compatible with disruption of androgenic dependent development.

The clinical significance of this finding in rats is unknown.

At higher dosages (greater than or equal to 500 mg/kg/day, approximately 84 times the human dose based on body surface area), additional effects, including cryptorchidism, hypospadias, atrophy or agenesis of sex accessory organs, testicular injury, reduced daily sperm production, permanent retention of nipples, and decreased anogenital distance are noted.

Female offspring are unaffected.

High doses of DBP, administered to pregnant rats was associated with increased incidences of developmental abnormalities, such as cleft palate (greater than or equal to 630 mg/kg/day, about 106 times the human dose, based on body surface area) and skeletal abnormalities (greater than or equal to 750 mg/kg/day, about 127 times the human dose based on body surface area) in the offspring.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Mesalamine and its N-acetyl metabolite are present in human milk.

In published lactation studies, maternal mesalamine doses from various oral and rectal formulations and products ranged from 500 mg to 3 g daily.

The concentration of mesalamine in milk ranged from non-detectable to 0.11 mg/L.

The concentration of the N-acetyl-5-aminosalicylic acid metabolite ranged from 5 to 18.1 mg/L.

Based on these concentrations, estimated infant daily doses for an exclusively breastfed infant are 0 to 0.017 mg/kg/day of mesalamine and 0.75 to 2.72 mg/kg/day of N-acetyl-5-aminosalicylic acid.

Dibutyl phthalate (DBP), an inactive ingredient in the enteric coating of Asacol HD tablets, and its primary metabolite mono-butyl phthalate (MBP) are excreted into human milk.

The clinical significance of this has not been determined.

The developmental and health benefits of breastfeeding should be considered along with the mother’s clinical need for Asacol HD and any potential adverse effects on the breastfed child from the drug or from the underlying maternal condition.

Exercise caution when Asacol HD is administered to a nursing mother.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Development of Renal Impairment ( for example, minimal change nephropathy, acute and chronic interstitial nephritis renal failure): Assess renal function at beginning of treatment and periodically during therapy (5.1) Mesalamine-induced Acute I n tolerance Syndrome: Has been reported.

Observe patients closely for worsening of these symptoms while on treatment (5.2) Hypersensitivity Reactions: Use caution when treating patients who are hypersensitive to sulfasalazine.

Mesalamine-induced cardiac hypersensitivity reactions (myocarditis and pericarditis) have been reported (5.3) Hepatic Failure: Has been reported in patients with pre-existing liver disease.

Use caution when treating patients with liver disease (5.4) Prolonged Gastric Retention in P a ti e nts with Upper Gastrointestinal Obstruction: May lead to a delay in onset of action (5.5) 5.1 Renal Impairment Renal impairment, including minimal change nephropathy, acute and chronic interstitial nephritis, and, rarely, renal failure, has been reported in patients taking products such as Asacol HD that contain or are converted to mesalamine.

It is recommended that all patients have an evaluation of renal function prior to initiation of Asacol HD and periodically while on therapy.

Prescribers should carefully evaluate the risks and benefits when using Asacol HD in patients with known renal impairment or history of renal disease [ see Drug Interactions ( 7.1 ) and Nonclinical Toxicology ( 13.2 ) ].

5.

2 Mesalamine-Induced Acute Intolerance Syndrome Mesalamine has been associated with an acute intolerance syndrome that may be difficult to distinguish from an exacerbation of ulcerative colitis.

Exacerbation of the symptoms of colitis has been reported in 2.3 percent of Asacol HD-treated patients in controlled clinical trials.

This acute reaction, characterized by cramping, abdominal pain, bloody diarrhea, and occasionally by fever, headache, malaise, pruritus, rash, and conjunctivitis, has been reported after the initiation of Asacol HD tablets as well as other mesalamine products.

Symptoms usually abate when Asacol HD tablets are discontinued.

5.

3 Hypersensitivity Reactions Some patients who have experienced a hypersensitivity reaction to sulfasalazine may have a similar reaction to Asacol HD tablets or to other compounds that contain or are converted to mesalamine.

Mesalamine-induced cardiac hypersensitivity reactions (myocarditis and pericarditis) have been reported with Asacol HD and other mesalamine medications.

Caution should be taken in prescribing this medicine to patients with conditions predisposing them to the development of myocarditis or pericarditis.

5.

4 Hepatic Failure There have been reports of hepatic failure in patients with pre-existing liver disease who have been administered mesalamine.

Caution should be exercised when administering Asacol HD to patients with liver disease.

5.

5 Prolonged Gastric Retention in Patients w ith Upper Gastrointestinal Obstruction Organic or functional obstruction in the upper gastrointestinal tract may cause prolonged gastric retention of Asacol HD which would delay release of mesalamine in the colon.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Instruct patients to swallow the Asacol HD tablets whole, taking care not to break, cut, or chew the tablets, because the coating is an important part of the delayed-release formulation.

Inform patients that if they are switching from a previous oral mesalamine therapy to Asacol HD they should discontinue their previous oral mesalamine therapy and follow the dosing instructions for Asacol HD.

Inform patients that they should not substitute one Asacol HD tablet with two Asacol 400 mg tablets [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )].

Inform patients that intact, partially intact, and/or tablet shells have been reported in the stool.

Instruct patients to contact their physician if this occurs repeatedly.

Instruct patients to protect Asacol HD tablets from moisture.

Instruct patients to close the container tightly and to leave any desiccant pouches present in the bottle along with the tablets.

Advise women who are pregnant, breastfeeding, or of childbearing potential that Asacol HD contains dibutyl phthalate, which caused malformations and adverse effects on the male reproductive system in animal studies.

Dibutyl phthalate is excreted in human milk.

Manufactured by: Warner Chilcott Deutschland GmbH D-64331 Weiterstadt, Germany Marketed by: Warner Chilcott (US), LLC Rockaway, NJ 07866 Under license from Medeva Pharma Suisse AG (registered trademark owner).

U.S.

Patent No.

6,893,662.

0783G014 Warner Chilcott logo

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Recommended dosage is two 800 mg tablets three times daily (4.8 grams/day) with or without food for 6 weeks (2.1) Instruct patients to swallow tablets whole without cutting, breaking, or chewing (2.2) One Asacol HD 800 mg tablet cannot be substituted for two Asacol® (mesalamine) delayed-release 400 mg tablets (2.2) Recommend that renal function be evaluated prior to initiation of Asacol HD (2.3, 5.1) 2.1 Dosage Information For the treatment of moderately active ulcerative colitis, the recommended dosage of Asacol HD in adults is two 800 mg tablets to be taken three times daily with or without food, for a total daily dose of 4.8 grams, for a duration of 6 weeks.

2.2 Important Administration Instructions Swallow Asacol HD tablets whole, do not cut, break or chew the tablets.

One Asacol HD 800 mg tablet has not been shown to be bioequivalent to two Asacol 400 mg tablets [ see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

2.3 Testing Prior to Asacol HD Administration It is recommended that all patients have an evaluation of renal function prior to initiation of Asacol HD [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) ] .

AFINITOR 10 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: EVEROLIMUS
Brand Name: Afinitor
  • Substance Name(s):
  • EVEROLIMUS

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Everolimus is a substrate of CYP3A4, and also a substrate and moderate inhibitor of the multidrug efflux pump PgP.

In vitro, everolimus is a competitive inhibitor of CYP3A4 and a mixed inhibitor of CYP2D6.

Strong CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors: Avoid concomitant use.

(2.2, 2.5, 5.9, 7.1) Moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors: If combination is required, use caution and reduce dose of AFINITOR.

(2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 5.9, 7.1) Strong CYP3A4/PgP inducers: Avoid concomitant use.

If combination cannot be avoided, increase dose of AFINITOR.

(2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 5.9, 7.2) 7.1 Agents That May Increase Everolimus Blood Concentrations CYP3A4 Inhibitors and PgP Inhibitors In healthy subjects, compared to AFINITOR treatment alone there were significant increases in everolimus exposure when AFINITOR was coadministered with: ketoconazole (a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor and a PgP inhibitor) – Cmax and AUC increased by 3.9- and 15.0-fold, respectively.

erythromycin (a moderate CYP3A4 inhibitor and a PgP inhibitor) – Cmax and AUC increased by 2.0- and 4.4-fold, respectively.

verapamil (a moderate CYP3A4 inhibitor and a PgP inhibitor) – Cmax and AUC increased by 2.3- and 3.5-fold, respectively.

Concomitant strong inhibitors of CYP3A4/PgP should not be used [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5) and Warnings and Precautions (5.9)].

Use caution when AFINITOR is used in combination with moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors.

If alternative treatment cannot be administered reduce the AFINITOR dose [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5) and Warnings and Precautions (5.9)].

7.2 Agents That May Decrease Everolimus Blood Concentrations CYP3A4/PgP Inducers In healthy subjects, co-administration of AFINITOR with rifampin, a strong inducer of CYP3A4 and an inducer of PgP, decreased everolimus AUC and Cmax by 63% and 58% respectively, compared to everolimus treatment alone.

Consider a dose increase of AFINITOR when co-administered with strong CYP3A4/PgP inducers if alternative treatment cannot be administered.

St.

John’s Wort may decrease everolimus exposure unpredictably and should be avoided [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5)].

7.3 Drugs That May Have Their Plasma Concentrations Altered by Everolimus Studies in healthy subjects indicate that there are no clinically significant pharmacokinetic interactions between AFINITOR and the HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors atorvastatin (a CYP3A4 substrate) and pravastatin (a non-CYP3A4 substrate) and population pharmacokinetic analyses also detected no influence of simvastatin (a CYP3A4 substrate) on the clearance of AFINITOR.

A study in healthy subjects demonstrated that co-administration of an oral dose of midazolam (sensitive CYP3A4 substrate) with everolimus resulted in a 25% increase in midazolam Cmax and a 30% increase in midazolam AUC(0-inf).

Co-administration of everolimus and exemestane increased exemestane Cmin by 45% and C2h by 64%.

However, the corresponding estradiol levels at steady state (4 weeks) were not different between the 2 treatment arms.

No increase in adverse events related to exemestane was observed in patients with hormone receptor-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer receiving the combination.

Co-administration of everolimus and depot octreotide increased octreotide Cmin by approximately 50%.

OVERDOSAGE

10 In animal studies, everolimus showed a low acute toxic potential.

No lethality or severe toxicity was observed in either mice or rats given single oral doses of 2000 mg/kg (limit test).

Reported experience with overdose in humans is very limited.

Single doses of up to 70 mg have been administered.

The acute toxicity profile observed with the 70 mg dose was consistent with that for the 10 mg dose.

DESCRIPTION

11 AFINITOR (everolimus), an inhibitor of mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR), is an antineoplastic agent.

The chemical name of everolimus is (1R,9S,12S,15R,16E,18R,19R,21R,23S,24E,26E,28E,30S,32S,35R)-1,18- dihydroxy-12-{(1R)-2-[(1S,3R,4R)-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-3-methoxycyclohexyl]-1-methylethyl}-19,30-dimethoxy-15,17,21,23,29,35-hexamethyl-11,36-dioxa-4-aza-tricyclo[30.3.1.04,9]hexatriaconta-16,24,26,28-tetraene-2,3,10,14,20-pentaone.

The molecular formula is C53H83NO14 and the molecular weight is 958.2.

The structural formula is: AFINITOR Tablets are supplied for oral administration and contain 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 7.5 mg, or 10 mg of everolimus.

The tablets also contain anhydrous lactose, butylated hydroxytoluene, crospovidone, hypromellose, lactose monohydrate, and magnesium stearate as inactive ingredients.

AFINITOR DISPERZ (everolimus tablets for oral suspension) is supplied for oral administration and contains 2 mg, 3 mg, or 5 mg of everolimus.

The tablets for oral suspension also contain butylated hydroxytoluene, colloidal silicon dioxide, crospovidone, hypromellose, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, mannitol, and microcrystalline cellulose as inactive ingredients.

everolimus structural formula

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 Figure 1: Kaplan-Meier Progression-free Survival Curves (Investigator Radiological Review) Figure 2: Kaplan-Meier Investigator-Determined Progression-free Survival Curves Figure 4: Kaplan-Meier Progression-free Survival Curves Figure 3: Kaplan-Meier Progression-free Survival Curves 14.1 Advanced Hormone Receptor-Positive, HER2-Negative Breast Cancer A randomized, double-blind, multicenter study of AFINITOR plus exemestane versus placebo plus exemestane was conducted in 724 postmenopausal women with estrogen receptor-positive, HER2/neu-negative advanced breast cancer with recurrence or progression following prior therapy with letrozole or anastrozole.

Randomization was stratified by documented sensitivity to prior hormonal therapy (yes versus no) and by the presence of visceral metastasis (yes versus no).

Sensitivity to prior hormonal therapy was defined as either (1) documented clinical benefit (complete response [CR], partial response [PR], stable disease ≥ 24 weeks) to at least one prior hormonal therapy in the advanced setting or (2) at least 24 months of adjuvant hormonal therapy prior to recurrence.

Patients were permitted to have received 0-1 prior lines of chemotherapy for advanced disease.

The primary endpoint for the trial was progression-free survival (PFS) evaluated by Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors (RECIST), based on investigator (local radiology) assessment.

Other endpoints included overall survival (OS), objective response rate (ORR), and safety.

Patients were randomly allocated in a 2:1 ratio to AFINITOR 10 mg/day plus exemestane 25 mg/day (n=485) or to placebo plus exemestane 25 mg/day (n=239).

The two treatment groups were generally balanced with respect to baseline demographics and disease characteristics.

Patients were not permitted to cross over to AFINITOR at the time of disease progression.

The median progression-free survival by investigator assessment at the time of the final PFS analysis was 7.8 and 3.2 months in the AFINITOR and placebo arms, respectively [HR = 0.45 (95% CI: 0.38, 0.54), one-sided log-rank p <0.0001] (see Table 14 and Figure 1).

The results of the PFS analysis based on independent central radiological assessment were consistent with the investigator assessment.

PFS results were also consistent across the subgroups of age, race, presence and extent of visceral metastases, and sensitivity to prior hormonal therapy.

Objective response rate was 12.6% (95% CI: 9.8, 15.9) in the AFINITOR plus exemestane arm versus 1.7% (95% CI: 0.5, 4.2) in the placebo plus exemestane arm.

There were 3 complete responses (0.6%) and 58 partial responses (12.0%) in the AFINITOR plus exemestane arm.

There were no complete responses and 4 partial responses (1.7%) in the placebo plus exemestane arm.

After a median follow-up of 39.3 months, there was no statistically significant difference in OS between the AFINITOR plus exemestane arm and the placebo plus exemestane arm [HR 0.89 (95% CI 0.73, 1.10)].

Table 14: Progression-free Survival Results a Exemestane (25 mg/day) b Hazard ratio is obtained from the stratified Cox proportional-hazards model by sensitivity to prior hormonal therapy and presence of visceral metastasis c p-value is obtained from the one-sided log-rank test stratified by sensitivity to prior hormonal therapy and presence of visceral metastasis d Objective response rate = proportion of patients with CR or PR e not applicable Analysis AFINITOR + exemestanea N = 485 Placebo + exemestanea N = 239 Hazard ratio P-value Median progression-free survival (months, 95% CI) Investigator radiological review 7.8 (6.9 to 8.5) 3.2 (2.8 to 4.1) 0.45b (0.38 to 0.54) <0.0001c Independent radiological review 11.0 (9.7 to 15.0) 4.1 (2.9 to 5.6) 0.38b (0.3 to 0.5) <0.0001c Best overall response (%, 95% CI) Objective response rate (ORR)d 12.6% (9.8 to 15.9) 1.7% (0.5 to 4.2) n/ae Figure 1: Kaplan-Meier Progression-free Survival Curves (Investigator Radiological Review) 14.2 Advanced Neuroendocrine Tumors Locally Advanced or Metastatic Advanced Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors (PNET) A randomized, double-blind, multi-center trial of AFINITOR plus best supportive care (BSC) versus placebo plus BSC was conducted in patients with locally advanced or metastatic advanced pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors (PNET) and disease progression within the prior 12 months.

Patients were stratified by prior cytotoxic chemotherapy (yes versus no) and by WHO performance status (0 versus 1 and 2).

Treatment with somatostatin analogs was allowed as part of BSC.

The primary endpoint for the trial was progression-free survival (PFS) evaluated by RECIST (Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors).

After documented radiological progression, patients could be unblinded by the investigator; those randomized to placebo were then able to receive open-label AFINITOR.

Other endpoints included safety, objective response rate [ORR (complete response (CR) or partial response (PR)], response duration, and overall survival.

Patients were randomized 1:1 to receive either AFINITOR 10 mg/day (n=207) or placebo (n=203).

Demographics were well balanced (median age 58 years, 55% male, 79% Caucasian).

Of the 203 patients randomized to best supportive care, 172 patients (85%) received AFINITOR following documented radiologic progression.

The trial demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in PFS (median 11.0 months versus 4.6 months), resulting in a 65% risk reduction in investigator-determined PFS (HR 0.35; 95%CI: 0.27 to 0.45; p<0.001) (see Table 15 and Figure 2).

PFS improvement was observed across all patient subgroups, irrespective of prior somatostatin analog use.

The PFS results by investigator radiological review, central radiological review and adjudicated radiological review are shown below in Table 15.

Table 15: Progression-free Survival Results a includes adjudication for discrepant assessments between investigator radiological review and central radiological review Analysis N AFINITOR N=207 Placebo N=203 Hazard Ratio (95%CI) p-value 410 Median progression-free survival (months) (95% CI) Investigator radiological review 11.0 (8.4 to 13.9) 4.6 (3.1 to 5.4) 0.35 (0.27 to 0.45) <0.001 Central radiological review 13.7 (11.2 to 18.8) 5.7 (5.4 to 8.3) 0.38 (0.28 to 0.51) <0.001 Adjudicated radiological reviewa 11.4 (10.8 to 14.8) 5.4 (4.3 to 5.6) 0.34 (0.26 to 0.44) <0.001 Figure 2: Kaplan-Meier Investigator-Determined Progression-free Survival Curves Investigator-determined response rate was 4.8% in the AFINITOR arm and there were no complete responses.

Overall survival was not statistically significantly different between study arms [HR=0.94 (95% CI 0.73 to 1.20); p=0.30].

Unresectable, Locally Advanced or Metastatic, Well-Differentiated, Non-Functional Neuroendocrine Tumors of Gastrointestinal or Lung Origin A randomized, double-blind, multicenter study of AFINITOR plus best supportive care (BSC) versus placebo plus best supportive care was conducted in patients with unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic, well differentiated, non-functional neuroendocrine tumors (NET) of gastrointestinal (excluding pancreatic) or lung origin.

The study required that patients had well-differentiated (low or intermediate grade) histology, no prior or current history of carcinoid symptoms, and evidence of disease progression within 6 months prior to randomization.

Patients were randomized 2:1 to receive either AFINITOR 10 mg/day or placebo, and stratified by prior somatostatin analog (SSA) use (yes versus no), tumor origin and WHO performance status (0 versus 1).

The major efficacy outcome measure was progression-free survival (PFS) based on independent radiological assessment evaluated by RECIST.

Additional efficacy outcome measures were overall survival and overall response rate.

A total of 302 patients were randomized, 205 to the AFINITOR arm and 97 to the placebo arm.

The median age was 63 years (range 22 to 86); 47% were male; 76% were White; 74% had WHO performance status (PS) 0 and 26% had WHO PS 1.

The most common primary sites of tumor were lung (30%), ileum (24%), and rectum (13%).

The study demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in PFS per independent radiological review (see Table 16 and Figure 3).

There was no statistically significant difference in OS at the planned interim analysis.

Table 16: Efficacy Results 1.

Hazard ratio is obtained from the stratified Cox model.

2.

p-value is obtained from the stratified log-rank test.

AFINITOR N=205 Placebo N=97 Progression-Free Survival Number of Events 113 (55%) 65 (67%) Progressive Disease 104 (51%) 60 (62%) Death 9 (4%) 5 (5%) Median PFS in months (95% CI) 11.0 (9.2, 13.3) 3.9 (3.6, 7.4) Hazard Ratio (95%CI)1 0.48 (0.35, 0.67) p-value2 <0.001 Overall Response Rate 2% 1% Figure 3: Kaplan-Meier Progression-free Survival Curves Lack of Efficacy in Locally Advanced or Metastatic Functional Carcinoid Tumors The safety and effectiveness of AFINITOR in patients with locally advanced or metastatic functional carcinoid tumors have not been demonstrated.

In a randomized (1:1), double-blind, multi-center trial in 429 patients with carcinoid tumors, AFINITOR plus depot octreotide (Sandostatin LAR®) was compared to placebo plus depot octreotide.

After documented radiological progression, patients on the placebo arm could receive AFINITOR; of those randomized to placebo, 143 (67%) patients received open-label AFINITOR plus depot octreotide.

The study did not meet its primary efficacy endpoint of a statistically significant improvement in PFS and the final analysis of OS favored the placebo plus depot octreotide arm.

14.3 Advanced Renal Cell Carcinoma An international, multi-center, randomized, double-blind trial comparing AFINITOR 10 mg daily and placebo, both in conjunction with best supportive care, was conducted in patients with metastatic RCC whose disease had progressed despite prior treatment with sunitinib, sorafenib, or both sequentially.

Prior therapy with bevacizumab, interleukin 2, or interferon-α was also permitted.

Randomization was stratified according to prognostic score1 and prior anticancer therapy.

Progression-free survival (PFS), documented using Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST) was assessed via a blinded, independent, central radiologic review.

After documented radiological progression, patients could be unblinded by the investigator: those randomized to placebo were then able to receive open-label AFINITOR 10 mg daily.

In total, 416 patients were randomized 2:1 to receive AFINITOR (n=277) or placebo (n=139).

Demographics were well balanced between the 2 arms (median age 61 years; 77% male, 88% Caucasian, 74% received prior sunitinib or sorafenib, and 26% received both sequentially).

AFINITOR was superior to placebo for PFS (see Table 17 and Figure 4).

The treatment effect was similar across prognostic scores and prior sorafenib and/or sunitinib.

Final overall survival (OS) results yield a hazard ratio of 0.90 (95% CI: 0.71 to 1.14), with no statistically significant difference between the 2 treatment groups.

Planned cross-over from placebo due to disease progression to open label AFINITOR occurred in 111 of the 139 patients (79.9%) and may have confounded the OS benefit.

Table 17: Efficacy Results by Central Radiologic Review a Log-rank test stratified by prognostic score.

b Not applicable.

AFINITOR N=277 Placebo N=139 Hazard R atio (95% CI) p-value a Median P rogression- free S urvival (95% CI) 4.9 months (4.0 to 5.5) 1.9 months (1.8 to 1.9) 0.33 (0.25 to 0.43) <0.0001 Objective R esponse R ate 2% 0% n/a b n/a b Figure 4: Kaplan-Meier Progression-free Survival Curves 14.4 Renal Angiomyolipoma with Tuberous Sclerosis Complex A randomized (2:1), double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of AFINITOR was conducted in 118 patients with renal angiomyolipoma as a feature of TSC (n=113) or sporadic lymphangioleiomyomatosis (n=5).

The key eligibility requirements for this trial were at least one angiomyolipoma of ≥3 cm in longest diameter on CT/MRI based on local radiology assessment, no immediate indication for surgery, and age ≥18 years.

Patients received daily oral AFINITOR 10 mg or matching placebo until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

CT or MRI scans for disease assessment were obtained at baseline, 12, 24, and 48 weeks and annually thereafter.

Clinical and photographic assessment of skin lesions were conducted at baseline and every 12 weeks thereafter until treatment discontinuation.

The major efficacy outcome measure was angiomyolipoma response rate based on independent central radiology review, which was defined as a ≥50% reduction in angiomyolipoma volume, absence of new angiomyolipoma lesion ≥1 cm, absence of kidney volume increase ≥20%, and no angiomyolipoma related bleeding of ≥ Grade 2.

Key supportive efficacy outcome measures were time to angiomyolipoma progression and skin lesion response rate.

The primary analyses of efficacy outcome measures were limited to the blinded treatment period and conducted 6 months after the last patient was randomized.

The comparative angiomyolipoma response rate analysis was stratified by use of enzyme-inducing antiepileptic drugs (EIAEDs) at randomization (yes versus no).

Of the 118 patients enrolled, 79 were randomized to AFINITOR and 39 to placebo.

The median age was 31 years (range 18 to 61 years), 34% were male, and 89% were Caucasian.

At baseline, 17% of patients were receiving EIAEDs.

On central radiology review at baseline, 92% of patients had at least 1 angiomyolipoma of ≥3 cm in longest diameter, 29% had angiomyolipomas ≥8 cm, 78% had bilateral angiomyolipomas, and 97% had skin lesions.

The median values for the sum of all target renal angiomyolipoma lesions at baseline were 85 cm3 (range 9 to 1612 cm3) and 120 cm3 (range 3 to 4520 cm3) in the AFINITOR and placebo arms respectively.

Forty-six (39%) patients had prior renal embolization or nephrectomy.

The median duration of follow-up was 8.3 months (range 0.7 to 24.8 months) at the time of the primary analysis.

The renal angiomyolipoma response rate was statistically significantly higher in AFINITOR-treated patients; there were 33 (41.8%) patients with angiomyolipoma responses in the AFINITOR arm as compared to none in the placebo arm.

Results are displayed in Table 18.

The median response duration was 5.3+ months (range 2.3+ to 19.6+ months).

There were 3 patients in the AFINITOR arm and 8 patients in the placebo arm with documented angiomyolipoma progression by central radiologic review (defined as a ≥25% increase from nadir in the sum of angiomyolipoma target lesion volumes to a value greater than baseline, appearance of a new angiomyolipoma ≥1.0 cm in longest diameter, an increase in renal volume ≥ 20% from nadir for either kidney and to a value greater than baseline, or Grade ≥2 angiomyolipoma-related bleeding).

The time to angiomyolipoma progression was statistically significantly longer in the AFINITOR arm (HR 0.08 [95% CI: 0.02, 0.37]; p <0.0001).

Table 18: Angiomyolipoma Response a Per independent central radiology review AFINITOR Placebo p-value N=79 N=39 Primary analysis Angiomyolipoma response ratea – % 41.8 0 <0.0001 95% CI (30.8, 53.4) (0.0, 9.0) Skin lesion response rates were assessed by local investigators for 77 patients in the AFINITOR arm and 37 patients in the placebo arm who presented with skin lesions at study entry.

The skin lesion response rate was statistically significantly higher in the AFINITOR arm (26% versus 0, p=0.0011); all skin lesion responses were partial responses, defined as visual improvement in 50%-99% of all skin lesions durable for at least 8 weeks (Physician’s Global Assessment of Clinical Condition).

Patients randomized to placebo were permitted to receive AFINITOR at the time of angiomyolipoma progression or after the time of the primary analysis.

After the primary analysis, patients treated with AFINITOR underwent additional follow-up CT or MRI scans to assess tumor status until discontinuation of treatment or completion of 4 years of follow-up after the last patient was randomized.

A total of 112 patients (79 randomized to AFINITOR and 33 randomized to placebo) received at least one dose of AFINITOR.

The median duration of AFINITOR treatment was 3.9 years (range: 0.5 months to 5.3 years) and the median duration of follow-up was 3.9 years (range: 0.9 months to 5.4 years).

During the follow-up period after the primary analysis, 32 patients (in addition to the 33 patients identified at the time of the primary analysis) had an angiomyolipoma response based upon independent central radiology review.

Among the 65 responders out of 112 patients, the median time to angiomyolipoma response was 2.9 months (range: 2.6 to 33.8 months).

Sixteen of the 112 patients treated with AFINITOR had angiomyolipoma progression by the end of the follow-up period.

No patient underwent a nephrectomy for angiomyolipoma progression and one patient underwent renal embolization while treated with AFINITOR.

14.5 Subependymal Giant Cell Astrocytoma with Tuberous Sclerosis Complex Study 1 was a randomized (2:1), double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of AFINITOR conducted in 117 pediatric and adult patients with subependymal giant cell astrocytoma (SEGA) and tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC).

Eligible patients had at least one SEGA lesion ≥1.0 cm in longest diameter on MRI based on local radiology assessment and one or more of the following: serial radiological evidence of SEGA growth, a new SEGA lesion ≥1 cm in longest diameter, or new or worsening hydrocephalus.

Patients randomized to the treatment arm received AFINITOR tablets at a starting dose of 4.5 mg/m2 daily, with subsequent dose adjustments as needed to achieve and maintain everolimus trough concentrations of 5 to 15 ng/mL as tolerated.

AFINITOR/matched placebo treatment continued until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

MRI scans for disease assessment were obtained at baseline, 12, 24, and 48 weeks, and annually thereafter.

The main efficacy outcome measure was SEGA response rate based on independent central radiology review.

SEGA response was defined as a ≥ 50% reduction in the sum of SEGA volume relative to baseline, in the absence of unequivocal worsening of non-target SEGA lesions, a new SEGA lesion ≥ 1 cm, and new or worsening hydrocephalus.

The primary analysis of SEGA response rate was limited to the blinded treatment period and conducted 6 months after the last patient was randomized.

The analysis of SEGA response rate was stratified by use of enzyme-inducing antiepileptic drugs (EIAEDs) at randomization (yes versus no).

Of the 117 patients enrolled, 78 were randomized to AFINITOR and 39 to placebo.

The median age was 9.5 years (range 0.8 to 26 years; 69% were 3 to < 18 years at enrollment; 17% were <3 years at enrollment), 57% were male, and 93% were Caucasian.

At baseline, 18% of patients were receiving EIAEDs.

Based on central radiology review at baseline, 98% of patients had at least one SEGA lesion ≥1.0 cm in longest diameter, 79% had bilateral SEGAs, 43% had ≥2 target SEGA lesions, 26% had growth in or into the inferior surface of the ventricle, 9% had evidence of growth beyond the subependymal tissue adjacent to the ventricle, and 7% had radiographic evidence of hydrocephalus.

The median values for the sum of all target SEGA lesions at baseline were 1.63 cm3 (range 0.18 to 25.15 cm3) and 1.30 cm3 (range 0.32 to 9.75 cm3) in the AFINITOR and placebo arms respectively.

Eight (7%) patients had prior SEGA-related surgery.

The median duration of follow-up was 8.4 months (range 4.6 to 17.2 months) at the time of primary analysis.

The SEGA response rate was statistically significantly higher in AFINITOR-treated patients.

There were 27 (35%) patients with SEGA responses in the AFINITOR arm and no SEGA responses in the placebo arm.

Results are displayed in Table 19.

At the time of the primary analysis, all SEGA responses were ongoing and the median duration of response was 5.3 months (range 2.1 to 8.4 months).

With a median follow-up of 8.4 months, SEGA progression was detected in 6 of 39 (15.4%) patients randomized to receive placebo and none of the 78 patients randomized to receive AFINITOR.

No patient in either treatment arm required surgical intervention.

Table 19: SEGA Response a Per independent central radiology review AFINITOR Placebo p-value N=78 N=39 Primary analysis SEGA response ratea – (%) 35 0 <0.0001 95% CI 24, 46 0, 9 Patients randomized to placebo were permitted to receive AFINITOR at the time of SEGA progression or after the primary analysis, whichever occurred first.

After the primary analysis, patients treated with AFINITOR underwent additional follow-up MRI scans to assess tumor status until discontinuation of treatment or completion of 4 years of follow-up after the last patient was randomized.

A total of 111 patients (78 patients randomized to AFINITOR and 33 patients randomized to placebo) received at least one dose of AFINITOR.

Median duration of AFINITOR treatment and follow-up was 3.9 years (range: 0.2 to 4.9 years).

By four years after the last patient was enrolled, a total of 64 of the 111 patients treated with AFINITOR had a ≥50% reduction in SEGA volume relative to baseline, including 27 patients identified at the time of the primary analysis and 37 patients with a SEGA response after the primary analysis.

The median time to SEGA response was 5.3 months (range: 2.5 to 33.1 months).

Thirteen of the 111 patients treated with AFINITOR had documented disease progression by the end of the follow-up period and no patient required surgical intervention for SEGA during the course of the study.

Study 2 was an open-label, single-arm trial conducted to evaluate the safety and antitumor activity of AFINITOR 3.0 mg/m2/orally once daily in patients with SEGA and TSC.

Serial radiological evidence of SEGA growth was required for entry.

Tumor assessments were performed every 6 months for 60 months after the last patient was enrolled or disease progression, whichever occurred earlier.

The major efficacy outcome measure was the reduction in volume of the largest SEGA lesion with 6 months of treatment, as assessed via independent central radiology review.

Progression was defined as an increase in volume of the largest SEGA lesion over baseline that was ≥25% over the nadir observed on study.

Study 2 enrolled 28 patients who received AFINITOR for a median duration of 5.7 years (range: 5 months to 6.9 years); 23 of 28 patients (82%) remained on AFINITOR for at least 5 years.

Across the study population, the median age was 11 years (range 3-34), 61% male, 86% Caucasian.

At the primary analysis, 9 of 28 patients [32% (95% CI: 16% to 52%)] had an objective response at 6 months, defined as at least a 50% decrease in volume of the largest SEGA lesion.

At the completion of the study, the median duration of durable response was 12 months (range 3 months to 6.3 years).

By 60 months after the last patient was enrolled, 11% of patients (3/28) had documented disease progression.

No patient developed a new SEGA lesion while on AFINITOR.

Nine additional patients were identified as having a >50% volumetric reduction in their largest SEGA lesion between 1 to 4 years after initiating AFINITOR including 3 patients who had surgical resection with subsequent regrowth prior to receiving AFINITOR.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING AFINITOR (everolimus) Tablets 2.5 mg tablets White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “LCL” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0594-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each 5 mg tablets White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “5” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0566-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each 7.5 mg tablets White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “7P5” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0620-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each 10 mg tablets White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “UHE” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0567-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each AFINITOR DISPERZ (everolimus tablets for oral suspension) 2 mg tablets for oral suspension White to slightly yellowish, round, flat tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “D2” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0626-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each 3 mg tablets for oral suspension White to slightly yellowish, round, flat tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “D3” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0627-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each 5 mg tablets for oral suspension White to slightly yellowish, round, flat tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “D5” on one side and “NVR” on the other; available in: Blisters of 28 tablets………………………………………………………………………………NDC 0078-0628-51 Each carton contains 4 blister cards of 7 tablets each Store AFINITOR (everolimus) Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ (everolimus tablets for oral suspension) at 25°C (77°F); excursions permitted between 15°–30°C (59°–86°F).

See USP Controlled Room Temperature.

Store in the original container, protect from light and moisture.

Keep this and all drugs out of the reach of children.

Follow special handling and disposal procedures for anticancer pharmaceuticals.2 AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ should not be crushed.

Do not take tablets which are crushed or broken.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Indications and Usage (1.2, 1.4) 2/2016 Indications and Usage (1.5) 1/2016 Warnings and Precautions, Non-infectious Pneumonitis (5.1) 6/2016 Warnings and Precautions, Embryo-Fetal Toxicity (5.12) 2/2016

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use In the randomized advanced hormone receptor positive, HER2-negative breast cancer study, 40% of AFINITOR-treated patients were ≥ 65 years of age, while 15% were 75 years and over.

No overall differences in effectiveness were observed between elderly and younger patients.

The incidence of deaths due to any cause within 28 days of the last AFINITOR dose was 6% in patients ≥65 years of age compared to 2% in patients <65 years of age.

Adverse reactions leading to permanent treatment discontinuation occurred in 33% of patients ≥65 years of age compared to 17% in patients <65 years of age [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7)].

In two other randomized trials (advanced renal cell carcinoma and advanced neuroendocrine tumors of pancreatic origin), no overall differences in safety or effectiveness were observed between elderly and younger patients.

In the randomized advanced RCC study, 41% of AFINITOR treated patients were ≥65 years of age, while 7% were 75 years and over.

In the randomized advanced PNET study, 30% of AFINITOR-treated patients were ≥65 years of age, while 7% were 75 years and over.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in response between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

No dosage adjustment in initial dosing is required in elderly patients, but close monitoring and appropriate dose adjustments for adverse reactions is recommended [see Dosage and Administration (2.2), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 AFINITOR Tablets: 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 7.5 mg, and 10 mg tablets (3.1) AFINITOR DISPERZ Tablets, for oral suspension: 2 mg, 3 mg, and 5 mg tablets (3.2) 3.1 AFINITOR Tablets 2.5 mg tablet White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “LCL” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

5 mg tablet White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “5” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

7.5 mg tablet White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “7P5” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

10 mg tablet White to slightly yellow, elongated tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “UHE” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

3.2 AFINITOR DISPERZ 2 mg tablet for oral suspension White to slightly yellowish, round, flat tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “D2” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

3 mg tablet for oral suspension White to slightly yellowish, round, flat tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “D3” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

5 mg tablet for oral suspension White to slightly yellowish, round, flat tablets with a bevelled edge and engraved with “D5” on one side and “NVR” on the other.

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Everolimus is an inhibitor of mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR), a serine-threonine kinase, downstream of the PI3K/AKT pathway.

The mTOR pathway is dysregulated in several human cancers.

Everolimus binds to an intracellular protein, FKBP-12, resulting in an inhibitory complex formation with mTOR complex 1 (mTORC1) and thus inhibition of mTOR kinase activity.

Everolimus reduced the activity of S6 ribosomal protein kinase (S6K1) and eukaryotic initiation factor 4E-binding protein (4E-BP1), downstream effectors of mTOR, involved in protein synthesis.

S6K1 is a substrate of mTORC1 and phosphorylates the activation domain 1 of the estrogen receptor which results in ligand-independent activation of the receptor.

In addition, everolimus inhibited the expression of hypoxia-inducible factor (e.g., HIF-1) and reduced the expression of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF).

Inhibition of mTOR by everolimus has been shown to reduce cell proliferation, angiogenesis, and glucose uptake in in vitro and/or in vivo studies.

Constitutive activation of the PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway can contribute to endocrine resistance in breast cancer.

In vitro studies show that estrogen-dependent and HER2+ breast cancer cells are sensitive to the inhibitory effects of everolimus, and that combination treatment with everolimus and Akt, HER2, or aromatase inhibitors enhances the anti-tumor activity of everolimus in a synergistic manner.

Two regulators of mTORC1 signaling are the oncogene suppressors tuberin-sclerosis complexes 1 and 2 (TSC1, TSC2).

Loss or inactivation of either TSC1 or TSC2 leads to activation of downstream signaling.

In TSC, a genetic disorder, inactivating mutations in either the TSC1 or the TSC2 gene lead to hamartoma formation throughout the body.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 AFINITOR is a kinase inhibitor indicated for the treatment of: Postmenopausal women with advanced hormone receptor-positive, HER2-negative breast cancer (advanced HR+ BC) in combination with exemestane after failure of treatment with letrozole or anastrozole.

(1.1) Adults with progressive neuroendocrine tumors of pancreatic origin (PNET) and adults with progressive, well-differentiated, non-functional neuroendocrine tumors (NET) of gastrointestinal (GI) or lung origin that are unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic.

AFINITOR is not indicated for the treatment of patients with functional carcinoid tumors.

(1.2) Adults with advanced renal cell carcinoma (RCC) after failure of treatment with sunitinib or sorafenib.

(1.3) Adults with renal angiomyolipoma and tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC), not requiring immediate surgery.

(1.4) AFINITOR and AFINITOR DISPERZ are kinase inhibitors indicated for the treatment of: Pediatric and adult patients with tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC) who have subependymal giant cell astrocytoma (SEGA) that requires therapeutic intervention but cannot be curatively resected.

(1.5) 1.1 Advanced Hormone Receptor-Positive, HER2-Negative Breast Cancer (Advanced HR+ BC) AFINITOR® is indicated for the treatment of postmenopausal women with advanced hormone receptor-positive, HER2-negative breast cancer (advanced HR+ BC) in combination with exemestane, after failure of treatment with letrozole or anastrozole.

1.2 Advanced Neuroendocrine Tumors (NET) AFINITOR® is indicated for the treatment of adult patients with progressive neuroendocrine tumors of pancreatic origin (PNET) with unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic disease.

AFINITOR® is indicated for the treatment of adult patients with progressive, well-differentiated, non-functional neuroendocrine tumors (NET) of gastrointestinal (GI) or lung origin with unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic disease.

AFINITOR® is not indicated for the treatment of patients with functional carcinoid tumors [see Clinical Studies (14.2)].

1.3 Advanced Renal Cell Carcinoma (RCC) AFINITOR® is indicated for the treatment of adult patients with advanced renal cell carcinoma (RCC) after failure of treatment with sunitinib or sorafenib.

1.4 Renal Angiomyolipoma with Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC) AFINITOR® is indicated for the treatment of adult patients with renal angiomyolipoma and tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC), not requiring immediate surgery.

1.5 Subependymal Giant Cell Astrocytoma (SEGA) with Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC) AFINITOR® Tablets and AFINITOR® DISPERZ are indicated in pediatric and adult patients with tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC) for the treatment of subependymal giant cell astrocytoma (SEGA) that requires therapeutic intervention but cannot be curatively resected.

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Pediatric use of AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ is recommended for patients 1 year of age and older with TSC for the treatment of SEGA that requires therapeutic intervention but cannot be curatively resected.

The safety and effectiveness of AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ have not been established in pediatric patients with renal angiomyolipoma with TSC in the absence of SEGA.

The effectiveness of AFINITOR in pediatric patients with SEGA was demonstrated in two clinical trials based on demonstration of durable objective response, as evidenced by reduction in SEGA tumor volume [see Clinical Studies (14.5)].

Study 1 was a randomized, double-blind, multicenter trial comparing AFINITOR (n=78) to placebo (n=39) in pediatric and adult patients.

The median age was 9.5 years (range 0.8 to 26 years).

At the time of randomization, a total of 20 patients were <3 years of age, 54 patients were 3 to <12 years of age, 27 patients were 12 to <18 years of age, and 16 patients were ≥18 years of age.

The overall nature, type, and frequency of adverse reactions across the age groups evaluated were similar, with the exception of a higher per patient incidence of infectious serious adverse events in patients <3 years of age.

A total of 6 of 13 patients (46%) <3 years of age had at least 1 serious adverse event due to infection, compared to 2 of 7 patients (29%) treated with placebo.

No patient in any age group discontinued AFINITOR due to infection [see Adverse Reactions (6.5)].

Subgroup analyses showed reduction in SEGA volume with AFINITOR treatment in all pediatric age subgroups.

Study 2 was an open-label, single-arm, single-center trial of AFINITOR (N=28) in patients aged ≥3 years; median age was 11 years (range 3 to 34 years).

A total of 16 patients were 3 to <12 years, 6 patients were 12 to <18 years, and 6 patients were ≥ 18 years.

The frequency of adverse reactions across the age groups was generally similar [see Adverse Reactions (6.5)].

Subgroup analyses showed reductions in SEGA volume with AFINITOR treatment in all pediatric age subgroups.

Although a conclusive determination cannot be made due to the limited number of patients and lack of a comparator arm in the open label follow-up periods of Study 1 and Study 2, AFINITOR did not appear to adversely impact growth and pubertal development in the 115 pediatric patients treated with AFINITOR for a median duration of 4.1 years.

Everolimus clearance normalized to body surface area was higher in pediatric patients than in adults with SEGA [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

The recommended starting dose and subsequent requirement for therapeutic drug monitoring to achieve and maintain trough concentrations of 5 to 15 ng/mL are the same for adult and pediatric patients with SEGA [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary Based on animal studies and the mechanism of action [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.1)], AFINITOR can cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

There are limited case reports of AFINITOR use in pregnant women.

However, these reports are not sufficient to inform about risks of birth defects or miscarriage.

In animal studies, everolimus caused embryo-fetal toxicities in rats when administered during the period of organogenesis at maternal exposures that were lower than human exposures at the recommended clinical dose of 10 mg daily [see Data].

Advise pregnant women of the potential risk to the fetus.

The estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated population is unknown.

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage is 2-4% and 15-20% of clinically recognized pregnancies, respectively.

Data Animal Data In animal reproductive studies, oral administration of everolimus to female rats before mating and through organogenesis induced embryo-fetal toxicities, including increased resorption, pre-implantation and post-implantation loss, decreased numbers of live fetuses, malformation (e.g., sternal cleft), and retarded skeletal development.

These effects occurred in the absence of maternal toxicities.

Embryo-fetal toxicities in rats occurred at doses ≥0.1 mg/kg (0.6 mg/m2) with resulting exposures of approximately 4% of the exposure (AUC0-24h) achieved in patients receiving the 10 mg daily dose of everolimus.

In rabbits, embryotoxicity evident as an increase in resorptions occurred at an oral dose of 0.8 mg/kg (9.6 mg/m2), approximately 1.6 times either the 10 mg daily dose or the median dose administered to SEGA patients on a body surface area basis.

The effect in rabbits occurred in the presence of maternal toxicities.

In a pre- and post-natal development study in rats, animals were dosed from implantation through lactation.

At the dose of 0.1 mg/kg (0.6 mg/m2), there were no adverse effects on delivery and lactation or signs of maternal toxicity; however, there were reductions in body weight (up to 9% reduction from the control) and in survival of offspring (~5% died or missing).

There were no drug-related effects on the developmental parameters (morphological development, motor activity, learning, or fertility assessment) in the offspring.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Non-infectious pneumonitis: Monitor for clinical symptoms or radiological changes; fatal cases have occurred.

Manage by dose reduction or discontinuation until symptoms resolve, and consider use of corticosteroids.

(5.1) Infections: Increased risk of infections, some fatal.

Monitor for signs and symptoms, and treat promptly.

(5.2) Angioedema: Patients taking concomitant ACE inhibitor therapy may be at increased risk for angioedema.

(5.3) Oral ulceration: Mouth ulcers, stomatitis, and oral mucositis are common.

Management includes mouthwashes and topical treatments.

(5.4) Renal failure: Cases of renal failure (including acute renal failure), some with a fatal outcome, have been observed.

(5.5) Impaired wound healing: Increased risk of wound-related complications.

Monitor signs and symptoms.

Exercise caution in the peri-surgical period.

(5.6) Laboratory test alterations: Elevations of serum creatinine, urinary protein, blood glucose, and lipids may occur.

Decreases in hemoglobin, neutrophils, and platelets may also occur.

Monitor renal function, blood glucose, lipids, and hematologic parameters prior to treatment and periodically thereafter.

(5.8) Vaccinations: Avoid live vaccines and close contact with those who have received live vaccines.

(5.11) Embryo-Fetal Toxicity: Can cause fetal harm.

Advise females of reproductive potential of the potential risk to a fetus and to use effective contraception during treatment with AFINITOR and for 8 weeks after final dose.

(5.12, 8.1, 8.3) 5.1 Non-infectious Pneumonitis Non-infectious pneumonitis is a class effect of rapamycin derivatives, including AFINITOR.

Non-infectious pneumonitis was reported in up to 19% of patients treated with AFINITOR in clinical trials, some cases reported with pulmonary hypertension (including pulmonary arterial hypertension) as a secondary event.

The incidence of Common Terminology Criteria (CTC) Grade 3 and 4 non-infectious pneumonitis was up to 4.0% and up to 0.2%, respectively [see Adverse Reactions (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5)].

Fatal outcomes have been observed.

Consider a diagnosis of non-infectious pneumonitis in patients presenting with non-specific respiratory signs and symptoms such as hypoxia, pleural effusion, cough, or dyspnea, and in whom infectious, neoplastic, and other causes have been excluded by means of appropriate investigations.

Opportunistic infections such as pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia (PJP) should be considered in the differential diagnosis.

Advise patients to report promptly any new or worsening respiratory symptoms.

Patients who develop radiological changes suggestive of non-infectious pneumonitis and have few or no symptoms may continue AFINITOR therapy without dose alteration.

Imaging appears to overestimate the incidence of clinical pneumonitis.

If symptoms are moderate, consider interrupting therapy until symptoms improve.

The use of corticosteroids may be indicated.

AFINITOR may be reintroduced at a daily dose approximately 50% lower than the dose previously administered [see Table 1 in Dosage and Administration (2.2)].

For cases of Grade 3 non-infectious pneumonitis, interrupt AFINITOR until resolution to less than or equal to Grade 1.

AFINITOR may be re-introduced at a daily dose approximately 50% lower than the dose previously administered depending on the individual clinical circumstances [see Dosage and Administration (2.2)].

If toxicity recurs at Grade 3, consider discontinuation of AFINITOR.

For cases of Grade 4 non-infectious pneumonitis, discontinue AFINITOR.

Corticosteroids may be indicated until clinical symptoms resolve.

For patients who require use of corticosteroids for treatment of non-infectious pneumonitis, prophylaxis for PJP may be considered.

The development of pneumonitis has been reported even at a reduced dose.

5.2 Infections AFINITOR has immunosuppressive properties and may predispose patients to bacterial, fungal, viral, or protozoal infections, including infections with opportunistic pathogens [see Adverse Reactions (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5)].

Localized and systemic infections, including pneumonia, mycobacterial infections, other bacterial infections, invasive fungal infections, such as aspergillosis, candidiasis, or pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia (PJP) and viral infections including reactivation of hepatitis B virus have occurred in patients taking AFINITOR.

Some of these infections have been severe (e.g., leading to sepsis, respiratory or hepatic failure) or fatal.

Physicians and patients should be aware of the increased risk of infection with AFINITOR.

Complete treatment of pre-existing invasive fungal infections prior to starting treatment with AFINITOR.

While taking AFINITOR, be vigilant for signs and symptoms of infection; if a diagnosis of an infection is made, institute appropriate treatment promptly and consider interruption or discontinuation of AFINITOR.

If a diagnosis of invasive systemic fungal infection is made, discontinue AFINITOR and treat with appropriate antifungal therapy.

Pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia, some with a fatal outcome, has been reported in patients who received everolimus.

This may be associated with concomitant use of corticosteroids or other immunosuppressive agents.

Prophylaxis for PJP should be considered when concomitant use of corticosteroids or other immunosuppressive agents are required.

5.3 Angioedema with Concomitant Use of Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors Patients taking concomitant ACE inhibitor therapy may be at increased risk for angioedema (e.g., swelling of the airways or tongue, with or without respiratory impairment).

In a pooled analysis of randomized double-blind oncology clinical trials, the incidence of angioedema in patients taking everolimus with an ACE inhibitor was 6.8% compared to 1.3% in the control arm with an ACE inhibitor.

5.4 Oral Ulceration Mouth ulcers, stomatitis, and oral mucositis have occurred in patients treated with AFINITOR at an incidence ranging from 44%-78% across the clinical trial experience.

Grade 3 or 4 stomatitis was reported in 4%-9% of patients [see Adverse Reactions (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5)].

In such cases, topical treatments are recommended, but alcohol-, hydrogen peroxide-, iodine-, or thyme- containing mouthwashes should be avoided as they may exacerbate the condition.

Antifungal agents should not be used unless fungal infection has been diagnosed [see Drug Interactions (7.1)].

5.5 Renal Failure Cases of renal failure (including acute renal failure), some with a fatal outcome, have been observed in patients treated with AFINITOR [see Laboratory Tests and Monitoring (5.8)].

5.6 Impaired Wound Healing Everolimus delays wound healing and increases the occurrence of wound-related complications like wound dehiscence, wound infection, incisional hernia, lymphocele, and seroma.

These wound-related complications may require surgical intervention.

Exercise caution with the use of AFINITOR in the peri-surgical period.

5.7 Geriatric Patients In the randomized advanced hormone receptor-positive, HER2-negative breast cancer study, the incidence of deaths due to any cause within 28 days of the last AFINITOR dose was 6% in patients ≥ 65 years of age compared to 2% in patients < 65 years of age.

Adverse reactions leading to permanent treatment discontinuation occurred in 33% of patients ≥ 65 years of age compared to 17% in patients < 65 years of age.

Careful monitoring and appropriate dose adjustments for adverse reactions are recommended [see Dosage and Administration (2.2), Use in Specific Populations (8.5)].

5.8 Laboratory Tests and Monitoring Renal Function Elevations of serum creatinine and proteinuria have been reported in patients taking AFINITOR [see Adverse Reactions (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5)].

Monitoring of renal function, including measurement of blood urea nitrogen (BUN), urinary protein, or serum creatinine, is recommended prior to the start of AFINITOR therapy and periodically thereafter.

Renal function of patients should be monitored particularly where patients have additional risk factors that may further impair renal function.

Blood Glucose and Lipids Hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, and hypertriglyceridemia have been reported in patients taking AFINITOR [see Adverse Reactions (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5)].

Monitoring of fasting serum glucose and lipid profile is recommended prior to the start of AFINITOR therapy and periodically thereafter as well as management with appropriate medical therapy.

More frequent monitoring is recommended when AFINITOR is co-administered with other drugs that may induce hyperglycemia.

When possible, optimal glucose and lipid control should be achieved before starting a patient on AFINITOR.

Hematologic Parameters Decreased hemoglobin, lymphocytes, neutrophils, and platelets have been reported in patients taking AFINITOR [see Adverse Reactions (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5)].

Monitoring of complete blood count is recommended prior to the start of AFINITOR therapy and periodically thereafter.

5.9 Drug-Drug Interactions Due to significant increases in exposure of everolimus, co-administration with strong CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors should be avoided [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5) and Drug Interactions (7.1)].

A reduction of the AFINITOR dose is recommended when co-administered with a moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitor [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5) and Drug Interactions (7.1)].

An increase in the AFINITOR dose is recommended when co-administered with a strong CYP3A4/PgP inducer [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5) and Drug Interactions (7.2)].

5.10 Hepatic Impairment Exposure to everolimus was increased in patients with hepatic impairment [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

For advanced HR+ BC, advanced NET, advanced RCC, and renal angiomyolipoma with TSC patients with severe hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh class C), AFINITOR may be used at a reduced dose if the desired benefit outweighs the risk.

For patients with mild (Child-Pugh class A) or moderate (Child-Pugh class B) hepatic impairment, a dose reduction is recommended [see Dosage and Administration (2.2) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

For patients with SEGA and mild or moderate hepatic impairment, adjust the dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ based on therapeutic drug monitoring.

For patients with SEGA and severe hepatic impairment, reduce the starting dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ by approximately 50% and adjust subsequent doses based on therapeutic drug monitoring [see Dosage and Administration (2.4, 2.5)].

5.11 Vaccinations During AFINITOR treatment, avoid the use of live vaccines and avoid close contact with individuals who have received live vaccines (e.g., intranasal influenza, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, BCG, yellow fever, varicella, and TY21a typhoid vaccines).

For pediatric patients with SEGA that do not require immediate treatment, complete the recommended childhood series of live virus vaccinations according to American Council on Immunization Practices (ACIP) guidelines prior to the start of therapy.

An accelerated vaccination schedule may be appropriate.

5.12 Embryo-Fetal Toxicity Based on animal studies and the mechanism of action [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.1)], AFINITOR can cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

In animal studies, everolimus caused embryo-fetal toxicities in rats when administered during the period of organogenesis at maternal exposures that were lower than human exposures at the recommended clinical dose of 10 mg daily.

Advise pregnant women of the potential risk to a fetus.

Advise female patients of reproductive potential to avoid becoming pregnant and to use effective contraception while using AFINITOR and for 8 weeks after ending treatment [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1, 8.3)].

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Patient Information and Instructions for Use).

Non-infectious Pneumonitis Warn patients of the possibility of developing non-infectious pneumonitis.

In clinical studies, some non-infectious pneumonitis cases have been severe and occasionally fatal.

Advise patients to report promptly any new or worsening respiratory symptoms [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Infections Inform patients that they are more susceptible to infections while being treated with AFINITOR and that cases of hepatitis B reactivation have been associated with AFINITOR treatment.

In clinical studies, some of these infections have been severe (e.g., leading to sepsis, respiratory or hepatic failure) and occasionally fatal.

Patients should be aware of the signs and symptoms of infection and should report any such signs or symptoms promptly to their physician [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

Angioedema with Concomitant use of Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors Inform patients that they are more susceptible to angioedema if concomitantly taking angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors.

Patients should be aware of any signs or symptoms of angioedema and seek prompt medical attention [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)].

Oral Ulceration Inform patients of the possibility of developing mouth ulcers, stomatitis, and oral mucositis.

In such cases, mouthwashes and/or topical treatments are recommended, but these should not contain alcohol, peroxide, iodine, or thyme [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].

Renal Failure Inform patients of the possibility of developing kidney failure.

In some cases kidney failure has been severe and occasionally fatal.

Inform patients of the need for the healthcare provider to monitor kidney function, especially in patients with risk factors that may impair kidney function [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5)].

Impaired Wound Healing Inform patients of the possibility of impaired wound healing or dehiscence while being treated with AFINITOR [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6)].

Laboratory Tests and Monitoring Inform patients of the need to monitor blood chemistry and hematology prior to the start of AFINITOR therapy and periodically thereafter [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8)].

Drug-drug Interactions Advise patients to inform their healthcare providers of all concomitant medications, including over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements.

Inform the patients to avoid concomitant administration of strong CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors or inducers while on AFINITOR treatment [see Dosage and Administration (2.2, 2.5), Warnings and Precautions (5.9), and Drug Interactions (7.1, 7.2)].

Vaccinations Advise patients to avoid the use of live vaccines and close contact with those who have received live vaccines [see Warnings and Precautions (5.11)].

Embryo-Fetal Toxicity AFINITOR can cause fetal harm if taken during pregnancy.

Advise a pregnant woman of the potential risk to a fetus.

Advise females of reproductive potential to use effective contraception during treatment with AFINITOR, and for 8 weeks after the last dose.

Advise patients to inform their healthcare provider of a known or suspected pregnancy [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12) and Use in Specific Populations (8.1, 8.3)].

Lactation Advise women that breastfeeding is not recommended during treatment with AFINITOR and for 2 weeks after the last dose [see Use in Specific Populations (8.2)].

Infertility Advise males and females of reproductive potential of the potential risk for impaired fertility [see Use in Specific Populations (8.3)].

Safe Handling Practices for AFINITOR DISPERZ Advise patients and their caregivers to read and carefully follow the FDA approved AFINITOR DISPERZ “Instructions for Use”.

Dosing Instructions Inform patients to take AFINITOR Tablets orally once daily at the same time every day, either consistently with food or consistently without food.

Inform patients that AFINITOR Tablets should be swallowed whole with a glass of water.

Inform patients to take AFINITOR DISPERZ orally once daily at the same time every day as a suspension.

Refer patients to the “Instructions for Use” pamphlet for additional information regarding these procedures.

Instruct patients that if they miss a dose of AFINITOR, they may still take it up to 6 hours after the time they would normally take it.

If more than 6 hours have elapsed, they should be instructed to skip the dose for that day.

The next day, they should take AFINITOR at the usual time.

Warn patients to not take 2 doses to make up for the one that they missed.

Distributed by: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation East Hanover, New Jersey 07936 T2016-51 June 2016

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 AFINITOR is available in two dosage forms: tablets (AFINITOR Tablets) and tablets for oral suspension (AFINITOR DISPERZ).

AFINITOR Tablets may be used for all approved indications.

AFINITOR DISPERZ is approved for the treatment of patients with subependymal giant cell astrocytoma (SEGA) and tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC).

Advanced HR+ BC, advanced NET, advanced RCC, or renal angiomyolipoma with TSC: 10 mg once daily with or without food.

(2.1) For patients with hepatic impairment, reduce the AFINITOR dose.

(2.2) If moderate inhibitors of CYP3A4/P-glycoprotein (PgP) are required, reduce the AFINITOR dose to 2.5 mg once daily; if tolerated, consider increasing to 5 mg once daily.

(2.2) If strong inducers of CYP3A4 are required, consider doubling the daily dose of AFINITOR using increments of 5 mg or less.

(2.2) SEGA with TSC: 4.5 mg/m2 once daily; adjust dose to attain trough concentrations of 5-15 ng/mL.

(2.3) Assess trough concentrations approximately 2 weeks after initiation of treatment, a change in dose, a change in co-administration of CYP3A4/PgP inducers or inhibitors, a change in hepatic function, or a change in dosage form between AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ.

(2.3, 2.4) For patients with severe hepatic impairment reduce the starting dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ.

(2.3, 2.5) If concomitant use of moderate inhibitors of CYP3A4/PgP is required, reduce the dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ by 50%.

(2.3, 2.5) If concomitant use of strong inducers of CYP3A4/PgP is required, double the dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ.

(2.3, 2.5) 2.1 Recommended Dose in Advanced Hormone Receptor-Positive, HER2-Negative Breast Cancer, Advanced NET, Advanced RCC, and Renal Angiomyolipoma with TSC The recommended dose of AFINITOR Tablets is 10 mg, to be taken once daily at the same time every day.

Administer either consistently with food or consistently without food [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

AFINITOR Tablets should be swallowed whole with a glass of water.

Do not break or crush tablets.

Continue treatment until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity occurs.

2.2 Dose Modifications in Advanced Hormone Receptor-Positive, HER2-Negative Breast Cancer, Advanced NET, Advanced RCC, and Renal Angiomyolipoma with TSC Adverse Reactions Management of severe or intolerable adverse reactions may require temporary dose interruption (with or without a dose reduction of AFINITOR therapy) or discontinuation.

If dose reduction is required, the suggested dose is approximately 50% lower than the daily dose previously administered [see Warnings and Precautions (5)].

Table 1 summarizes recommendations for dose reduction, interruption or discontinuation of AFINITOR in the management of adverse reactions.

General management recommendations are also provided as applicable.

Clinical judgment of the treating physician should guide the management plan of each patient based on individual benefit/risk assessment.

Table 1: AFINITOR Dose Adjustment and Management Recommendation for Adverse Reactions a Severity grade description: 1 = mild symptoms; 2 = moderate symptoms; 3 = severe symptoms; 4 = life-threatening symptoms.

b If dose reduction is required, the suggested dose is approximately 50% lower than the dose previously administered.

c Activities of daily living (ADL) d Avoid using agents containing alcohol, hydrogen peroxide, iodine, and thyme derivatives in management of stomatitis as they may worsen mouth ulcers.

Adverse Reaction Severitya AFINITOR Dose Adjustmentb and Management Recommendations Non-infectious pneumonitis Grade 1 Asymptomatic, radiographic findings only No dose adjustment required.

Initiate appropriate monitoring.

Grade 2 Symptomatic, not interfering with ADLc Consider interruption of therapy, rule out infection and consider treatment with corticosteroids until symptoms improve to ≤ Grade 1.

Re-initiate AFINITOR at a lower dose.

Discontinue treatment if failure to recover within 4 weeks.

Grade 3 Symptomatic, interfering with ADLc; O2 indicated Interrupt AFINITOR until symptoms resolve to ≤ Grade 1.

Rule out infection, and consider treatment with corticosteroids.

Consider re-initiating AFINITOR at a lower dose.

If toxicity recurs at Grade 3, consider discontinuation.

Grade 4 Life-threatening, ventilatory support indicated Discontinue AFINITOR, rule out infection, and consider treatment with corticosteroids.

Stomatitis Grade 1 Minimal symptoms, normal diet No dose adjustment required.

Manage with non-alcoholic or salt water (0.9%) mouthwash several times a day.

Grade 2 Symptomatic but can eat and swallow modified diet Temporary dose interruption until recovery to Grade ≤1.

Re-initiate AFINITOR at the same dose.

If stomatitis recurs at Grade 2, interrupt dose until recovery to Grade ≤1.

Re-initiate AFINITOR at a lower dose.

Manage with topical analgesic mouth treatments (e.g., benzocaine, butyl aminobenzoate, tetracaine hydrochloride, menthol or phenol) with or without topical corticosteroids (i.e., triamcinolone oral paste).d Grade 3 Symptomatic and unable to adequately aliment or hydrate orally Temporary dose interruption until recovery to Grade ≤1.

Re-initiate AFINITOR at a lower dose.

Manage with topical analgesic mouth treatments (i.e., benzocaine, butyl aminobenzoate, tetracaine hydrochloride, menthol or phenol) with or without topical corticosteroids (i.e., triamcinolone oral paste).d Grade 4 Symptoms associated with life-threatening consequences Discontinue AFINITOR and treat with appropriate medical therapy.

Other non-hematologic toxicities (excluding metabolic events) Grade 1 If toxicity is tolerable, no dose adjustment required.

Initiate appropriate medical therapy and monitor.

Grade 2 If toxicity is tolerable, no dose adjustment required.

Initiate appropriate medical therapy and monitor.

If toxicity becomes intolerable, temporary dose interruption until recovery to Grade ≤1.

Reinitiate AFINITOR at the same dose.

If toxicity recurs at Grade 2, interrupt AFINITOR until recovery to Grade ≤1.

Reinitiate AFINITOR at a lower dose.

Grade 3 Temporary dose interruption until recovery to Grade ≤1.

Initiate appropriate medical therapy and monitor.

Consider reinitiating AFINITOR at a lower dose.

If toxicity recurs at Grade 3, consider discontinuation.

Grade 4 Discontinue AFINITOR and treat with appropriate medical therapy.

Metabolic events (e.g.

hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia) Grade 1 No dose adjustment required.

Initiate appropriate medical therapy and monitor.

Grade 2 No dose adjustment required.

Manage with appropriate medical therapy and monitor.

Grade 3 Temporary dose interruption.

Reinitiate AFINITOR at a lower dose.

Manage with appropriate medical therapy and monitor.

Grade 4 Discontinue AFINITOR and treat with appropriate medical therapy.

Hepatic Impairment Hepatic impairment will increase the exposure to everolimus [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10) and Use in Specific Populations (8.8)].

Dose adjustments are recommended: Mild hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh class A) – The recommended dose is 7.5 mg daily; the dose may be decreased to 5 mg if not well tolerated.

Moderate hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh class B) – The recommended dose is 5 mg daily; the dose may be decreased to 2.5 mg if not well tolerated.

Severe hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh class C) – If the desired benefit outweighs the risk, a dose of 2.5 mg daily may be used but must not be exceeded.

Dose adjustments should be made if a patient’s hepatic (Child-Pugh) status changes during treatment.

CYP3A4/P-glycoprotein (PgP) Inhibitors Avoid the use of strong CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors (e.g., ketoconazole, itraconazole, clarithromycin, atazanavir, nefazodone, saquinavir, telithromycin, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, voriconazole) [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) and Drug Interactions (7.1)].

Use caution when co-administered with moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors (e.g., amprenavir, fosamprenavir, aprepitant, erythromycin, fluconazole, verapamil, diltiazem).

If patients require co-administration of a moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitor, reduce the AFINITOR dose to 2.5 mg daily.

The reduced dose of AFINITOR is predicted to adjust the area under the curve (AUC) to the range observed without inhibitors.

An AFINITOR dose increase from 2.5 mg to 5 mg may be considered based on patient tolerance.

If the moderate inhibitor is discontinued, a washout period of approximately 2 to 3 days should be allowed before the AFINITOR dose is increased.

If the moderate inhibitor is discontinued, the AFINITOR dose should be returned to the dose used prior to initiation of the moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitor.

Grapefruit, grapefruit juice, and other foods that are known to inhibit cytochrome P450 and PgP activity may increase everolimus exposures and should be avoided during treatment.

Strong CYP3A4/PgP Inducers Avoid the use of concomitant strong CYP3A4/PgP inducers (e.g., phenytoin, carbamazepine, rifampin, rifabutin, rifapentine, phenobarbital).

If patients require co-administration of a strong CYP3A4/PgP inducer, consider doubling the daily dose of AFINITOR using increments of 5 mg or less.

This dose of AFINITOR is predicted, based on pharmacokinetic data, to adjust the AUC to the range observed without inducers.

However, there are no clinical data with this dose adjustment in patients receiving strong CYP3A4/PgP inducers.

If the strong inducer is discontinued, consider a washout period of 3 to 5 days, before the AFINITOR dose is returned to the dose used prior to initiation of the strong CYP3A4/PgP inducer [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) and Drug Interactions (7.2)].

St.

John’s Wort (Hypericum perforatum) may decrease everolimus exposure unpredictably and should be avoided.

2.3 Recommended Dose in SEGA with TSC The recommended starting dose is 4.5 mg/m2, once daily.

The recommended starting dose for patients with severe hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh class C) or requiring moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors is 2.5 mg/m2, once daily [see Dosage and Administration (2.5)].

The recommended starting dose for patients requiring a concomitant strong CYP3A4 inducer is 9 mg/m2, once daily [see Dosage and Administration (2.5)].

Round dose to the nearest strength of either AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ.

Do not combine AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ to achieve the desired total dose.

Use therapeutic drug monitoring to guide subsequent dosing [see Dosage and Administration (2.4)].

Adjust dose at 2 week intervals as needed to achieve and maintain trough concentrations of 5 to 15 ng/mL [see Dosage and Administration (2.4, 2.5)].

Continue treatment until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity occurs.

The optimal duration of therapy is unknown.

2.4 Therapeutic Drug Monitoring in SEGA with TSC Monitor everolimus whole blood trough levels routinely in all patients.

When possible, use the same assay and laboratory for therapeutic drug monitoring throughout treatment.

Assess trough concentrations approximately 2 weeks after initiation of treatment, a change in dose, a change in co-administration of CYP3A4/PgP inducers and/or inhibitors, a change in hepatic function, or a change in dosage form between AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ.

Once a stable dose is attained, monitor trough concentrations every 3 to 6 months in patients with changing body surface area or every 6 to 12 months in patients with stable body surface area for the duration of treatment.

Titrate the dose to attain trough concentrations of 5 to 15 ng/mL.

For trough concentrations less than 5 ng/mL, increase the daily dose by 2.5 mg (in patients taking AFINITOR Tablets) or 2 mg (in patients taking AFINITOR DISPERZ).

For trough concentrations greater than 15 ng/mL, reduce the daily dose by 2.5 mg (in patients taking AFINITOR Tablets) or 2 mg (in patients taking AFINITOR DISPERZ).

If dose reduction is required for patients receiving the lowest available strength, administer every other day.

2.5 Dose Modifications in SEGA with TSC Adverse Reactions Temporarily interrupt or permanently discontinue AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ for severe or intolerable adverse reactions.

If dose reduction is required when reinitiating therapy, reduce the dose by approximately 50% [see Dosage and Administration (2.2) and Warnings and Precautions (5)].

If dose reduction is required for patients receiving the lowest available strength, administer every other day.

Hepatic Impairment Reduce the starting dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ by approximately 50% in patients with SEGA who have severe hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh class C) [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)].

Adjustment to the starting dose for patients with SEGA who have mild (Child-Pugh class A) or moderate (Child-Pugh class B) hepatic impairment may not be needed.

Subsequent dosing should be based on therapeutic drug monitoring.

Assess everolimus trough concentrations approximately 2 weeks after commencing treatment, a change in dose, or any change in hepatic function [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

CYP3A4/P-glycoprotein (PgP) Inhibitors Avoid the use of concomitant strong CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors (e.g., ketoconazole, itraconazole, clarithromycin, atazanavir, nefazodone, saquinavir, telithromycin, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, voriconazole) in patients receiving AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) and Drug Interactions (7.1)].

For patients who require treatment with moderate CYP3A4/PgP inhibitors (e.g., amprenavir, fosamprenavir, aprepitant, erythromycin, fluconazole, verapamil, diltiazem): Reduce the AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ dose by approximately 50%.

Administer every other day if dose reduction is required for patients receiving the lowest available strength and maintain trough concentrations of 5 to 15 ng/mL [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

Assess everolimus trough concentrations approximately 2 weeks after dose reduction [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

Resume the dose that was used prior to initiating the CYP3A4/PgP inhibitor 2 to 3 days after discontinuation of a moderate inhibitor.

Assess the everolimus trough concentration approximately 2 weeks later [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

Do not ingest foods or nutritional supplements (e.g., grapefruit, grapefruit juice) that are known to inhibit cytochrome P450 or PgP activity.

Strong CYP3A4/PgP Inducers Avoid the use of concomitant strong CYP3A4/PgP inducers (e.g., phenytoin, carbamazepine, rifampin, rifabutin, rifapentine, phenobarbital) if alternative therapy is available [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) and Drug Interactions (7.2)].

For patients who require treatment with a strong CYP3A4/PgP inducer: Double the dose of AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ and assess tolerability [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)].

Assess the everolimus trough concentration 2 weeks after doubling the dose and adjust the dose if necessary to maintain a trough concentration of 5 to 15 ng/mL [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

Return the AFINITOR Tablets or AFINITOR DISPERZ dose to that used prior to initiating the strong CYP3A4/PgP inducer if the strong inducer is discontinued, and assess the everolimus trough concentrations approximately 2 weeks later [see Dosage and Administration (2.3, 2.4)].

Do not ingest foods or nutritional supplements (e.g., St.

John’s Wort (Hypericum perforatum)) that are known to induce cytochrome P450 activity.

2.6 Administration of AFINITOR Tablets in SEGA with TSC Do not combine the 2 dosage forms (AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ) to achieve the desired total dose.

Use one dosage form or the other.

Administer AFINITOR Tablets orally once daily at the same time every day.

Administer either consistently with food or consistently without food [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

AFINITOR Tablets should be swallowed whole with a glass of water.

Do not break or crush tablets.

2.7 Administration and Preparation of AFINITOR DISPERZ in SEGA with TSC Wear gloves to avoid possible contact with everolimus when preparing suspensions of AFINITOR DISPERZ for another person.

Do not combine the 2 dosage forms (AFINITOR Tablets and AFINITOR DISPERZ) to achieve the desired total dose.

Use one dosage form or the other.

Administer AFINITOR DISPERZ (everolimus tablets for oral suspension) as a suspension only.

Administer AFINITOR DISPERZ orally once daily at the same time every day.

Administer either consistently with food or consistently without food [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Administer suspension immediately after preparation.

Discard suspension if not administered within 60 minutes after preparation.

Prepare suspension in water only.

Using an oral syringe: Place the prescribed dose of AFINITOR DISPERZ into a 10-mL syringe.

Do not exceed a total of 10 mg per syringe.

If higher doses are required, prepare an additional syringe.

Do not break or crush tablets.

Draw approximately 5 mL of water and 4 mL of air into the syringe.

Place the filled syringe into a container (tip up) for 3 minutes, until the AFINITOR DISPERZ tablets are in suspension.

Gently invert the syringe 5 times immediately prior to administration.

After administration of the prepared suspension, draw approximately 5 mL of water and 4 mL of air into the same syringe, and swirl the contents to suspend remaining particles.

Administer the entire contents of the syringe.

Using a small drinking glass: Place the prescribed dose of AFINITOR DISPERZ into a small drinking glass (maximum size 100 mL) containing approximately 25 mL of water.

Do not exceed a total of 10 mg of AFINITOR DISPERZ per glass.

If higher doses are required, prepare an additional glass.

Do not break or crush tablets.

Allow 3 minutes for suspension to occur.

Stir the contents gently with a spoon, immediately prior to drinking.

After administration of the prepared suspension, add 25 mL of water and stir with the same spoon to re-suspend remaining particles.

Administer the entire contents of the glass.